U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan
                               Table of Contents
INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW
      EPA's Mission	1
      Annual Performance Plan and Budget Request Overview	1
      Goal 1:  Clean Air and Global Climate Change	1
      Goal 2:  Clean and Safe Water	2
      Goal 3:  Land Preservation and Restoration	2
      Goal 4:  Healthy Communities and Ecosystems	3
      Goal 5:  Compliance and Environmental Stewardship	4
      Homeland Security	5
      Workforce	5

RESOURCE SUMMARY TABLES
      Appropriation Summary	1
         Budget Authority / Obligations	1
         Full-Time Equivalents (FTE)	2

GOAL AND OBJECTIVE OVERVIEW
      Goal, Appropriation Summary	1
           Budget Authority / Obligations	1
           Full-Time Equivalents (FTE)	2
      Clean Air and Global Climate Change	5
      Clean and Safe Water	13
      Land Preservation and Restoration	26
      Healthy Communities and Ecosystems	37
      Compliance and Environmental Stewardship	52

APPENDIX
      Coordination with Other Federal Agencies - Environmental Programs	1
      Coordination with Other Federal Agencies - Enabling Support Programs	29
      Major Management Challenges	31
      EPA User Fee Program	44
      Working Capital Fund	46
      Carryover and Outlays	47
      Annual Performance Goals and Measures - Environmental Programs	48
      Annual Performance Goals and Measures - Enabling Support Programs	134

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
                           Introduction and Overview
                                     EPA's Mission
       The  mission of the Environmental
Protection Agency  (EPA) is to protect and
safeguard   human   health    and   the
environment,   with  a   new   focus  on
collaboration  and  partnerships  with our
Geographic  and  Regional partners.   This
budget   supports   the   Administration's
commitment  to  environmental  results  -
increasing  the  pace of  improvement  and
identifying new and better ways to carry out
our mission.
           Annual Performance Plan and Congressional Justification Overview
       The   EPA's  FY   2006   Annual
Performance   Plan  and   Congressional
Justification   requests   $7.6  billion   in
discretionary budget  authority  and 17,631
Full Time Equivalents (FTE). This request
reflects the Agency's efforts to work with its
partners  toward protecting air, water, and
land, as well as providing for EPA's role in
safeguarding the Nation from terrorist acts.
The request echoes  the Administration's
commitment to setting high  environmental
protection  standards,  while focusing  on
results  and  performance,  and  achieving
goals    outlined    in   the   President's
Management Agenda.

 Goal  1:  Clean  Air and  Global Climate
Change

Protect and improve the air so  it is healthy
to breathe and risks to human health and the
environment   are    reduced.    Reduce
greenhouse   gas   intensity  by  enhancing
partnerships with  businesses  and  other
sectors.

       The   FY   2006  EPA  President's
Budget  implements  the  Clean  Air and
Global   Climate   Change   goal   through
national  programs  designed  to  provide
healthier outdoor and  indoor  air  for  all
Americans,  protect the  stratospheric ozone
layer,  minimize  the  risks  from radiation
releases,  reduce  greenhouse  gas intensity,
and enhance science  and  research.  EPA's
key clean air programs - particulate matter,
ozone,  acid  rain, air toxics,  indoor air,
radiation and stratospheric ozone depletion -
address  some of the highest  health  and
environmental risks faced by the nation.

       EPA's strategy for  achieving  clean
outdoor air includes a comprehensive, multi-
pollutant approach that combines national
and  local measures,  with  implementation
responsibilities  carried  out  by  the  most
appropriate   and   effective   level   of
government.  To address the high priority of
reducing nitrogen oxides  and  sulfur dioxide
emissions, the Agency continues to promote
the enactment of the  Clear  Skies legislation
that   the  Administration   submitted  to
Congress in 2002. Although  Clear Skies is
the more comprehensive  and  cost effective
approach  and   therefore    the   strongly
preferred solution, the Administration is also
pursuing  a  regulatory  path  that  would
achieve many of the  same benefits should
legislation  not  be  enacted.    EPA  has
proposed the Clean  Air  Interstate  Rule
(CAIR)  which  regulates the transport of
power plant  emissions  of  SO2  and  NOx
across  state  lines  via  a  market-based
approach similar to   Clear Skies and the
existing Acid Rain program. Clean fuels and
clean technologies are also an integral part
of reducing emissions from mobile sources.
The  FY 2006 President's Budget provides
$15.0 million for the Clean Diesel Initiative.
                                         I/O-l

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA and a coalition of clean diesel interests
will work together to expand the retrofitting
of  diesel  engines  into  new  sectors  by
adopting a risk-based strategy, targeting key
places and working with specific use sectors
to  identify  opportunities  to accelerate the
adoption of cleaner technologies.

       EPA's Climate Protection Programs
will continue to contribute to the President's
18   percent   greenhouse   gas   intensity
reduction goal by 2012. A FY 2006 funding
initiative for the Climate Change Program is
the Methane to Markets Partnership - a U.S.
led  international  initiative  that  promotes
cost-effective, near-term methane recovery
and use as a  clean energy source.   The
program provides for the development and
implementation   of  methane  projects  in
developing    countries    and    countries
experiencing economic transition.

Goal 2:  Clean and Safe Water

Ensure drinking water is  safe.  Restore and
maintain  oceans,  watersheds,  and  their
aquatic ecosystems to protect human health,
support    economic   and   recreational
activities, and provide healthy habitat for
fish, plants and wildlife.

       The FY  2006  EPA  President's
Budget implements  the  Clean  and  Safe
Water goal through  programs designed to
provide  improvements in  the quality  of
surface waters and drinking water.  In FY
2006, EPA will work with States and tribes
to   continue  to  accomplish   measurable
improvements in the safety of the nation's
drinking water,  and in the conditions of
rivers, lakes, and coastal waters.  With the
help of these partners, EPA  expects to make
significant progress in these  areas, as well as
support   a  few  more    focused   water
initiatives.

       During  FY  2006,  EPA, the  States,
and community water systems will build on
past successes while working toward the FY
2008 goal of assuring that 95 percent of the
population  served  by  community water
systems receives  drinking water that meets
all applicable standards. To help ensure that
water  is  safe  to  drink,  the  FY  2006
President's Budget requests $850 million for
the Drinking Water  State Revolving Fund.

       In  FY 2006,  EPA will  work  with
States  to  make continued  progress toward
the clean water  goals  to  implement  core
clean water programs, including innovations
that apply programs on  a  watershed basis,
and to accelerate efforts to improve water
quality on a  watershed basis. To protect and
improve water quality,  a top  priority is to
continue   to   support   water   quality
monitoring.  The  Agency's request expands
the monitoring initiative begun in  FY 2005
to  establish   a    nationwide   monitoring
network  and  expand the  baseline water
quality  assessment to  lakes  and  streams.
The initiative will  allow EPA to  establish
scientifically defensible water quality  data
and information  essential  for cleaning up
and protecting the Nation's  waters.   To
support       sustainable       wastewater
infrastructure, EPA will continue to provide
annual capitalization  to the  Clean Water
State  Revolving  Funds (CWSRF).   The
budget  will  allow  EPA to  meet   the
Administration's    Federal    capitalization
target of $6.8 billion  total  for 2004 - 2011
and enable  the  CWSRF to  eventually
revolve at a level of $3.4 billion.

Goal   3:     Land   Preservation   and
Restoration

Preserve  and restore  the  land by using
innovative waste management practices and
cleaning  up  contaminated properties  to
reduce risks posed by release  of harmful
substances.

       The  FY  2006  President's Budget
implements   the  Land  Preservation  and
                                         I/O-2

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
Restoration    goal   through    continued
promotion   of  the  Land   Revitalization
Initiative,    first   established   in   2003.
Revitalized  land  can be  used  in many
beneficial  ways, including the creation  of
public parks,  the  restoration of ecological
systems, the establishment of multi-purpose
developments, and the establishment of new
businesses.    Regardless  of  whether  a
property is an abandoned industrial  facility,
a waste disposal area, a former gas station,
or a Superfund site, this initiative helps  to
ensure that  reuse  considerations are fully
integrated into all  EPA  cleanup decisions
and programs.  Through  the  One Clean-up
Program, the Agency will also work with its
partners   and  stakeholders   to  enhance
coordination, planning and communication
across the full  range of Federal, State, Tribal
and  local clean-up  programs to  promote
consistency  and enhanced  effectiveness  at
site cleanups.

       Enforcement  activities   are   also
critical to the  Agency's ability to clean up
the vast  majority  of the nation's worst
hazardous sites, by securing  funding from
Potentially Responsible Parties (PRPs).  The
Agency will  continue  to  encourage the
establishment  and  use of Special Accounts
within the Superfund  Trust Fund to finance
cleanups.   These  accounts  segregate  site-
specific funds obtained  from  responsible
parties that complete settlement agreements
with EPA.  These  funds create an incentive
for other PRPs to perform work  they might
not be willing to  perform or used by the
Agency to fund clean up.  The result is the
Agency  can  clean  up   more  sites  and
preserve appropriated  Trust Fund dollars for
sites without viable PRPs.

       The  FY 2006 President's  Budget
funds the  Superfund Appropriation at  $1.3
billion.   Within this total,  the  Superfund
Remedial   Program  provides   significant
resources  in EPA's effort to preserve and
restore land  to productive use. In FY 2006,
EPA anticipates completing construction of
remedies at 40 Superfund sites.

       The FY 2006 President's Budget will
also continue to promote the minimization
of   waste.      Through   the   Resource
Conservation  Challenge,  a national  effort
has  been  launched to  challenge  every
American to  prevent pollution and promote
recycling  and  reuse, and conserve  energy
and  materials.     In   FY   2006,   EPA's
municipal   solid   waste   program   will
implement a set of coordinated  strategies,
including   source   reduction  (also   called
waste   prevention),  recycling   (including
composting),   combustion   with   energy
recovery, and landfilling.

Goal 4: Healthy Communities and
Ecosystems

Protect, sustain,  or restore the  health  of
people,  communities, and ecosystems using
integrated and comprehensive approaches
and partnerships.

       The  FY 2006  President's  Budget
implements the Healthy Communities and
Ecosystems  goal    through  a   blend  of
regulatory, voluntary  and  incentive-based
programs.  Some  environmental  issues are
best resolved through  multi-media,  multi-
stakeholder   approaches.     The  Healthy
Communities and Ecosystems goal seeks to
reduce  risks  through  community  and
geographically      based       programs:
Brownfields, Wetlands  protection, and our
nation's great water bodies programs such as
the  Great Lakes,   Gulf of  Mexico and
Chesapeake  Bay.   Another focus  is on
ensuring  safer  chemicals   and   pesticides,
which impact all media.  FY 2006 will be a
key  year  for the chemicals  and  pesticides
programs  as the Agency works to complete
the final milestone  in the ten-year pesticide
tolerance   reassessment  program,    which
ensures older food-use  pesticides meet the
latest scientific standards for safety.   Core
research in this goal provides the scientific
                                         I/O-

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
basis  for  EPA's   human  health  and
ecosystem programs  and  explores cutting-
edge issues that may become the problems,
or  the  solutions,  of  future  environmental
protection.

       In  FY  2006,   vital  community
restoration  of  abandoned  contaminated
properties  will  remain a priority as the
Brownfields  program continues  at  $210
million.  The Great Lakes program will meld
multi-media and multi-stakeholder efforts to
remedy  pollution,  with  the Great  Lakes
Legacy program increasing to $50 million to
remediate   sediment   contaminated   by
improperly    managed   old    industrial
chemicals, Toxic chemicals reduction is also
the  emphasis  of Community Action  for a
Renewed Environment projects,  with an
increase  of $7  million,  which will  offer
many more communities the opportunity  to
improve   their    environment   through
voluntary action.  In the research area, over
$5  million is  requested for  the  Advanced
Monitoring    Initiative     to     combine
information technology with remote sensing
capabilities, to allow  faster,  more efficient
response   to   changing    environmental
conditions such as forest  fires  or  storm
events,   as  well  as   current  ecosystems
stressors in sensitive areas such  as the Great
lakes or the Everglades.

Goal 5:  Compliance  and Environmental
Stewardship

Improve    environmental   performance
through   compliance   with   environmental
requirements,  preventing  pollution,  and
promoting   environmental    stewardship.
Protect human health and the environment
by  encouraging innovation  and providing
incentives for governments, businesses, and
the  public that  promote   environmental
stewardship.

       The  FY 2006 President's  Budget
implements    the    Compliance    and
Environmental  Stewardship  goal through
technical    assistance    and    education,
inspection  and  enforcement;  encouraging
innovation  and  pollution prevention;  and
through capacity-building and  support for
tribal environmental programs. Compliance
assistance  and  enforcement  are  critical
components of  environmental  protection.
EPA supports  the regulated  community by
assuring     requirements    are    clearly
understood, and by helping industry identify
cost-effective     compliance     options.
Compliance   is    maximized    through
assistance and incentives, and enforcement.

       In 2004,  the Agency achieved over
one  billion  pounds in  pollutant reduction
through enforcement actions.  In FY 2006
EPA   will   further   refine   its   'smart
enforcement'   strategy   that   combines
inspection,   enforcement and  compliance
assistance strategies. The EPA will assist the
regulated community in understanding and
complying  with  environmental  laws  and
regulations, and  will reduce  noncompliance
through   inspections,    monitoring   and
ultimately  through  enforcement,   where
needed.  The  Agency   will  respond   to
complaints  from the public; strive to secure
a level economic playing  field for law-
abiding  companies;   and   deter   future
violations.

       The agency  also works to improve
and  encourage  pollution prevention  and
sustainable  practices, helping industry move
beyond compliance  and become  partners  in
protecting our national resources and our
citizens'   health.     EPA   works  with
manufacturers to increase energy efficiency,
find  environmentally preferable  substitutes
for   chemicals   of  concern,  and  change
processes to reduce toxic waste.  Innovative
front end approaches also support state- and
tribal-level   efforts   to   reduce   pollution,
leverage     technology    and   increase
communication  through  data  sharing  and
collaboration.
                                         I/O-4

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
       In FY 2006  EPA will  continue  to
work with industrial  sectors to set pollution
reduction goals, provide tools and technical
assistance, and identify innovative strategies
to reduce risks. In the tribal GAP program,
the Agency will support approximately 510
federally  recognized  Tribes in  assessing
environmental conditions on their lands and
building environmental programs tailored to
their needs.  In addition,  the tribal program
is  looking  to  information  technology
solutions  and  will  integrate   10 existing
Agency  data  systems in  using common
Identifier codes and data standards in 2006.

Homeland Security

       Homeland security is a  top  priority
for EPA and the  nation.  EPA plays a lead
role in  protecting  U.S.  citizens and  the
environment from the effects of attacks that
release  chemical,  biological or  radiological
agents.     Following  the   cleanup  and
decontamination efforts of 2001, the Agency
has focused on ensuring  we have the tools
and protocols needed to detect  and  recover
quickly  from deliberate  incidents.    The
emphasis for FY  2006 is on several areas:
decontamination of threat agents,  protecting
our water and food  supplies, and ensuring
trained personnel  and key lab capacities are
in place to be drawn  upon in the event of an
emergency.

       In FY 2006, the Agency  request
includes substantial new resources for these
efforts.      $44   million   will   support
deployment  of  Water  Sentinel, a pilot
monitoring and  surveillance program that
will promote early  warning of intentional
contamination  events  in  drinking  water
systems.  Critical   tools,   training,  and
exercises will complement  this project,  in
collaboration with State,  local communities
and water utilities.   The program includes
resources to create the Water Alliance for
Threat Reduction to train and  prepare our
nation's drinking water systems operators.
       Response to terrorist events calls for
decontamination from  many new hazards.
Environmental   decontamination  research
and preparedness response will increase by
$19.4 million and an additional $4 million is
requested for  the  Safe Buildings research
program.  To support EPA's water security
and    decontamination    programs,    new
resources ($11.6 million) are also requested
for Environmental Laboratory Preparedness
and Response (ELPR) activities.  ELPR will
plan  for certain  fundamental  laboratory
network needs, such as, (1) identification of
labs,  (2) appropriate  connectivity between
member labs, (3) standardized methods and
measurements for environmental samples of
terrorism-related  agents  of concern,  (4)
training  and   continuing  education  for
member  laboratories,  (5)  accreditation and
accountability.

Workforce

       EPA   values    its   world   class
workforce and its expertise enables  us  to
meet  our urgent  responsibilities across  a
broad   range   of  national   and   local
environmental  issues.    In 2006 we  are
making  a  modest adjustment  to  EPA's
workforce management  strategy that will
help us  better  align resources,  skills, and
Agency  priorities.   A  key  step  in this
adjustment  is  improving  the   alignment
between  the  total  number  of positions
authorized and on actual FTE utilization. As
such, EPA is reducing its Agency authorized
FTE base by approximately 300 positions to
17,631, which is  still  above  our  current
employee base and  consistent  with  the
Agency's historic FTE levels.  The result of
these  reductions will not impede Agency
efforts   to    maximize    efficiency   and
effectiveness  in carrying  out  its programs
and will  not result in overall change in the
numbers  of FTE  at EPA.   The program
project descriptions provided later in this
document,  provide  the  details  of  these
changes.
                                         I/O-5

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

Resource Tables




Science & Technology
Environmental Program
Inspector General
Building and Facilities
Oil Spill Response
Superfund Program
IG Transfer
S&T Transfer
APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
Budget Authority / Obligations
(Dollars in Thousands)
FY 2004 FY 2005
Obligations Pres. Bud.
$758,075.4 $689,185.0
& Management $2,223,528.1 $2,316,958.0
$36,785.0 $37,997.0
$43,871.0 $42,918.0
$17,455.1 $16,425.0
$1,276,070.4 $1,332,133.8
$14,426.1 $13,138.6
$74,451.9 $36,143.6
Hazardous Substance Superfund $1,364,948.4 $1,381,416.0
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks $73,372.4 $72,545.0
State and Tribal Assistance Grants $3,908,696.0 $3,23 1,800.0
TOTAL, EPA
$8,426,731.4 $7,789,244.0



FY 2006
Request
$760,640.0
$2,403,764.0 *
$36,955.0
$40,218.0
$15,863.0
$1,235,192.1
$13,536.0
$30,604.9
$1,279,333.0
$73,027.0
$2,960,800.0
$7,570,600.0 *
* The FY 2006 President's Budget includes $50M to be derived from changes to Toxics and Pesticides fees
proposed in subsequent legislation.



Science & Technology
Science and Tech. - Reim
Environmental Program
Envir. Program & Mgmt
APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
FY 2004 FY 2005
Obligations Pres. Bud.
2,424.2 2,460.5
2.7 3.0
& Management 10,985.2 11,271.0
-Reim 49.0 1.5


FY 2006
Request
2,438.1
3.0
11,048.1
1.5
                                          RT- 1

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

Inspector General
Oil Spill Response
Oil Spill Response - Reim
Superfund Program
IG Transfer
S&T Transfer
Hazardous Substance Superfund
Superfund Reimbursables
Leaking Underground Storage Tanks
FEMA - Reim
WCF-REIMB
Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund
Pesticide Registration Fund
TOTAL, EPA
FY 2004
Obligations
259.0
89.0
6.3
3,082.3
101.4
138.2
3,321.9
87.7
74.2
5.8
95.6
187.4
22.9
17,610.9
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
271.6
100.0
0.0
3,128.8
94.1
129.8
3,352.7
77.5
79.3
0.0
99.7
187.2
0.0
17,904.0
FY 2006
Request
267.7
99.2
0.0
3,131.2
94.1
106.3
3,331.6
77.5
77.4
0.0
99.7
187.2
0.0
17,631.0*
: Agency Authorized FTE levels are being aligned with actual utilization. See overview section.
                                              RT-2

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan
                       Goal and Objective Overview
                  GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY

                                 Budget Authority / Obligations
                                     (Dollars in Thousands)

                                               FY 2004         FY 2005           FY 2006
                                              Obligations      Pres. Bud.          Request

Clean Air and Global Climate Change             $932,373.4     $1,011,027.3           $968,882.7
   Environmental Program & Management        $446,488.0       $474,140.0           $487,626.0
   Science & Technology                        $210,745.0       $205,636.0           $210,821.0
   Building and Facilities                          $9,563.0         $9,604.0             $8,842.0
   State and Tribal Assistance Grants             $257,744.0       $312,750.0           $252,750.0
   Inspector General                              $4,641.0         $5,715.0             $5,459.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                 $3,193.0         $3,182.0             $3,385.0

Clean and Safe Water                          $3,810,107.5     $2,944,875.7          $2,813,028.3
   Environmental Program & Management        $480,422.0       $484,351.0           $466,863.0
   Science & Technology                        $134,224.0       $102,189.0           $155,305.0
   Building and Facilities                          $6,410.0         $6,469.0             $6,200.0
   State and Tribal Assistance Grants            $3,167,874.0     $2,333,033.0          $2,166,600.0
   Inspector General                             $21,176.0        $18,833.0            $18,060.0

Land Preservation and Restoration               $1,722,255.3     $1,805,990.8          $1,691,463.0
   Environmental Program & Management        $194,219.0       $209,150.0           $220,985.0
   Science & Technology                         $14,945.0         $9,106.0            $14,006.0
   Building and Facilities                          $5,203.0         $5,233.0             $4,933.0
   State and Tribal Assistance Grants             $119,337.0       $144,350.0           $116,350.0
   Leaking Underground Storage Tanks            $73,372.0        $72,545.0            $73,027.0
   Oil Spill Response                             $17,455.0        $16,425.0            $15,863.0
   Inspector General                              $2,061.0         $2,506.0             $2,372.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund              $1,295,662.0     $1,346,676.0          $1,243,927.0

Healthy Communities and Ecosystems            $1,222,772.7     $1,292,007.7          $1,336,247.8
   Environmental Program & Management        $586,080.0       $641,214.0          $677,503.0*
   Science & Technology                        $321,192.0       $321,794.0           $336,730.0
   Building and Facilities                         $15,553.0        $14,993.0            $14,192.0
   State and Tribal Assistance Grants             $249,715.0       $297,867.0           $292,300.0
   Inspector General                              $5,861.0         $7,209.0             $7,349.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                $44,372.0         $8,931.0             $8,174.0

Compliance and Environmental Stewardship       $739,222.5       $735,342.5           $760,978.2
   Environmental Program & Management        $516,319.0       $508,103.0           $550,786.0
   Science & Technology                         $76,969.0        $50,461.0            $43,779.0
   Building and Facilities                          $7,142.0         $6,618.0             $6,051.0
   State and Tribal Assistance Grants             $114,026.0       $143,800.0           $132,800.0
   Inspector General                              $3,046.0         $3,734.0             $3,715.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                $21,721.0        $22,627.0            $23,847.0

Total                                         $8,426,731.4     $7,789,244.0        $7,570,600.0*
* The FY 2006 President's Budget includes $50M to be derived from changes to Toxics and Pesticides fees
proposed in subsequent legislation. In FY 2005 the fees were $30M.


                                           G/O-1

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
             FY 2006 Annual Plan
                 GOAL, APPROPRIATION SUMMARY
                                 Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
                                              FY 2004
                                             Obligations
 FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
Clean Air and Global Climate Change               2,644.3          2,760.2              2,658.1
   Environmental Program & Management          1,892.0          1,961.0              1,897.0
   Science & Technology                             672.0            702.0                679.0
   Inspector General                                 33.0             41.0                 40.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                    18.0             18.0                 18.0
   Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim                      2.0              0.0                  0.0
   Science and Tech. - Reim                            3.0              3.0                  3.0
   FEMA-Reim                                      3.0              0.0                  0.0
   WCF-REIMB                                     21.0             35.0                 22.0

Clean and Safe Water                              2,904.0          3,088.5              2,916.9
   Environmental Program & Management          2,256.0          2,448.0              2,250.0
   Science & Technology                             471.0            489.0                519.0
   Inspector General                                149.0            135.0                131.0
   Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim                     13.0              0.0                  0.0
   WCF-REIMB                                     14.0             16.0                 16.0

Land Preservation and Restoration                  4,646.4          4,763.6              4,752.2
   Environmental Program & Management          1,177.0          1,259.0              1,237.0
   Science & Technology                              46.0             48.0                 52.0
   Leaking Underground Storage Tanks                74.0             79.0                 77.0
   Oil Spill Response                                 89.0            100.0                 99.0
   Inspector General                                 15.0             18.0                 17.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                 3,132.0          3,177.0              3,180.0
   Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim                      6.0              0.0                  0.0
   Oil Spill Response - Reim                            6.0              0.0                  0.0
   FEMA-Reim                                      3.0              0.0                  0.0
   Superfund Reimbursables                          88.0             78.0                 78.0
   WCF-REIMB                                     11.0              4.0                 12.0

Healthy Communities and Ecosystems               3,825.4          3,844.8              3,834.7
   Environmental Program & Management          2,444.0          2,535.0             2,521.0*
   Science & Technology                           1,021.0            998.0              1,018.0
   Inspector General                                 41.0             52.0                 53.0
   Rereg. & Exped. Proc. Rev Fund                   187.0            187.0                187.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                    59.0             42.0                 20.0
   Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim                     16.0              0.0                  0.0
   Pesticide Registration Fund                         23.0              0.0                  0.0
   WCF-REIMB                                     34.0             31.0                 35.0

Compliance and Environmental Stewardship         3,590.8          3,446.9              3,469.3
   Environmental Program & Management          3,216.0          3,068.0              3,143.0
   Science & Technology                             213.0            222.0                170.0
   Inspector General                                 21.0             27.0                 27.0
   Hazardous Substance Superfund                   112.0            116.0                114.0
   Envir. Program & Mgmt - Reim                     12.0              0.0                  0.0
   WCF-REIMB                                     16.0             14.0                 15.0

Total                                           17,610.9         17,904.0            17,631.0*
 * Agency Authorized FTE levels are being aligned with actual utilization. See overview section.
                                          G/O-2

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
               FY 2006 Annual Plan
                  Clean Air and Global Climate Change
Protect and improve the air so it is healthy to breathe and risks to human health and the
environment are reduced. Reduce greenhouse gas intensity by enhancing partnerships with
businesses and other sectors.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:

   •   Through    2010,    working   with
       partners,  protect human health and
       the  environment  by  attaining and
       maintaining health-based air-quality
       standards and reducing the risk from
       toxic air pollutants.
   •   By   2008,   22.6  million   more
       Americans  than  in  1994  will  be
       experiencing healthier indoor air in
       homes, schools, and office buildings.
   •   By 2010, through worldwide action,
       ozone    concentrations    in   the
       stratosphere  will  have   stopped
       declining  and  slowly  begun the
       process of recovery, and the risk to
       human health from overexposure to
       ultraviolet      (UV)      radiation,
       particularly    among    susceptible
       subpopulations,  such  as  children,
       will be reduced.
   •   Through    2008,    working   with
       partners,    minimize   unnecessary
       releases of radiation and  be prepared
       to minimize impacts to human health
and    the    environment    should
unwanted releases occur.
Through EPA's  voluntary  climate
protection programs,  contribute 45
million  metric  tons  of   carbon
equivalents  (MMTCE)  annually  to
the    President's     18    percent
greenhouse       gas       intensity
improvement goal  by 2012.   (An
additional 75 MMTCE to result from
the sustained growth  in the climate
programs  are   reflected   in   the
Administration's   business-as-usual
projection   for   greenhouse   gas
intensity improvement.)
Through 2010,  provide  and  apply
sound  science to support EPA's goal
of clean air by conducting leading-
edge   research   and  developing  a
better       understanding      and
characterization   of  environmental
outcomes under Goal 1.
                         GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                Budget Authority / Obligations
                                 Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
Clean Air and Global Climate
Change
Healthier Outdoor Air
Healthier Indoor Air
Protect the Ozone Layer
Radiation
Reduce Greenhouse Gas Intensity
Enhance Science and Research
   Total Workyears
FY 2004
Obligations
$932,373.4
$588,929.9
$49,526.2
$19,542.4
$33,758.8
$105,114.1
$135,502.1
2,644.3
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$1,011,027.3
$660,428.2
$50,257.9
$22,760.6
$35,132.0
$111,516.0
$130,932.6
2,760.2
FY 2006
Request
$968,882.7
$612,802.7
$48,451.1
$20,573.9
$38,839.2
$114,922.6
$133,293.2
2,658.1
FY 2006 Request v.
FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
($42,144.6)
($47,625.5)
($1,806.8)
($2,186.7)
$3,707.1
$3,406.6
$2,360.7
-102.2
                                        G/O-3

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                         FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA implements the Clean Air and Global
Climate  Change  goal  through   national
programs  designed  to  provide  healthier
outdoor and  indoor  air for all Americans,
protect  the   stratospheric  ozone   layer,
minimize the risks from radiation releases,
reduce  greenhouse   gas   intensity,   and
enhance   science  and   research.      In
implementing the goal,  EPA carries out its
responsibilities   through   programs   that
include  several common elements:  setting
risk-based priorities; facilitating regulatory
reform   and   market-based   approaches;
partnering  with  state,  Tribal, and local
governments,            non-governmental
organizations,  and   industry;  promoting
energy efficiency; and using sound  science.

EPA's key clean air programs - particulate
matter, ozone, acid rain, air toxics, indoor
air,  radiation   and  stratospheric  ozone
depletion  -  address  some of the highest
health and environmental risks  faced by the
Agency.   These programs have  achieved
results.  Every year,  state and Federal  air
pollution  programs  established under  the
Clean Air Act prevent tens of thousands of
premature mortalities, millions of incidences
                        Comparison of Growth
200%
150% -
100% -
 50% -
  0%
-50% -
  of  chronic  and  acute  illness,  tens  of
  thousands of hospitalizations and emergency
  room visits, and millions of lost work days.
  Between  1970 and 2003,  gross  domestic
  product  (GDP)   increased  176   percent,
  vehicle miles traveled increased 155 percent,
  energy consumption  increased 45  percent,
  and  U.S. population grew  by 39  percent.
  During the same time period, total emissions
  of the six principal air pollutants dropped by
  51 percent.  The  graphic below shows the
  decrease in emissions versus the percentage
  growth  in  GDP,  vehicle  use,   energy
  consumption, and population since 1970.

  The benefits of implementing the Clean Air
  Act exceed costs by a factor of six or seven
  to one, as noted in OMB's report, Informing
  Regulatory Decisions.   Based on  EPA's
  estimates,  Clean  Air Act costs have  been
  relatively small compared to the dollar value
  of public health and environmental benefits.
  For   EPA's   voluntary  climate   change
  programs,  every  EPA dollar  spent  returns
  $75 in energy savings. To achieve the Clean
  Air and  Global Climate Change goal, we
  will use the following strategies:

Areas and Emissions
                                                                     Energy Consumption
                        Population
                                                                     Aggregate Emissions
                                                                     (Six Principal Pollutant
    70  80  90  95  96  97  98  99  00  01   02   03


                                         G/O-4

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
Long term - We will make decisions today
that  increase the pace  of  environmental
progress      and   significantly  enhance
public health for generations to come.

Collaborate - We will  achieve our goals
through   meaningful   and   productive
interaction with       others   who    seek
environmental progress and improved public
health.

Enhance    Economic    Growth    and
Prosperity   -   Our   actions   will   not
compromise our economic  competitiveness,
and will have benefits that justify their costs.

Strategically Focused  and  Performance-
based - We will link our priorities to EPA 's
2003-2008 Strategic  Plan: Direction for the
Future  and  measure our  success  by  our
outcomes.

National  standards,   compliance  and
enforcement - We will  set strong national
standards,     assist  with compliance,  and
bring the full force  of the  law consistently
and fairly on  those who evade.

Markets, incentives and innovation - We
will  benefit  from the power of markets and
well-  crafted  incentives  to  increase  the
velocity of progress,  stimulate technological
innovation and reward performance.

Best science - We will generate, share and
rely   on  the   best-available   scientific,
engineering  and  economic information to
guide our endeavors.

Historically,  environmental  progress  has
been achieved   largely  by  advances  in
environmental technologies - including such
advances as catalytic converters on cars and
trucks,  sulfur  dioxide  (862)   scrubbers,
selective  catalytic  reduction  for nitrogen
oxides  (NOX)  removal,  and reformulated
gasoline.  EPA can  foster  demand for new
and  innovative,  cost-effective technologies
by designing  and promoting market-based
strategies,  such  as  the  President's  Clear
Skies Initiative cap-and-trade program, that
create  markets and provide incentives  to
develop the most efficient, best-performing
technologies. Technological innovation will
continue to  be the  foundation that will
enable us to reach aggressive goals over the
next 15 years that will match or exceed the
progress we have made in the past.

       Hundreds of new products are under
development, in testing, or coming to market
that will further help meet air quality goals.
Fuel cells, hybrid vehicles, renewable fuels,
and zero-emission power  plants are only a
few  examples  of the  new and emerging
technologies that   will  help  us  achieve
cleaner air for  all Americans over the next
15 years.

       EPA's strategy  for achieving clean
outdoor air includes  the  President's Clear
Skies Initiative - a comprehensive, multi-
pollutant approach  that combines national
and  local  measures,  with  implementation
responsibilities  carried out  by  the most
appropriate   and    effective   level   of
government.    Air  pollution sources with
broad regional, national or global impact -
emissions from power plants and other large
sources, pollution from motor vehicles and
fuels, and  stratospheric ozone  depletion  -
are often most effectively  handled at  the
Federal level.  A national  approach allows
for the use of traditional, regulatory tools
where  appropriate,  and  enables  EPA  to
implement    innovative,    market-based
techniques  such   as   emissions   trading,
banking, and  averaging,  and  other cost-
effective national  programs.  These Federal
programs help  states  and  Tribes both meet
National Ambient  Air Quality  Standards
(NAAQS)  and reduce  public  exposure  to
harmful levels  of air  toxics. States,  Tribes,
and  local  agencies can  best  address  the
regional and local problems that remain after
Federal measures have been fully applied.
Many   of   these    approaches   employ
innovative  techniques, such as  early action
compacts, diesel  retrofits and  community-
based  approaches to  toxics that are well-
                                         G/O-5

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
suited to the local nature of many air-related
problems.  EPA works  closely with public-
and private-sector partners and stakeholders
to develop the  analytical tools - such as
monitoring, modeling, and emission factors
and inventories  - that allow states, Tribes,
and  localities  to  address  these   more
localized problems.

To  improve  air quality  and  address  the
highest health and environmental risks, EPA
will  proceed with  Federal  stationary  and
mobile source programs aimed at achieving
large, nationwide,  cost-effective reductions
in emissions  of particulate matter (PM)  and
its  contributors  such  as SC>2,  NOX,  and
elemental  and  organic  carbon;  ozone-
forming   NOX;    and   volatile   organic
compounds (VOCs).  In FY 2006, we will
continue our progress towards healthier air
by helping states, Tribes, and localities meet
ozone  and  particulate  matter  air quality
standards by their attainment dates under the
Clean Air Act  via the  President's  Clear
Skies Initiative or, should legislation not be
enacted,  through the Clean Air Interstate
Rule.  EPA  is  coordinating  its efforts to
implement these standards with the Regional
Haze rule  to maximize the ability  of the
states, Tribes and regulated community to
respond  to  these  requirements  in  an
integrated fashion.  Continued research into
air  quality  models  and  other  tools will
enable states  and local areas to attain these
standards  as  cost-effectively as  possible.
Joint efforts  with Canada and Mexico will
address  transboundary air pollution  in the
U.S.-Canada   and   U.S.-Mexico   border
regions.    In their  efforts  to  attain  the
standards, states  and local areas will be able
to   take   advantage    of   market-based
approaches.
While significant progress  has been  made
under the  existing  Clean Air Act, further
benefits could be achieved faster, with more
certainty,  and at  less  cost to  consumers
through Clear  Skies -  an  Administration
proposal that expands the  current Acid Rain
program to dramatically reduce  nationwide
power plant emissions of 862 and NOX, as
well  as, for  the  first time  ever,  reduce
mercury emissions  from  power  plants.
Clear Skies would reduce emissions of these
three  pollutants by  nearly 70 percent while
encouraging innovation and the deployment
of cleaner, more cost effective technologies.
The Clear Skies legislation was submitted to
Congress in  2002  and the Administration
continues to promote its enactment.

Although   Clear   Skies   is   the   more
comprehensive and cost effective approach
and therefore the strongly preferred solution,
the Administration  is pursuing a regulatory
path that would achieve many of the same
benefits should legislation not be enacted.
EPA  has proposed  the  Clean Air Interstate
Rule  (CAIR) which regulates the  transport
of power plant emissions of SO2 and NOx
across  state  lines  via   a  market-based
approach similar to Clear Skies.  CAIR is
projected to reduce  pollution from electrical
power generation sources by close to 70%
when fully implemented.

Both  Clear Skies  and CAIR call  for utilities
to utilize a cap and trade program modeled
after  EPA's   successful  Acid  Rain  SC>2
Allowance Trading  Program. The Acid Rain
Program provides incentives for operators of
power plants to find the best, fastest,  and
most  efficient ways to make the required
reductions  in emissions as well as  to do
make reductions earlier than required.

One of EPA's highest priorities is meeting
the  fine  particulate   matter  and   ozone
standards.  This  will be  achieved  through
implementation of Clear Skies or CAIR; the
on-road and  non-road vehicle  and fuels
standards; and state, tribal,  and  local clean
air programs.     When   combined  with
emission  reductions  from  the  recently
completed Clean  Air Non-road Diesel Rule
and  other  national  control programs,  the
reductions resulting from Clear Skies or the
final  CAIR will  allow most  areas  of the
country  to  meet  the  ozone   and  fine
                                         G/O-6

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
particulate  matter standards without having
to impose  additional local controls.   States
rely on EPA for modeling, emissions factors
and other tools as they develop their clean
air plans for particulate matter and ozone.

Clean fuels and clean technologies are an
integral part of  reducing emissions from
mobile  sources. EPA promotes the use of
clean   fuels   -    especially   hydrogen,
alternative  fuels, and near-zero sulfur fuels -
as well  as cleaner  technologies.   Cost-
effective national  standards, public/private
partnerships,    market    incentives,    and
consumer education campaigns are some of
the tools that will  be used to  accomplish
this.      Opportunities   exist   to  obtain
significant  reductions  from new  non-road
and  existing  diesel engines.   The Agency
will   continue  to   work  with   engine
manufacturers and fuel  producers  to assure
smooth implementation of the 2007  Clean
Diesel Program for  trucks and  buses.  The
Clean School Bus USA program has also led
the Agency to explore  other  avenues for
retrofitting  or  replacing  existing   diesel
engines.

In FY 2006,  EPA and a coalition of clean
diesel interests will work together to expand
the retrofitting of diesel engines  into new
sectors  by adopting a  risk-based strategy,
targeting  key  places and working  with
specific use sectors to identify opportunities
to  accelerate  the  adoption  of cleaner
technologies  and fuels.  EPA will partner
with  a  diverse  group   of   stakeholders
including   industry,   state   and   local
governments,  public health  officials  and
environmental  organizations   to   develop
strategies   for  four   sectors:  construction,
ports, freight,  and  school buses.   EPA's
Clean   Diesel   Initiative  will   achieve
immediate  results  by  working  with  this
coalition to  leverage  Federal funds  with
private  sector and state  and local support.
The  Initiative  will   complement regional
approaches, including the West Coast Diesel
Emissions  Reduction  Collaborative,  the
Midwest Clean Diesel Corridors Initiative,
and the Boston Breathes Better Initiative.

The  Clean Air  Act includes a variety  of
provisions  that address air  toxics from  all
categories of  sources.   The  188  hazardous
air pollutants  (HAPs) listed  in the Act are
emitted  from   mobile  sources,   major
stationary  sources  and   area  stationary
sources.    EPA  implements a two-phase
program to reduce emissions of air  toxics
from major stationary sources.  In the first
phase,   EPA  set  Maximum  Achievable
Control Technology (MACT) standards.  In
the second phase, which is risk-based, EPA
examines each MACT standard eight years
after promulgation to determine if the  health
risk remaining from each industrial category
from is considered safe. Where appropriate,
EPA will develop  more  stringent residual
risk  standards to  reduce  cancer and non-
cancer health risks.

The Indoor Air Program addresses indoor air
quality problems by characterizing the risks
of indoor  air  pollutants to  human  health,
developing techniques  for  reducing  those
risks, and educating the public about what
they can do to  reduce their risks from indoor
air.  Through voluntary  partnerships with
non-governmental    and     professional
organizations,  EPA educates and encourages
individuals, schools,  industry,  the  health
care  community, and others to take action to
reduce health  risks in indoor environments.
EPA   also  uses  technology-transfer   to
improve   the  design,   operation,   and
maintenance   of  buildings  -  including
schools,  homes,  and  workplaces  -  to
promote healthier indoor air.

EPA's   Climate   Protection   Programs
continues to contribute to  the greenhouse
gas  reductions  required   to  meet  the
President's  18   percent  greenhouse  gas
intensity reduction goal  by 2012.  For more
than a decade, businesses and  organization
have partnered with EPA through voluntary
climate  protection  programs  to  pursue
                                         G/O-7

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
common sense approaches.    Energy  Star
and   other  voluntary   programs   have
increased   the  use   of  energy-efficient
products   and  practices   and   reduced
emissions  of  carbon dioxide,  as well as
methane and other greenhouse gases with
very high  global warming potentials.   As
these partnership programs spur investment
in advanced  energy technologies and  the
purchase of energy-efficient products, they
create  emissions  reduction  benefits  that
accrue over the lifetime of the investment or
product.

Offering recognition for innovative solutions
to   commuting   challenges   faced   by
employers and employees, Best Workplaces
for Commuters™ is  a public-private sector
voluntary   program  advocating  employee
commuter benefits. Established by the EPA
and the U.S.  Department of Transportation
(DOT),  this  program  publicly recognizes
employers  whose commuter benefits reach
the  National   Standard   of  Excellence.
Providing   commuter    benefits   helps
employers  address  limited  or  expensive
parking, reduce traffic  congestion, improve
employee   recruiting  and  retention,  and
minimize   the   environmental   impacts
associated with drive-alone commuting.

EPA  continues  to  expand  the ENERGY
STAR program for energy efficiency in the
residential,  commercial,  and   industrial
sectors.  The Buildings Sector represents one
of EPA's  largest areas of potential, and at
the same time is one of its most successful.
The Industrial  Sector  goals  include   the
Agency's   work  with  state  and   local
governments,    and    state    and    local
governments' work with industry to prevent
greenhouse  gas  emissions.    EPA  will
continue to build on  the  success of  the
voluntary  programs in the industrial sector,
focusing on  reducing  CO2  emissions  and
continuing the highly successful  initiatives
to reduce methane emissions and  emissions
of the high global-warming-potential gases.
The  SmartWay Transport Partnership  is a
national  voluntary  program developed by
EPA and freight industry representatives to
reduce greenhouse  gases and  air pollution
and promotes cleaner, more efficient ground
freight   transportation.   By   2012,   the
Partnership aims to  reduce as much as 33 to
66 million metric  tons of carbon  dioxide
(CO2) emissions and up to 200,000 tons of
nitrogen  oxides (NOX) emissions annually.
Partners   achieve   goals   by  adopting
improved practices, processes  and energy
saving technologies that are cost effective,
cleaner,  more  efficient,  and  capable of
reducing greenhouse gas emissions.

Under the  Clean Automotive  Technology
(CAT) program,  EPA  works  to:  achieve
ultra-low pollution  emissions;  increase fuel
efficiency;  and  reduce  greenhouse  gases.
By  promoting  the  development of cost-
effective technologies, the  CAT  program
also  encourages manufacturers to produce
cleaner  and  more  fuel-efficient  vehicles.
The      program      encourages      the
commercialization       of      promising
technologies  by   actively  pursuing   the
transfer  of  EPA's  technologies  into  the
private sector.  EPA partners with industry
to  maximize  the  viability  of  targeted
technologies  for  commercial  production
through    cooperative     research    and
development agreements.

An  FY  2006  Climate  Change Program
initiative  is   the   Methane  to   Markets
Partnership  -  a  U.S.  led  international
initiative that promotes cost-effective, near-
term methane recovery and use as  a clean
energy  source.    The Partnership has  the
potential  to  deliver  by  2015  annual
reductions in methane emissions of up to 50
MMTCE or recovery of 500 billion cubic
feet (Bcf) of natural gas.  The Methane to
Markets Partnership builds on the success of
EPA's   domestic    methane    voluntary
programs by creating an international forum
to promote  methane recovery  and   use
projects in developing countries.
                                        G/O-8

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
The benefits of increasing methane recovery
and  use include reduced  global  methane
emissions,   enhanced   economic   growth,
increased  energy  security,  and  improved
local  air quality. The Partnership  initially
targets  three   major  methane   sources:
landfills,  underground  coal  mines,   and
natural gas and oil systems. The Partnership
will achieve its  goals through collaboration
among  developed   countries,   developing
countries,  and countries with economies in
transition    -    together   with    strong
participation   from   the   private   sector,
development banks, and other governmental
and non-governmental organizations.

EPA's  Domestic   Stratospheric   Ozone
Protection  Program  will  implement  the
provisions  of the Clean Air  Act  and the
Montreal  Protocol   on  Substances   that
Deplete   the    Ozone   Layer   (Montreal
Protocol),  which will lead to the reduction
and control of  ozone-depleting substances
(ODSs) in the U.S. and lower health risks to
the American public due to exposure to UV
radiation.   EPA will  focus  its efforts on
finding  alternatives to methyl bromide, an
ozone-depleting substance.

In FY 2006, EPA will continue upgrading
the national  radiation monitoring  system.
The response time and data dissemination of
the upgraded monitoring system would be
significantly better than that of the existing
monitoring  system,  and  the  population
coverage of the upgraded system would be
significantly  better  than  the  population
coverage of the existing  fixed  monitoring
system  as well as  allowing  for greater
density  of  sampling  locations  near  and
downwind from incidents and maintenance
and  calibration  of deployable  monitoring
stations. Additionally, EPA will equip up to
two  radiation  teams  with  state-of-the-art
radiation equipment and technical  tools to
deploy to two simultaneous incidents in any
part of the country.  Each team will be fully
capable of providing  timely  and accurate
information  to   support   the  Agency's
decontamination/disposal   decision-making
efforts.   EPA  will  also augment  existing
applied science radiological labs to meet
emergency  homeland  security  needs   by
developing radiochemistry methods, refining
analytical   protocols,   and    conducting
training.    EPA  will  also  enhance  lab
response  capability  to ensure  a minimal
level  of  surge capacity  for  radiological
terrorism incidents.

Research

EPA's air research  provides the  scientific
foundation the Agency  needs  to  fulfill
responsibilities  under the Clean Air Act: to
make the air safe to breathe  and protect
human health and the  environment.   This
research focuses on the NAAQS pollutants,
as well as the HAPs identified in the Act.

In FY 2006, NAAQS research will continue
to strengthen the scientific basis for  the
periodic review and implementation  of  air
quality   standards.     This   research  is
concentrated  on PM, and includes research
on the other NAAQS pollutants on  an  as
needed  basis  (for  more  information  on
EPA's   programs   to  reduce   NAAQS
pollutants,                          visit:
http://www.epa.gov/ord/htm/air.htm).   PM
research  is  aligned  with  the  ten priority
research  topics for  PM identified by  the
National   Research Council  (NRC).   The
NRC  has  conducted four reviews of EPA's
PM  research  since  1998  to  ensure it  is
relevant  to the  highest  priority research
needs and to monitor research performance.

Air toxics research will provide information
on    effects,    exposure,    and    source
characterization, as  well  as other data  to
quantify  existing emissions and to identify
key  pollutants  and  strategies  for  cost-
effective  risk management.  In  FY  2006,
research  will  focus  on  providing  health
                                         G/O-9

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
hazard  and exposure  methods,  data, and
models  to enable  the  Agency to  reduce
uncertainty  in  risk assessments,  and  the
production of  tools that enable  national,
regional, state,  or local  officials to identify
and implement cost-effective approaches to
reduce risks from sources of air toxics.

EPA  manages  its  air-related  research
programs  according to the Administration's
Investment  Criteria  for   Research  and
Development.     The  Agency's  detailed,
externally-reviewed multi-year plans for its
air  toxics and NAAQS-related  research
programs describe clear goals and priorities,
and  are  periodically  updated  to  reflect
changes in science and resources.  As part of
the  periodic multi-year plan revisions, EPA
is examining the design of each  program to
help identify its outputs, customers, transfer
needs, and short-, intermediate-, and long-
term outcomes.   Beginning  in FY 2005,
EPA is implementing regular evaluations by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective  and  retrospective  review  of
program    relevance,     quality,    and
performance,   including   the   program's
design   and  performance  goals.    The
Agency's  Board  of Scientific  Counselors,
the  chosen mechanism  for these reviews,
will examine the particulate matter research
program in the second quarter of FY 2005.
The NAAQS program will be reassessed by
OMB's  Program Assessment  Rating Tool
(PART) in the spring of 2005.
In FY 2006, a portion of EPA's air research
will be accomplished using a new approach
to applied research funding at EPA.   This
arrangement,   based    on   the   existing
collaborative framework between the media
and research offices, is designed to  ensure
continued relevance and quality of applied
research at EPA.  In FY 2006, funds will be
provided to the Office of Air and Radiation
to use a fee-for-service arrangement with the
Office  of Research and Development  to
obtain  additional research focusing on the
Agency's highest priority air research needs.
                                        G/O - 10

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
                              Clean and Safe Water
  Ensure drinking water is safe.  Restore and maintain oceans, watersheds, and their aquatic
  ecosystems to  protect human  health, support economic and  recreational  activities,  and
  provide healthy habitat for fish, plants, and wildlife.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:

   •   Protect  human health by reducing
       exposure to contaminants in drinking
       water (including protecting  source
       waters), in fish and shellfish, and in
       recreational waters.

   •   Protect  the quality  of rivers,  lakes,
       and streams on a watershed basis and
       protect coastal and ocean waters.
       Provide and apply a sound scientific
       foundation to EPA's goal of clean
       and   safe   water  by   conducting
       leading-edge      research      and
       developing  a better understanding
       and    characterization     of   the
       environmental outcomes under Goal
       2.
                       GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                 Budget Authority / Obligations
                                  Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
Clean and Safe Water
Protect Human Health
Protect Water Quality
Enhance Science and Research
   Total Workyears
Over the  30 years since enactment of the
Clean Water and Safe Drinking Water Acts
(CWA and  SDWA), government,  citizens,
and the private sector have worked together
to make dramatic progress in improving the
quality of surface waters and drinking water.

Thirty years  ago, much of the Nation's tap
water  had  either  very   limited treatment
(usually disinfection) or no treatment at all.
About two-thirds  of the  surface waters
assessed  by states were  not attaining basic
water  quality goals  and were considered
FY 2004
Obligations
$3,810,107.5
$1,293,345.7
$2,382,542.5
$134,219.2
2,904.0
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$2,944,875.7
$1,169,287.4
$1,653,907.9
$121,680.5
3,088.5
FY 2006
Request
$2,813,028.3
$1,195,366.2
$1,483,516.9
$134,145.2
2,916.9
FY 2006 Request v.
FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
($131,847.4)
$26,078.8
($170,391.0)
$12,464.8
-171.6
polluted. * Some of the Nation's waters were
open  sewers posing health risks and many
water   bodies   were   so   polluted   that
traditional uses, such as swimming, fishing,
and  recreation,  were  impossible.   Today,
drinking water  systems  monitor  and treat
water to assure compliance  with drinking
water standards covering a  wide range of
contaminants. In addition, we  now  protect
sources of drinking water through activities
such as regulating underground injection of
wastes.  The number of polluted waters has
                                                1 United States Environmental Protection Agency Office of
                                                Water. 1998. Clean Water Action Plan: Restoring and
                                                Protecting America's Water. Washington, DC:
                                                Government Printing Office.
                                         G/O-11

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                               FY 2006 Annual Plan
been  reduced  and many  clean waters are
even  healthier.   A massive  investment of
Federal, state, and local funds resulted in a
new  generation  of  wastewater treatment
facilities   able   to  provide   "secondary"
treatment or better. EPA has issued national
discharge regulations for over 50 industrial
categories. In addition,  sustained efforts to
implement  "best  management  practices"
have helped reduce runoff of pollutants from
diffuse or "nonpoint" sources.

Cleaner,    safer   water    has   renewed
recreational,  ecological,   and  economic
interests in communities across the nation.
The recreation,  tourism, and travel  industry
is one of the largest employers in the nation,
and a  significant portion  of recreational
spending comes from  swimming,  boating,
sport  fishing, and hunting.2  Each year, more
than  180 million people visit the shore for
recreation.3 In  2001, sportspersons  spent a
total of $70 billion- $35.6 billion on fishing,
$20.6 billion on hunting, and  $13.8  million
on  items used for both hunting and fishing.
Wildlife watchers spent an additional $38.4
billion  on their activities around the home
and  on  trips   away  from home.4   The
commercial  fishing  industry,  which also
requires clean  water and healthy wetlands,
contributed $28.6 billion to the economy in
2001.5   The Cuyahoga River, which once
caught  fire,  is  now busy  with boats  and
harbor  businesses  that generate substantial
revenue for the City  of  Cleveland.  The
Willamette River  in   Oregon has been
restored to provide swimming, fishing,  and
water   sports.     Even  Lake  Erie,  once
infamous for its dead fish, now supports a
2 Travel Industry Association of America. Tourism for
America, 11th Edition. Washington, DC: Travel Industry of
America.
3 Pew Oceans Commission. 2002. America's Living Oceans
Charting a Course for Sea Change. Arlington, VA: Pew
Oceans Commission.
4 U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service. 2002. 2001 National
Survey of Fishing, Hunting and Wildlife-Associated
Recreation. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
5 National Marine Fisheries Service. 2002. Fisheries of the
U.S. 2001. Washington, DC: Government Printing Office.
        $600 million per year fishing industry.

        Although we have made much progress and
        this progress has had important economic as
        well as human health  and environmental
        benefits, there  is still  work to be done  to
        realize the  vision  of  clean  rivers,  lakes,
        streams and coastal areas and safe water to
        drink.  In Fiscal Year 2006, EPA will work
        with   States   and  Tribes  to   continue
        accomplishing measurable improvements in
        the safety of the nation's drinking water and
        in the condition of rivers, lakes and coastal
        waters.     This Overview summarizes key
        environmental and public  health goals and
        describes   the   general   strategies   EPA
        proposes to implement to accomplish these
        goals.  With the help  of States, Tribes and
        other   partners,  EPA   expects to   make
        significant   progress   toward   protecting
        human health and improving water quality
        by 2008, including -

        •   Water Safe to Drink:  increase the rate
           of  compliance  with   drinking  water
           standards from 93% to 95%;

        •   Fish and Shellfish Safe to Eat: reduce
           the percentage of the water miles/acres
           identified by States or Tribes as having
           fish consumption  advisories  in  2002
           where  increased consumption of safe
           fish is  allowed, (485,205 river  miles,
            11,277,276  lake acres) while increasing
           the percentage of the shellfish growing
           acres   monitored   by  states  that  are
           approved or conditionally approved  for
           use from 77% to 91%;

        •   Water  Safe for Swimming:  increase
           the percentage of the stream miles and
           lake acres identified by States in 2000 as
           having   water   quality   unsafe   for
           swimming where water quality that is
        6 United States Environmental Protection Agency Office of
        Water. 1998. Clean Water Action Plan: Restoring and
        Protecting America's Water. Washington, DC:
        Government Printing Office.
G/O - 12

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                       FY 2006 Annual Plan
   restored to  allow  swimming. (90,000
   stream miles, 2.6 million lake acres);

•  Cleaner     Water    and     Healthy
   Watersheds: restore polluted waters so
   that,  of  the 2,262 major  watersheds
   across the Nation, at least 600 have few
   remaining problems (i.e.,  at least 80% of
   assessed waters meet State water quality
   standards     (WQS))     and     show
   improvement in 200 watersheds; and

•  Healthy Coastal Waters:  show steady
   improvement in seven specific indicators
   of the health of each of  the four major
   coastal  ecosystems around the country.

The  clean  and safe water goals are closely
related to goals  established in Goal 4 of the
Agency    Strategic   Plan    related    to
improvements   in   wetlands,    estuaries,
targeted  geographic programs such  as  the
waters of  the Mexico Border  region,  the
Great Lakes, the Chesapeake Bay, and  the
Gulf of  Mexico.   The  key  strategies that
EPA plans to implement in FY 2006  to
make progress toward the public health and
environmental   goals  identified  in   the
Strategic Plan are briefly described below.

Water Safe to Drink

For almost 30 years, protecting the Nation's
public health through  safe  drinking water
has been the  shared responsibility of EPA,
the  States, and over  53,000  community
water  systems  (CWSs)7  nationwide  that
supply drinking water to more  than 260
million  Americans (approximately 90%  of
the U.S. population).  Within this time span,
safe  drinking water  standards  have been
7 Although the Safe Drinking Water Act applies to 159,796
public water systems nationwide (as of January 2004),
which include schools, hospitals, factories, campgrounds,
motels, gas stations, etc. that have their own water system,
this implementation plan focuses only on CWSs. A CWS
is a public water system that provides water to the same
population year-round. As of January 2004, there were
52,838 CWSs.
established and are  being implemented for
91  microbial,  chemical,  and  radiological
contaminants.    Forty-nine   States  have
adopted  primary  authority  for  enforcing
their drinking water  programs.  Additionally,
CWS  operators  are better  informed and
trained  to  both  treat  contaminants  and
prevent them from  entering the  source  of
their drinking water supplies.

During  2006, EPA,  the States, and CWSs
will build on these successes while working
toward  the 2008 goal  of assuring  that 95
percent of the  population  served  by CWSs
receives  drinking   water  that  meets  all
applicable standards.    Collectively, these
core areas and other  interrelated elements of
the national  safe drinking water program
form a balanced, integrated framework that
comprises the multiple barrier  approach to
protecting  public   health  from   unsafe
drinking  water.   At  the national  level,
implementation of this approach is expected
to result in  significant  progress toward the
public  health goals  described above.  EPA
has identified key activities within five core
program areas  that  are critical to ensuring
safe drinking water.  The core program areas
are described below:

Drinking Water Standards

During  FY  2006,   EPA will   continue  to
assess the need for new or revised drinking
water standards based on available  data on
health effects, occurrence, risks of exposure,
analytical (detection) methods, as  well  as
information   on  technologies   to prevent,
detect,  or remove  specific contaminants.
Specifically, EPA will:

•  Determine whether to regulate  at least
   five  unregulated contaminants  on  the
   second contaminant candidate  list (CCL)
   and,  through the Six-Year Review  of
   existing  regulations, whether  a revision
   to an existing standard is warranted;
   Continue   analysis   to   prepare   the
                                         G/O - 13

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
   Agency's third CCL;
•  Continue the  comprehensive Lead and
   Copper Rule Review that began in 2004;
•  Develop revisions to the Total Coliform
   Rule (TCR); and
•  Consider  additional   protections   of
   drinking water distribution systems.

Drinking Water Implementation

During  FY  2006, EPA will support State
efforts to meet existing and new  drinking
water     standards      including     the
Cryptosporidium8, Disinfection9  (Stage  2
Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts
Rule), and Ground Water Rules. EPA will
be responsible for directly implementing the
early  monitoring  requirements  under these
rules.    In   addition,   initial  monitoring
requirements under the revised arsenic rule
and  revised  radionuclides  rule  will  be
underway. EPA and  the states  will use the
following tools to encourage compliance:

•  Public   Water  System  Supervision
   (PWSS)  Program  Grants:    These
   grants provide assistance to implement
   and  enforce National Primary Drinking
   Water Regulations to ensure the safety
   of the Nation's drinking water resources
   and to protect  public health
   Sanitary Surveys: Sanitary surveys are
   on-site  reviews of the water  sources,
   facilities,  equipment,   operation,  and
   maintenance of public water  systems.
   All States  are to  be in  compliance with
   requirements to conduct sanitary surveys
   at CWSs once every three years starting
   in 2004.
•  Data Access,  Quality,  and Reliability:
   EPA will complete the modernization  of
   the  Safe Drinking  Water  Information
   System (SDWIS), which serves as the
   primary  source of national information
   on compliance  with  all  health-based,
   regulatory requirements of SDWA.
 Long Term 2 Enhanced Surface Water Treatment
9 Stage 2 Disinfectants and Disinfection Byproducts Rule
Promotion of Sustainable Management of
Drinking Water Infrastructure

The Drinking Water State Revolving Loan
Fund (DWSRF), established under the Safe
Drinking Water  Act,  offers  low  interest
loans to help public water systems across the
nation make improvements and upgrades to
their water infrastructure, or other activities
that build system capacity.  In FY 2006,  the
DWSRF program will provide an estimated
600 more loans.  EPA will  also work with
States to increase the percentage of loan
agreements made  each  year that return a
system to compliance, estimated to be 30%
of loan agreements in 2002.

Protection of Sources of Drinking Water

In FY 2006, EPA will work with States and
water systems to  improve  protection   of
sources  of drinking water in two key areas.

•  Voluntary  Source  Water Protection
   Strategies:    EPA  will promote  the
   concepts of a multiple barriers approach
   to drinking water program management
   and  will work with States to track, to the
   extent  feasible, the  development and
   implementation    of   source    water
   protection strategies. EPA has set a goal
   of increasing the number of source water
   areas (both surface  and ground  water)
   for community water systems that have
   minimized risk to public health from  an
   estimated baseline of 5% of all areas in
   2002 to 20% in FY 2006.
•  Underground Injection Control: EPA
   works with States to regulate injection of
   hazardous substances and other waste to
   prevent contamination  of underground
   sources of drinking water.  In FY 2006,
   EPA will continue to focus on shallow
   wells (Class V) in source water areas.
   EPA and  the States will work to assure
   that  all  identified Class V motor vehicle
   waste disposal wells  are closed by 2008.
                                        G/O - 14

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
   EPA and States will also work to assure
   that 100 percent of Class I, II, III and V
   wells that are identified in violation  are
   addressed.

Assurance     that    Critical     Water
Infrastructure Is Secure

In FY  2006, EPA will  continue  its lead
Federal Agency responsibility in  supporting
States  and  water utilities  to  secure their
water  infrastructure from  terrorist threats
and other intentional harm.  In addition, due
to its new  responsibilities under  Homeland
Security Presidential Directives  7  and  9,
EPA  will   support the  water  sector   in
implementing protective  measures  and  in
launching  a new  and innovative  drinking
water surveillance and monitoring program.
The Agency will also provide critical tools,
training, and exercises that will help utilities
detect, prevent, and respond to threats.

Fish and Shellfish Safe to Eat

Across  the U.S.,  States  and  Tribes have
issued fish consumption  advisories for a
range    of  persistent,   bioaccumulative
contaminants covering  more  than  840,000
river miles  and 14 million lake acres as  of
2003.10  The EPA Strategic Plan  calls  for
improving   the  quality   of  water  and
sediments to allow increased  consumption
of fish  and  shellfish.    EPA's  national
approach to meeting safe fish and  shellfish
goals is described below.

Safe Fish

Most  of  the   current  fish   consumption
advisories issued by states are for mercury,
PCBs, and dioxin.   EPA is  emphasizing
strategic partnerships within the  Agency to
address  these  pollutants.    EPA's  water
program  is  also   addressing  remaining
10 United States Environmental Protection Agency Office
of Water. Fact Sheet: National Listing of Fish Advisories.
EPA-823-F-04-016. August 2004. Available on the
Internet at
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/fish/advisories/factsheet.
pdf
controllable  sources  of  fish  exposure to
these chemicals. The Agency is:

•   developing mercury  fish tissue  criteria
    implementation guidance to ensure  new
    criteria are incorporated into WQS and
    implemented   in   National   Pollutant
    Discharge Elimination System (NPDES)
    permits.
•   working  with  states  to  improve  their
    advisory   programs   with   particular
    emphasis  on  periodic  re-sampling of
    previously tested waters  that are under
    advisory
•   working    to    identify     emerging
    contaminants to ensure that routes offish
    exposure to new, emerging contaminants
    are addressed early, before they become
    a new  reason  for waters coming under
    advisory

Safe Shellfish

Success  in  achieving the  shellfish goals
relies on implementation of CWA programs
that are focused on sources causing shellfish
acres  to  be  closed.     Important   new
technologies   include   pathogen   source
tracking,   new  indicators  of  pathogen
contamination  and predictive   correlations
between environmental  stressors  and  their
effects.   Once critical areas and sources are
identified,    core    program   authorities,
including      expanded       monitoring,
development  of TMDLs,  and  revision of
discharge permit  limits  can be  applied to
improve conditions.

In  addition,  a wide range  of clean water
programs that apply throughout the country
will generally reduce pathogen levels in key
waters.    For  example,  work to  control
Combined   Sewer  Overflows  (CSOs), to
reduce   discharges   from   Concentrated
Animal Feeding Operations, to reduce storm
water  runoff, and  to   reduce  nonpoint
pollution will  contribute to restoration of
shellfish uses.
                                         G/O-15

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
Finally, success in achieving the shellfish
goal also depends on the efforts of other
agencies. For example, EPA is working
with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration and the Food and Drug
Administration to improve data and data
management on contaminated and closed
shellfishing areas.

Water Safe for Swimming

Recreational  waters,  especially  beaches in
coastal areas and the Great Lakes, provide
recreational opportunities  for millions of
Americans.  Swimming in some recreational
waters, however, can pose a risk of illness as
a result of exposure to microbial pathogens.
In November 2004,  EPA established more
protective health-based  WQSs for bacteria
for those States  and Territories bordering
Great Lakes or ocean waters that had not yet
adopted  standards in accordance  with the
Beaches  Environmental  Assessment  and
Coastal Health Act  of 2000, an important
step to further  protect the  quality of the
nation's coastal recreation waters.11  For FY
2006, EPA's national strategy for improving
the safety of recreational waters will include
these key elements:

Improve Beach Monitoring and  Public
Notification

Another  important element of the strategy
for improving the  safety  of recreational
waters is improving monitoring of public
beaches and notifying the  public of unsafe
conditions.   EPA is  working with States to
implement   the  Beaches   Environmental
Assessment and  Coastal Health  Act  and
requests  grant  funding of  $10  million to
States to carry out this work.  EPA expects
that all  Tier  1  public beaches  will  be
monitored and managed under the BEACH
1' United States Environmental Protection Agency. Federal
Register; November 16, 2004; Volume 69, Number 220;
pages 67217 - 67243. Water Quality Standards for Coastal
and Great Lakes Recreation Waters. Available on the
Interenet at http://www.epa.gov/fedrgstr/EPA-
WATER/2004/November/Day-16/w25303.htm
Act in FY 2006 and that states and localities
will  be taking actions where possible  and
appropriate  to address sources  of unsafe
conditions  that  result  in the  closure  of
beaches.

Identify Unsafe Recreational Waters and
Begin Restoration

A key component of the strategy to restore
waters unsafe for swimming is to identify
the  specific  waters that  are  unsafe  and
develop  plans to accomplish  the  needed
restoration.  An important part  of this work
is to  maintain  strong  progress  toward
development  of Total  Maximum  Daily
Loads (TMDLs) based  on  the schedules
established by States  in  conjunction  with
EPA.  In a related  effort,  the  Agency will
better  focus  compliance  assistance  and,
where necessary,  enforcement resources on
unsafe  recreational  waters.    In  addition,
working  with   communities   that  have
frequent wet weather discharges (which are
a  major source  of pathogens)  to ensure
progress to reduce  the frequency  of these
discharges  is one of the Agency's national
enforcement priorities for FY 2005 through
2007.

Reduce Pathogen Levels  in Recreational
Waters Generally

In addition to focusing on waters that are
unsafe for swimming today, EPA, States and
Tribes will work in FY 2006 to reduce the
overall  level  of pathogens  discharged to
recreational   waters   using   three   key
approaches:

•  reduce pollution from CSOs;
•  address   major   sources  discharging
   pathogens under  the  permit  program;
   and
•  improve management of septic systems.
                                        G/O - 16

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
Restore and Improve Water Quality on a
Watershed Basis

A significant investment  of  the  National
Water Program resources is under the CWA,
which directly support efforts to restore and
improve  the quality  of rivers, lakes,  and
streams.  In  FY  2006,  EPA will work with
States to  make  continued  progress toward
the  clean  water  goals identified in  the
Strategic Plan by using a two-part strategy:

•  implement core clean  water programs,
   including    innovations   that   apply
   programs on a watershed basis;  and
•  accelerate  efforts   to  improve  water
   quality on a watershed basis.

Implement  Core Clean Water Programs:

To protect and improve water  quality on a
watershed  basis in  FY  2006,  EPA,  in
partnership with States and Tribes, needs to
continue to focus the work on integrating the
six  key  program  areas  that form  the
foundation  of  the  water program.    Core
water program work includes:

   Strengthen Water Quality Standards:
   The top priority  for the  criteria  and
   standards program  in FY  2006 is the
   continued implementation  of the  Water
   Quality Standards and Criteria Strategy,
   developed in cooperation  with  States,
   Tribes,  and  the public  in  2003.    The
   Standards   Strategy   prioritizes    key
   strategic actions EPA and the states need
   to complete in  order to strengthen the
   WQS  program to  guide assessment and
   restoration efforts.  This Strategy calls
   for EPA to continue work in developing
   scientific "criteria  documents"  for  key
   water        pollutants,       including
   implementation  protocols and  methods.
   In addition,  the Strategy identifies  key
   efforts   to   strengthen  the   program,
   including developing nutrient  criteria,
   adopting biological criteria, approving
   state WQS in a more timely manner, and
   providing   technical   and   scientific
support to  the  states  and  Tribes  in
conducting Use  Attainability Analyses
and  developing   site-specific  criteria.
Finally, EPA will work with States and
Tribes to ensure  the effective operation
and  administration  of  the  standards
program.

Improve Water Quality  Monitoring:
Scientifically  defensible water  quality
data and  information is  essential  for
cleaning up and protecting the Nation's
waters.  Federal and state water quality
monitoring  and  assessment programs,
the underpinnings of all aspects  of the
watershed approach, need strengthening.
Information  about  the  condition   of
waterbodies is critical  to  sound water
quality  protection decisions.   A   top
priority for FY 2006 is to continue to
support States in developing monitoring
programs   consistent   with   national
monitoring guidance published in 2003,
including State participation in efforts to
develop  statistically  valid monitoring
networks  and  State  support  of  the
national    STORET    water   quality
database.

Develop Total Maximum  Daily Loads
(TMDLs)    and   Related   Plans:
Development of TMDLs for an impaired
waterbody  is a critical tool for meeting
water restoration goals.   In FY 2006,
EPA will compare States'  progress  in
developing TMDLs against the approved
schedules. The purpose is  to determine
whether states  will achieve the goal  of
being 100 percent on pace each year to
meet  State schedules  or  straight-line
rates that ensure that the national policy
of TMDL completion within 13 years of
listing is met.

Control Nonpoint Source  Pollution on
a  Watershed  Basis:   Polluted  runoff
from  nonpoint  sources  is the  largest
single cause of water pollution.   In  FY
2006, EPA will  focus grants to States
                                        G/O - 17

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
   under  Section 319 of  the CWA to
   expand  efforts  to  manage  nonpoint
   pollution on a watershed basis through
   the development and implementation of
   watershed plans.  Special emphasis  will
   be placed on restoring impaired waters
   on a watershed basis.

   Strengthen NPDES Permit Program:
   The NPDES program  requires point
   sources discharging to water bodies to
   have permits.  In FY 2006, EPA  will
   work with  States  to use the "Permitting
   for Environmental Results Strategy" to
   address concerns about the workload for
   issuing permits and the health  of State
   NPDES programs. The Strategy focuses
   limited resources  on the most critical
   environmental problems  and addresses
   program   efficiency  and   integrity,
   including activities to streamline permit
   issuance  and  assessments  of State
   programs and permit quality.

•  Support    Sustainable    Wastewater
   Infrastructure: The Clean Water State
   Revolving   Funds  (CWSRFs)  provide
   low-interest  loans  to  help   finance
   wastewater treatment facilities and other
   water quality projects.  Recognizing the
   substantial     remaining     need   for
   wastewater   infrastructure,  EPA   will
   continue to  provide significant annual
   capitalization to CWSRFs in FY 2006.
   Another important approach to closing
   the gap between the need for clean water
   projects and available funding is to use
   sustainable   management  systems  to
   prolong the  lives of existing  systems.
   EPA  will  work  to  encourage  rate
   structures that lead to full cost pricing
   and other conservation measures.

Accelerate Watershed Protection

       Strong   execution  of  core  CWA
programs alone is not sufficient to maintain
and accelerate progress toward cleaner water
and   accomplish   the   water   quality
improvements  called  for  in the Strategic
Plan.  About a decade ago, EPA embraced
the watershed approach, focusing on multi-
stakeholder   and   multi-program    efforts
within hydrologically defined boundaries, as
a  better  way to  address  water  quality
problems.  In FY 2006, EPA will accelerate
watershed protection  by working  in three
key areas:

•   Core    Programs   Organized   by
    Watershed:  In addition to development
    of watershed  based plans, discussed
    below,    core   programs   can   be
    implemented  on  a  watershed  basis.
    Some examples in practice as a result of
    innovations developed by  State, EPA
    Regions, and others are development of
    TMDLs   and   NPDES  permits  on  a
    watershed basis and implementing water
    quality  "trading"   programs within  a
    watershed.

•   Local Watershed  Protection  Efforts:
    EPA  is  developing  national  tools,
    training, and  technical assistance  that
    will help community partnerships to be
    more effective at  improving watershed
    health. For FY 2006, EPA will expand
    support for protection of key watersheds
    by  building  on  the  success  of the
    Watershed  Initiative  (now  called the
    Targeted Watershed Grants Program -
    see Goal 4).

•   Apply   an   Adaptive   Management
    Framework:  The best way to achieve
    progress  in improving and protecting
    waters and watersheds is by applying an
    adaptive management approach to better
    understand the problems, set challenging
    but   realistic   goals,   and  address
    opportunities associated with developing
    programs  and  building partnerships at
    the watershed level. In FY 2006, EPA
    will continue  to work with  States and
    Tribes to apply an adaptive management
    framework to identify the specific  mix of
    watershed tools that best suit local needs
    and conditions.  Each  State and EPA
                                       G/O-18

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
   Region will work to define the extent to
   which  implementation   of   watershed
   approaches  should be accelerated  over
   the coming years in order to meet the
   watershed/waterbody  restoration   and
   improvement goals for 2008 in the  EPA
   Strategic Plan.

Protect Coastal and Ocean Waters

Coastal  waters   are   among   the   most
productive ecosystems on Earth, but they are
also among the most threatened ecosystems,
largely  as a result of rapidly  increasing
growth and development.  About half of the
U.S. population now lives in coastal areas
and coastal counties are growing three times
faster than counties elsewhere in the Nation.
The  work described here will be closely
coordinated with the implementation of the
National  Estuary   Program  (described  in
Goal  4).    For FY 2006, EPA's  national
strategy  for  improving the condition  of
coastal  and ocean  waters will  include the
following key elements:

Reduce Vessel Discharges

EPA will also focus on enhancing  regulation
of discharges of pollution from vessels.  Key
work for  FY  2006  includes  developing
standards   for  cruise  ships  operating  in
Alaskan   waters;   cooperating   with   the
Department of Defense to develop discharge
standards  for certain armed forces vessels;
and  assessing the  effectiveness  of current
regulations for marine sanitation devices.

Manage Dredged Material

Several hundred  million  cubic  yards  of
sediment   are  dredged  from  waterways,
ports, and harbors every year to maintain the
Nation's navigation system.    All of  this
sediment must be disposed of safely.   EPA
and  the U.S.  Army  Corps  of  Engineers
(COE)  share responsibility  for  regulating
how  and  where the  disposal of sediment
occurs.   In FY 2006,  EPA and  COE will
continue to focus  resources  on  improving
how  disposal   of  dredged   material  is
managed,  including   evaluating  disposal
sites,  designating and monitoring the sites.
EPA  will also review  and concur on the
disposal permits issued by COE.

Manage Invasive Species

One of the  greatest threats to U.S.  waters
and ecosystems is the uncontrolled spread of
invasive   species.       Invasive   species
commonly enter  U.S. waters  through the
discharge of ballast water from ships. In FY
2006, EPA will assist the U.S. Coast Guard
in  its  efforts  to  develop  ballast water
exchange  requirements   and   discharge
standards and is addressing this issue at the
international  level.   In  addition,  EPA will
work  to  develop  improved measures for
monitoring the rate of increase of invasive
species.

Address International Activities

Internationally, our objective  is to protect
the environmental  quality  of U.S. coastal
and ocean waters. U.S. waters  are subject to
international sources of pollution and EPA's
international efforts in this  area are focused
on the development and implementation of
international standards necessary to address
transboundary   sources    of   pollution,
pollution  effecting  shared  ecosystems, and
the introduction of non-indigenous species
introduced through  maritime shipping.  To
reach these  ends we are seeking to reduce
the  successful  introduction  of  invasive
species   to   U.S.   waters   through   the
negotiation   of   effective   international
standards    addressing    ballast   water
discharges,  harmful anti-foulants,  and air
emissions from ships.   In  addition, we are
isolating  high-level  radioactive wastes  in
Northwest Russia that threaten the health of
shared  natural  resources   in  the  Arctic
ecosystem.  Achievement  of  the objective
and strategic targets will enhance U.S. water
quality,  human health, and help stabilize
aquatic ecosystems in North America.
                                        G/O - 19

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
Research

EPA's drinking water  and  water quality
research  programs  conduct  leading  edge,
problem-driven research to provide a sound
scientific foundation for Federal regulatory
decision-making.  These efforts will result in
strengthened   public  health  and  aquatic
ecosystem  protection  by  providing  data
methods,    models,   assessments,    and
technologies for EPA program and regional
offices, as well as state and local authorities.

The  drinking  water research program will
focus  on   filling   key   data   gaps  and
developing analytical detection methods for
measuring the occurrence of chemical and
microbial contaminants on the Contaminant
Candidate List (CCL) and developing and
evaluating      cost-effective     treatment
technologies for removing pathogens from
water    supplies     while    minimizing
microbial/disinfection by-product (M/DBP)
formation.    The  water  quality  research
program   will  provide   approaches  and
methods the Agency and its partners need to
develop  and   apply criteria  to  support
designated uses, tools to diagnose and assess
impairment in aquatic systems, and tools to
restore and protect aquatic systems.

In FY 2006,  important  areas  of research
emphasis will  include:  1) arsenic treatment
technologies for the removal of arsenic from
small community drinking water systems; 2)
immune response associated with exposures
to     waterborne     pathogens     (e.g.,
Cryptosporidium,   Norwalk  virus)   and
chemicals   (e.g.,    arsenic,   disinfection
byproducts)  that may contaminate drinking
water; 3) habitat alteration;  4) treatment and
contaminant   transport   and  fate   from
biosolids; 5)  reproductive  health effects
associated with exposures to DBFs; and 6)
improved    detection     methods     for
Pharmaceuticals and personal care products
in effluents.
EPA  manages  its water-related  research
programs according to the Administration's
Investment  Criteria   for   Research  and
Development.     The  Agency's  detailed,
externally-reviewed multi-year plans for its
drinking water and water  quality research
programs describe clear goals and priorities,
and  are  periodically  updated  to  reflect
changes in science and resources. As part of
the periodic multi-year plan revisions, EPA
is  examining the design of each program to
help  identify its outputs, customers, transfer
needs,  and short-, intermediate-, and long-
term outcomes.    Beginning  in  FY 2005,
EPA is implementing regular evaluations by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective  and  retrospective  review of
program    relevance,     quality,    and
performance,  including   the  program's
design   and   performance  goals.     The
Agency's Board  of Scientific Counselors,
the chosen  mechanism for these  reviews,
will  examine  the drinking water  research
program in the second quarter of FY 2005.

EPA's  Science to Achieve Results  (STAR)
grants program is  also managed according to
the Investment Criteria for Research and
Development,  ensuring the quality of its
extramural research through a competitive,
peer-reviewed  awards process.  The STAR
program engages the Nation's best scientists
to  provide high quality, innovative research
and solutions  to  protect human  health and
the environment.

In  FY  2006,  a  portion  of  EPA's water
research will be  accomplished using a new
approach  to applied  research funding  at
EPA.   This  arrangement, based  on  the
existing  collaborative  framework  between
the media and research offices, is  designed
to  ensure continued relevance and quality of
applied research at EPA. In FY 2006, funds
will be  provided  to the Office of Water to
use a fee-for-service arrangement  with the
Office  of Research and  Development to
obtain  additional  research  focusing  on the
Agency's  highest priority water  research
needs.
                                        G/O - 20

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                      Land Preservation and Restoration
  Preserve and restore the land by using innovative waste management practices and cleaning up
  contaminated properties to reduce risks posed by releases of harmful substances.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:

   •   By 2008,  reduce adverse effects to
       land  by reducing waste  generation,
       increasing  recycling, and  ensuring
       proper management of  waste  and
       petroleum  products  at  facilities in
       ways that prevent releases.

   •   By 2008, control the risks to human
       health  and  the  environment  by
       mitigating the impact of accidental
       or intentional releases and by
       Cleaning    up    and     restoring
       contaminated sites or properties  to
       appropriate levels.

       Through 2008,  provide  and  apply
       sound  science  for  protecting and
       restoring land by conducting leading-
       edge  research   and   developing   a
       better      understanding      and
       characterization  of   environmental
       outcomes     under     Goal     3.
                           GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                Budget Authority / Obligations
                                 Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
Land Preservation and Restoration
Preserve Land
Restore Land
Enhance Science and Research
   Total Workyears
FY 2004
Obligations
$1,722,255.3
$200,414.0
$1,450,870.8
$70,970.5
4,646.4
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$1,805,990.8
$239,585.1
$1,509,152.0
$57,253.7
4,763.6
FY 2006
Request
$1,691,463.0
$216,930.9
$1,416,681.8
$57,850.4
4,752.2
                    FY 2006 Request v.FY
                       2005 Pres. Bud.

                             ($114,527.7)
                              ($22,654.2)
                              ($92,470.2)
                                 $596.7
                                   -11.4
Left    uncontrolled,    hazardous    and
nonhazardous   wastes   on  the  land  can
migrate to the air, groundwater, and surface
water,    contaminating   drinking   water
supplies, causing acute illnesses or chronic
diseases, and threatening healthy ecosystems
in  urban,   rural,  and  suburban  areas.
Hazardous   substances  can   kill  living
organisms  in  lakes   and   rivers,  destroy
vegetation  in  contaminated  areas, cause
major    reproductive   complications    in
wildlife, and otherwise limit the ability of an
ecosystem to survive.
EPA leads the country's activities to reduce
the risks posed by  releases  of  harmful
substances and by contaminated land.  The
most effective approach to controlling these
risks    incorporates    developing   and
implementing    prevention    programs,
improving   response   capabilities,   and
maximizing  the effectiveness  of  response
and cleanup  actions.   This  approach will
help to ensure that human  health  and the
environment  are protected and that land is
returned to beneficial use.
                                        G/O-21

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA will work to preserve  and restore the
land  with   the   most   effective  waste
management and cleanup methods available.
EPA will use a hierarchy of approaches to
protect  the  land:   reducing  waste at  its
source,   recycling  waste,   and  managing
waste effectively by preventing  spills and
releases of toxic materials, and cleaning up
contaminated  properties.   The  Agency  is
especially concerned  about threats to our
most sensitive populations, such as children,
the elderly,   and  individuals  with  chronic
diseases.

The     Comprehensive     Environmental
Response, Compensation, and Liability Act
(CERCLA, or Superfund) and the Resource
Conservation  and Recovery  Act (RCRA)
provide  the  legal  authority  for  most  of
EPA's work toward this goal.  The Agency
and its partners use Superfund authority to
clean   up  uncontrolled   or  abandoned
hazardous waste sites and return the land to
productive use.  Under RCRA, EPA works
in partnership with States  and  Tribes  to
address  risks   associated  with  leaking
underground  storage  tanks and with  the
generation and management  of  hazardous
and  nonhazardous  wastes   at  industrial
facilities.

EPA also uses authorities provided under the
Clean Air Act, Clean  Water  Act, and  Oil
Pollution Act of  1990  to  protect against
spills  and releases  of hazardous materials.
Controlling   the  many   risks  posed  by
accidental  and   intentional  releases   of
harmful  substances presents  a significant
challenge to  protecting  the land.  EPA's
approach      integrates      prevention,
preparedness,  and  response  activities  to
minimize these   risks.    Spill  prevention
activities  keep  harmful  substances  from
being   released   to   the    environment.
Improving its readiness  to   respond  to
emergencies through training, development
of clear authorities, and provision of proper
equipment  will   ensure   that  EPA   is
adequately    prepared    to    minimize
contamination and harm to the environment
when spills do occur.

Four   themes  characterize  EPA's   land
program    activities   under   Goal    3:
Revitalization;   One   Cleanup   Program;
Recycling, Waste Minimization and Energy
Recovery; and Homeland Security.

•  Revitalization:  EPA and its partners are
   restoring  contaminated land to make it
   economically productive or available as
   green   space.     Like  the  Agency's
   Brownfields  program  included  under
   Goal   4,   these   revitalization   efforts
   complement  the  Agency's  traditional
   cleanup programs, and enable affected
   communities  to  reuse  contaminated
   lands  in   beneficial  ways.    EPA  is
   developing performance  measures  to
   assess  its  success   in   restoring  and
   revitalizing sites under all its cleanup
   programs.

•  One  Cleanup Program:   Through  the
   One  Cleanup Program, the  Agency is
   looking  across  its programs to  bring
   consistency and enhanced effectiveness
   to site cleanups. The Agency will work
   with  its  partners  and stakeholders  to
   enhance  coordination, planning,  and
   communication across the full range of
   Federal,  State,  tribal, and local cleanup
   programs.  This effort will improve the
   pace, efficiency, and effectiveness of site
   cleanups,  as well as more  fully integrate
   land  reuse  and  continued  use  into
   cleanup  programs.   The  Agency  will
   promote information  technologies  that
   describe   waste   site   cleanup   and
   revitalization information in ways that
   keep  the  public and  stakeholders fully
   informed.   Finally,  the  Agency  will
   develop     environmental     outcome
   performance    measures   that   report
   progress among all cleanup programs,
   such  as the number of acres able to be
                                        G/O - 22

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
   reused  after site  cleanup.   A crucial
   element to  this  effort is  a  national
   dialogue,  currently  underway,  on  the
   future  of  Superfund  and  other  EPA
   waste cleanup  programs.    A crucial
   element to  this  effort is  a  national
   dialogue,  currently  underway,  on  the
   future  of  Superfund  and  other  EPA
   cleanup programs.

•  Recycling,  Waste  Minimization  and
   Energy Recovery:   EPA's  strategy  for
   reducing    waste    generation    and
   increasing  recycling is based  on  (1)
   establishing and expanding  partnerships
   with   businesses,   industries,   States,
   communities,    and   consumers;    (2)
   stimulating  infrastructure development,
   environmentally responsible behavior by
   product   manufacturers,   users,   and
   disposers  ("product stewardship"), and
   new  technologies;  and  (3)   helping
   businesses, government, institutions, and
   consumers through education, outreach,
   training, and technical assistance.

•  Emergency Preparedness, Response, and
   Homeland  Security:  EPA has a major
   role in reducing the risk to human health
   and the environment posed by accidental
   or  intentional   releases  of  harmful
   substances and oil.  EPA will continue to
   improve its  capability to  effectively
   prepare  for  and   respond  to  these
   incidents, working  closely  with  other
   Federal  agencies  within the  National
   Response System.

Controlling Risks to Human Health and
the Environment at Contaminated Sites

EPA  and  its  partners  work  to clean  up
contaminated land to levels  sufficient  to
control  risks  to  human   health  and  the
environment  and  to  return  the  land  to
productive  use.   The Agency's   cleanup
activities,  some   new and  some  well-
established, include removing contaminated
soil,  capping or containing contamination in
place,  pumping and treating  groundwater,
and bioremediation.

EPA uses a variety of tools  to accomplish
cleanups:    permits,  enforcement  actions,
consent   agreements,   Federal   facility
agreements,  and  many  other mechanisms.
As  part  of  EPA's One Cleanup  Program
Initiative,  programs   at  all   levels   of
government  will  work  together to  ensure
that appropriate cleanup tools are used; that
resources,   activities,   and   results   are
coordinated  with  partners and stakeholders
and communicated to the public effectively;
and  that  cleanups  are  protective  and
contribute to community revitalization.  The
Agency's two major  cleanup  programs,
Superfund and RCRA  Corrective  Action,
now rely on similar  human  health  and
groundwater    protection    environmental
indicators.    Through  the   One  Cleanup
Program  Initiative,  EPA  is working  to
coordinate   across  all   of   its   cleanup
programs, while maintaining  the flexibility
needed   to  accommodate differences  in
program authorities and approaches.

EPA   fulfills  its  cleanup  and  waste
management responsibilities on tribal lands
by  acknowledging tribal sovereignty  and
recognizing tribal governments as being the
most  appropriate  authorities  for   setting
standards, making policy decisions,  and
managing programs consistent with Agency
standards and regulations.   EPA  and its
partners follow four key steps to accomplish
cleanups and control risks to human health
and   the   environment:      assessment,
stabilization,   selection  of  appropriate
remedies, and implementation of remedies.
EPA will continue to work with its Federal,
state, tribal,  and local government partners
at each  step  of  the  process  to  identify
facilities and sites requiring attention and to
monitor changes in priorities.

Through strong policy, leadership, program
administration, and a dedicated  workforce,
EPA's  cleanup programs will merge sound
science,  cutting-edge  technology,  quality
                                        G/O - 23

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
environmental information, and stakeholder
involvement to protect the Nation from the
harmful effects  of contaminated property.
To accomplish its cleanup goals, the Agency
continues to forge partnerships and develop
outreach and education strategies.

To meet its objective to control the risks to
human  health   and  the  environment  at
contaminated  properties  or  sites  through
cleanup, stabilization, or other action, and to
make land available for reuse, EPA intends
to achieve the following results in FY 2006:

•  Make 500 final site-assessmentdecisions
   under Superfund;
•  Control   all   identified   unacceptable
   human     exposures     from      site
   contamination  to  at or below  health-
   based  levels  for  current  land  and/or
   groundwater use conditions at 10 of the
   Superfund human exposure sites;
•  Control the migration of  contaminated
   groundwater    through    engineered
   remedies  or  natural processes at 10 of
   the  Superfund groundwater  exposure
   sites;
•  Select final remedies (cleanup targets) at
   20 Superfund sites; and
•  Complete construction of remedies at 40
   Superfund sites.

EPA's enforcement program is critical to the
Agency's ability to cleanup the vast majority
of the nation's worst hazardous waste sites.
This  program   secures   cleanups   from
Potentially  Responsible Parties  (PRPs) at
EPA's priority sites.   The PRPs  perform
approximately   70%   of  the  long-term
cleanups and EPA uses appropriated dollars
to pay for the other 30% of the long-term
cleanups. If PRPs do not perform a cleanup,
and EPA uses appropriated dollars to clean
up sites, the enforcement  program recovers
EPA's expenditures from the PRPs.
The Agency has also been encouraging the
establishment and use of Special Accounts
within the Superfund Trust Fund.   These
accounts   segregate   site-specific   funds
obtained  from  responsible   parties  that
complete settlement  agreements  with EPA.
These funds can be provided as an incentive
for other PRPs  to perform work  they might
not be willing  to perform or used by the
Agency to fund cleanup.  The result is the
Agency can clean up more sites  and allows
the Agency to  preserve  appropriated Trust
Fund  dollars for other sites without viable
PRPs.

This program pursues an "enforcement first"
policy to ensure that sites for which there are
viable responsible parties are cleaned up by
those  parties. In tandem with this approach,
various  reforms have been implemented to
increase  fairness,  reduce transaction costs,
and   promote  economic  redevelopment.
Enforcement maximizes  PRP  participation
in cleanups while promoting fairness in the
enforcement process, and recovering costs
from PRPs when EPA expends funds.  For
more    information   regarding    EPA's
enforcement  program,   and  its   various
components,      please      refer      to
www.epa.gov/compliance/cleanup/superfun
d/.

In FY  2006, the  Agency will negotiate
remedial  design/remedial  action   cleanup
agreements  and  removal agreements  at
contaminated    properties.        Where
negotiations fail, the  Agency will either take
unilateral  enforcement  actions  to  require
PRP cleanup or use  appropriated dollars to
remediate sites. When appropriated dollars
are used to clean up sites, the  program will
recover this money  from the PRPs.   The
Agency  will also  continue its  efforts  to
establish  and  use   Special   Accounts  to
facilitate clean up.

By pursuing cost recovery settlements, the
program  promotes   the  principle   that
polluters should perform or pay for cleanups
                                        G/O - 24

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
preserves   the   Superfund   Trust   Fund
resources for site remediation where there is
no known  or viable PRP.  The Agency's
expenditures   will  be  recouped through
administrative  actions,  CERCLA  section
107 case referrals, and  through  settlements
reached with the use of alternative dispute
resolution.

EPA's financial management offices provide
a  full array  of support  services to  the
Superfund  program  including   managing
oversight billing for Superfund site cleanups
and financial  cost recovery.

Encouraging Land Revitalization and
Reuse

The   goals   of   the  Land  Revitalization
Initiative   are   to  restore   and   return
contaminated, and potentially contaminated,
properties to beneficial use for America's
communities; to  ensure that cleanups protect
public health and the environment and that
anticipated future uses are fully considered
in all cleanup  decisions;  and  to  remove
unintended barriers to  the restoration and
beneficial reuse  of contaminated properties.
To achieve  this mission, EPA has been
working over the last two years to develop a
comprehensive  approach  to  revitalization,
and has developed and implemented a wide
range    of     demonstration    projects,
redevelopment   tools,   and    educational
efforts.     The   Agency  is  also forming
partnerships  with  States,  Tribes,   other
Federal   agencies,   local    governments,
communities,     landowners,     lenders,
developers,    and    parties    potentially
responsible for contamination  that can help
bring  about reuse of formerly  contaminated
sites.

Usable   land  is  a   valuable  resource.
However, where contamination  presents  a
real or perceived threat to human health and
the environment, options for future land use
at that site may be limited. EPA's cleanup
programs   have   set  a  national  goal  of
returning  formerly contaminated sites  to
long-term,  sustainable, and productive use.
This  goal  creates   greater   impetus  for
selecting and implementing remedies that, in
addition  to providing clear  environmental
benefits,  will support  reasonably anticipated
future land use options and provide greater
economic and social benefits.

Reducing and Recycling  Waste

Preventing pollution before it is generated
and  poses  harm  is often less costly  than
cleanup and remediation.  Source reduction
and   recycling   programs   can   increase
resource  and energy efficiencies and thereby
reduce   pressures  on   the   environment.
RCRA directs EPA to minimize the amount
of waste  generated and to improve recovery
and  conservation  of  materials   through
recycling.    To  this  end,  EPA builds on
partnerships with other  Federal agencies;
state, tribal, and local governments; business
and   industry;    and   non-governmental
organizations.  These  voluntary partnerships
provide  information  sharing,  recognition,
and assistance to improve practices in both
public and private sectors.

EPA launched  the Resource  Conservation
Challenge (RCC) as a major  national  effort
to find flexible, yet more protective ways to
conserve  our valuable  natural  resources
through  waste  reduction, energy  recovery
and  recycling.    Through  the  RCC,   EPA
challenges   every  American  to   prevent
pollution and promote recycling and reuse,
and  conserve  energy and  materials.   The
RCC programs foster source reduction and
recycling  in   business,  industry,   and
government;  encourage  local adoption  of
economic  incentives   that  further source
reduction and recycling; reduce hazardous
wastes   containing   priority   chemicals;
promote    waste-based   industries   that
concurrently  create   jobs;   foster   cost-
effective  recycling programs in communities
and  Tribes; enhance  markets for  recycled
materials  by  increasing procurement  of
recycled-content    products;    encourage
                                        G/O - 25

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
innovative practices that result in more cost-
effective  source  reduction  and  recycling;
implement the President's Climate Change
Action  Plan;  and provide  information to
assess   and  track   progress  in  reaching
national goals.

Reducing  waste   generation   has   clear
benefits  in  combating  the  ever-growing
stream  of municipal solid  waste (MSW).
MSW   includes   waste  generated   from
residences,   commercial   establishments,
institutions,  and   industrial   non-process
operations.   Annual generation  of  MSW
grew steadily from 88 million to 232 million
tons between 1960 and 2000. 1  In FY 2006,
EPA's municipal solid waste  program  will
implement a set  of coordinated  strategies,
including  source  reduction  (also   called
waste   prevention),   recycling   (including
composting),   combustion   with   energy
recovery, and landfilling. Preference will be
given  to  strategies that  maximize  the
diversion of waste  from  disposal,  with
source reduction (including reuse)  as the
highest priority.

To meet its objective for reducing materials
use through  product  and process  redesign,
and   increasing   materials   and   energy
recovery  from wastes otherwise  requiring
disposal,  EPA  intends  to  achieve  the
following results in FY 2006:

•  Maintain  the national average municipal
   solid waste generation rate at no more
   than 4.5 pounds per person per day; and
•  Divert 33.4 percent (80 million tons) of
   municipal solid  waste from landfilling
   and combustion.

Recognizing  that  some  hazardous  wastes
cannot be completely eliminated or recycled,
the   RCRA  program  works  to  reduce
1 US Environmental Protection Agency. Municipal Solid
Waste in the United States: 2001 Facts and Figures,
Executive Summary, U.S. Government Printing Office,
Washington, DC, October 2003. Available online at
www.epa.gov/epaoswer/non-hw/muncpl/msw99.htm.  Last
updated November 5, 2003.
exposure    to    hazardous   wastes    by
maintaining a cradle-to-grave approach to
waste management.  The program's primary
focus is to prevent hazardous releases  from
RCRA facilities and reduce emissions  from
hazardous  waste  combustion  through  a
combination  of  regulations,  permits  and
voluntary   standards.    State    program
authorization  provides  the  States  with
primary    RCRA   implementation    and
enforcement authority; reduces overlapping
and dual implementation by the States and
EPA; provides  the regulated  community
with one set of regulations; reduces overall
Federal  enforcement presence in the States;
and can provide the opportunity for some of
the newer, less-stringent RCRA regulations
to be implemented by  the  States.  To  date,
48  States,  Guam,  and   the  District  of
Columbia are authorized to issue  permits.
Strong state partnerships, the authorization
of  States for all portions of the  RCRA
hazardous   waste   program,   including
regulations that address waste management
issues  contained  in permits, and results-
oriented state oversight are important goals.

In managing petroleum  products  properly,
EPA  works  with   States,  Tribes   and
Intertribal Consortia to prevent,  detect, and
correct  leaks  into the environment  from
federally  regulated  underground   storage
tanks (USTs)  containing   petroleum   and
hazardous substances. Achieving significant
improvements  in  release  prevention  and
detection requires a  sustained emphasis by
both EPA  and its partners. Because States
are the  primary  enforcers of  the  UST
program requirements, EPA has  adopted a
decentralized  approach  to UST  program
implementation by building and supporting
strong state and local programs.  Concerns
about the  use  of fuel oxygenates  (e.g.,
methyl  tertiary butyl ether,  or  MTBE) in
gasoline further underscores EPA's and the
States' emphasis  on promoting compliance
with all UST  requirements.  EPA provides
technical    information,     forums     for
                                        G/O - 26

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
information   exchanges    and    training
opportunities to States, Tribes and Intertribal
Consortia    to    encourage     program
development and/or implementation of the
UST program.

To meet its objective for  reducing  releases
to the environment by managing  hazardous
wastes  and  petroleum  products properly,
EPA intends to achieve the following results
in FY 2006:

•   Prevent  releases from  RCRA  hazardous
    waste   management    facilities   by
    increasing the number of facilities with
    permits  or other approved  controls by
    2.5 percent over the FY  2005 level. At
    the end  of FY 2004, 86 percent of the
    facilities had permits or  other approved
    controls;2
•   Increase the percentage of UST facilities
    that  are  in  significant  operational
    compliance with  both release detection
    and release  prevention  (spill,  overfill,
    and corrosion  protection)  requirements
    to 66 percent of the estimated universe
    of approximately 256,000 facilities; and
•   Reduce   the   number  of   confirmed
    releases  at UST facilities to  10,000 or
    fewer. (Between FY 1999 and FY 2004,
    confirmed releases averaged 12,641).

Emergency  Preparedness, Response, and
Homeland Security

EPA will continue to improve its emergency
preparedness  and   response   capability,
particularly  in terms of homeland security.
EPA plays a major role in  reducing the risks
that accidental and intentional releases of
harmful substances and oil  pose  to human
health  and  the  environment.   Under the
multi-agency  National  Response  System
(NRS),  EPA evaluates  and  responds  to
thousands  of releases  annually.    EPA's
primary role in the NRS is  to serve as the
2 Approximately 2,750 hazardous waste management
facilities are currently regulated under RCRA. EPA plans
to reassess this universe in FY 2006.
Federal On-Scene Coordinator  (OSC)  for
spills and releases in the inland zone.  As a
result of NRS efforts, many major oil spills
and releases  of hazardous  substances have
been  contained,  minimizing  the  adverse
impacts   on  human  health   and   the
environment.

An important component  of EPA's land
strategy is to prevent oil spills from reaching
our  Nation's waters.    Under  the  Oil
Pollution Act, the Agency requires certain
facilities (defined in  40  CFR  112.2)  to
develop  and  implement  spill prevention,
control, and countermeasure (SPCC) plans.
Compliance with these requirements reduces
the number of oil spills that reach navigable
waters and prevents detrimental effects on
human health and the environment should a
spill  occur.

Each year, EPA personnel assess, respond
to, mitigate, and  clean up thousands  of
releases, whether accidental, deliberate,  or
naturally occurring.  These incidents  range
from small spills at chemical or oil facilities
to national disasters, such as hurricanes and
earthquakes, to large-scale terrorist events.

EPA will work to improve its capability to
respond effectively  to  incidents  that may
involve harmful  chemical,  oil,  biological,
and  radiological substances.   The Agency
will  explore  improvements  in  field and
personal protection equipment and response
training and exercises; review response data
provided  in  the   "after-action"  reports
prepared by EPA   emergency  responders
following a release; and examine "lessons
learned" reports to identify which activities
work  and  which need to be improved.
Application of this  information  and  other
data  will advance the Agency's state-of-the-
art emergency response operations.

Responding  to  small  and   large-scale
disasters  is   one   of  EPA's  traditional
responsibilities supported by the OSCs,  the
Environmental Response Team (ERT), and
the National Decontamination Team (NDT).
                                        G/O - 27

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
The Agency's crucial role in responding to
the World  Trade  Center  and  Pentagon
attacks, the decontamination of anthrax and
ricin in a U.S.  Senate Office Building, and
the response to the Columbia shuttle disaster
have    further   defined   the    nation's
expectations of EPA's emergency  response
capabilities.
The  FY 2006  President's Budget request
includes additional funding to enable EPA to
improve  the   capabilities    of    EPA's
responders through procurement of state-of-
the-art   equipment,   develop    a   new
Environmental Laboratory Preparedness and
Response (ELPR)  program  to strengthen
such lab capabilities, support readiness for
pre-deployments to national security special
events,   and    develop   decontamination
protocols.

In  FY  2006,  EPA  will   continue   to
implement its homeland  security plans and
procedures  and meet its responsibilities to
respond to  major hazardous substance,  oil,
weapons of  mass  destruction  (WMD)  or
nationally  significant terrorist incidents.
EPA  will  prepare  for  the possibility  of
simultaneous  attacks on more than  one
target  and  will  implement  the  National
Approach to Response  (NAR),  which  is
EPA's internal  multi-faceted mechanism to
effectively manage and conduct responses to
nationally significant events. The NDT will
improve its   specialized decontamination
capabilities   to  address  chemical  and
biological and/or radiological agents in both
environmental and  building contamination
situations.  The ERT will provide training
and  specialized scientific,  technical,  and
health   and   safety  support  to   EPA's
responders.

To meet its objective to  reduce and control
the risks posed by accidental or intentional
releases of harmful substances by improving
our Nation's capability to prepare for and
respond   more   effectively    to  these
emergencies,  EPA  intends to  achieve  the
following results in FY 2006:
•  Improve   the   Agency's   emergency
   preparedness    by    achieving    and
   maintaining the capability to respond to
   simultaneous   large-scale  emergencies
   and by improving response readiness by
   10 percent from the previous year using
   the core emergency response criteria;

•  Respond  to 350  hazardous  substance
   releases and 300 oil spills; and

•  Inspect or conduct exercises  or drills at
   approximately  100 oil storage facilities
   required  to have  Facility   Response
   Plans.

Enhancing   Science  and  Research   to
Restore and Preserve Land

The   FY  2006   land  research program
supports  the Agency's objective of reducing
or controlling potential  risks  to  human
health and the environment at contaminated
waste  sites  by  accelerating scientifically-
defensible and cost-effective decisions for
cleanup  at  complex  sites,  mining  sites,
marine    spills,   and   Brownfields   in
accordance with CERCLA.  These research
efforts will improve the range and scientific
foundation   for   contaminated   sediment
remedy selection options by improving risk
characterization  and  site  characterization,
and  increasing understanding of different
remedial   options,   in order  to optimize
environmental and human health  protection
and   the  cost-effectiveness of remedial
decisions.

Funding   for  the  Superfund   Innovative
Technology Evaluation (SITE) program will
be reduced, existing contracts will be closed
out,  and  the program will be terminated in
FY 2006.  As the Superfund program has
matured,   innovative approaches  evaluated
through  the  SITE  program   and   other
mechanisms have become standard tools for
remediation.   Additionally,  the business  of
environmental remediation has matured and
the private sector  now offers many  more
                                        G/O - 28

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
opportunities for vendors to  promote their
products and systems.

Multimedia   decision-making  and  waste
management constitute the two major areas
of research under RCRA in F Y 2006, as the
Agency works toward  preventing releases
through   proper   facility   management.
Multimedia  research will focus on resource
conservation   (e.g.,    electronic   waste
recycling  and   waste-derived  products),
corrective action, and multimedia modeling.
Research  will   enhance  sustainability  by
providing technical reports  and technical
support on  methods to improve industrial
and  municipal  waste management.  Waste
management research  continues to advance
multimedia         modeling         and
uncertainty/sensitivity              analyses
methodologies  that  support  core  RCRA
program needs  as well as emerging RCRA
resource conservation needs.

EPA manages its research to support land
preservation  and  remediation  programs
according    to   the    Administration's
Investment  Criteria  for  Research  and
Development.     The  Agency's  detailed,
externally-reviewed multi-year plans for its
Contaminated   Sites   and   RCRA-related
research programs describe clear goals and
priorities, and  are periodically updated to
reflect changes in science and resources.  As
part   of  the  periodic  multi-year  plan
revisions,  EPA is examining the  design of
each program to help identify its outputs,
customers,  transfer  needs,  and   short-,
intermediate-,   and  long-term  outcomes.
Beginning   in    FY 2005,    EPA    is
implementing    regular   evaluations   by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective  and retrospective review of
program     relevance,     quality,     and
performance,   including   the  program's
design  and   performance  goals.     The
Agency's  Board of Scientific Counselors,
the chosen  mechanism for these  reviews,
will   examine   the  land  protection  and
restoration research program in 2005.

In FY  2006,  a portion  of EPAs  land
preservation and restoration research will be
accomplished  using  a  new  approach to
applied  research funding  at  EPA.    This
arrangement,   based  on   the   existing
collaborative framework between the media
and research offices, is designed  to  ensure
continued relevance  and  quality of applied
research at EPA.  In FY 2006, funds will be
provided to  the  Office of Solid Waste and
Emergency  Response to  use  a fee-for-
service  arrangement  with  the  Office of
Research  and  Development to   obtain
additional research focusing on the Agency's
highest   priority land   preservation  and
restoration research needs.
                                        G/O - 29

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                    Healthy Communities and Ecosystems
  Protect,  sustain,  or restore  the  health  of people,  communities,  and ecosystems using
  integrated and comprehensive approaches and partnerships.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:

   •   Prevent   and   reduce   pesticide,
       chemical, and genetically engineered
       biological organism risks to humans,
       communities, and ecosystems.

   •   Sustain,   clean   up,   and   restore
       communities  and  the   ecological
       systems that support them.

    •  Protect,  sustain,  and  restore  the
       health  of   natural   habitats   and
       ecosystems.
   •   Enhance the Nation's  capability to
       prevent, detect, protect, and recover
       from acts of terror.

   •   Through  2008,  provide  a   sound
       scientific foundation for EPA's goal
       of   protecting,   sustaining,    and
       restoring  the  health  of  people,
       communities,  and  ecosystems  by
       conducting  leading-edge  research
       and     developing     a     better
       understanding  and characterization
       of  environmental outcomes  under
       Goal 4.
                           GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                 Budget Authority / Obligations
                                  Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
                                    (Dollars in Thousands)
                                    FY2004     FY2005     FY2006     FY 2006 Request v.
                                   Obligations   Pres. Bud.    Request     FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
Healthy Communities and Ecosystems   $1,222,772.7   $1,292,007.7  $1,336,247.8
Chemical, Organism, and Pesticide Risks    $364,699.2    $366,759.0   $392,044.8
Communities                         $282,939.8    $324,792.2   $325,437.0
Ecosystems                           $155,528.1    $205,463.2   $203,902.9
Enhance Science and Research            $419,605.6    $394,993.3   $414,863.1
   Total Workyears                       3,825.4       3,844.8      3,834.7
                                 $44,240.1
                                 $25,285.8
                                   $644.8
                                 ($1,560.2)
                                 $19,869.8
                                     -10.1
To   promote   healthy   communities   and
ecosystems, EPA must bring  together  a
variety of programs, tools,  approaches and
resources.   The support of a multitude of
stakeholders, along with strong partnerships
with  Federal,  state,   tribal   and   local
governments,  are necessary to achieve the
Agency's goal of protecting,  sustaining or
restoring    healthy    communities    and
ecosystems.
A key component of this goal is protecting
human  health  and the environment  by
identifying,  assessing,   and  reducing  the
potential risks presented by the thousands of
chemicals  and  pesticides on  which  our
society and economy have come to depend.
EPA  must  also  address  the emerging
challenges posed by a  growing  array of
biological  organisms—naturally occurring
and, increasingly, genetically  engineered—
                                        G/O - 30

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
that  are  being  used  in  industrial  and
agricultural processes.

Biological agents are potential weapons that
could be exploited by terrorists against the
United    States.       EPA's    pesticides
antimicrobial  program   has   been  very
responsive  to   addressing   this   threat.
Antimicrobials  play an  important  role  in
public health and safety.  EPA is conducting
comprehensive  scientific assessments and
developing  test  protocols  to   determine
product safety and efficacy of products used
against chemical and biological weapons of
mass destruction, and registering products as
necessary.

EPA programs under this Goal have many
indirect benefits.  For example,  each year
the Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA)
New  Chemicals  program  reviews  and
manages   the   potential    risks    from
approximately 1,800 new chemicals and 40
products of biotechnology that  enter  the
marketplace.   This  new chemical   review
process not only  protects the public from the
possible   immediate  threats  of harmful
chemicals,  but  it has also contributed  to
changing  the  behavior   of  the  chemical
industry, making industry more aware and
responsible for the  impact these  chemicals
have on human health and the environment.

Americans come into daily contact with any
number of chemicals that entered the market
before  the New Chemicals  Program was
established in 1978, yet relatively  little is
known  about  many  of their  potential
impacts.   Obtaining  basic hazard  testing
information  on large volume chemicals is
one focus of EPA's  work in the Existing
Chemicals  program.  The voluntary High
Production  Volume  program  challenges
industry to  develop chemical hazard data
critical to  enabling EPA,  States, Tribes, and
the public to  screen  chemicals already  in
commerce for any risks they may be posing.
EPA's   responsibility  for  managing  the
known risks of other chemicals centers on
reducing exposure through proper handling
or disposal.

The   Acute  Exposure   Guideline Levels
(AEGLs) Program was designed by EPA to
provide  scientifically  credible   data   to
directly   support   chemical   emergency
planning, response, and prevention programs
mandated by Congress. Emergency workers
and first responders addressing accidental or
intentional  chemical releases need to know
how dangerous a chemical contaminant may
be to breathe or touch, and how long it may
remain  dangerous.  The  program develops
short-term exposure limits applicable to the
general  population for  a wide  range  of
extremely      hazardous      substances
(approximately 400).

This goal also focuses on geographic areas
with  human and ecological  communities
most at risk.   For example,  the Mexican
Border   is   an   area    facing  unique
environmental challenges.  At the Mexican
Border,  EPA addresses local pollution and
infrastructure needs that are priorities for the
Mexican and the U.S. governments under
the Border 2012 agreement.

As the population in coastal regions grows,
the challenges to  preserve and protect these
important ecosystems increase. Through the
National Estuary  Program,  coastal  areas
have proved valuable grounds for combining
innovative      and      community-based
approaches  with  national guidelines  and
interagency coordination to achieve results.

Wetlands are  among the most  productive
ecosystems in the world, comparable to rain
forests and coral reefs. Yet the nation loses
an estimated  58,000 acres per  year,  and
existing  wetlands  may  be  degraded  by
excessive     sedimentation,      nutrient
enrichment, and other factors.1
1 Dahl, I.E. 1990. Status and Trends of Wetlands in the
Conterminous United States, 1986 to 1997. Washington,
DC: U.S. Department of the Interior, U.S. Fish and Wildlife
Service. Available online at:
                                        G/O-31

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
In 2001 the Supreme Court determined that
some isolated waters and wetlands are not
regulated under the Clean Water Act.  Many
waters with important aquatic values may no
longer be  covered by  CWA  Section  404
protections. However, in FY 2006, EPA and
the Army Corps of Engineers (CORPS) will
continue    to    strive    towards    the
Administration's commitment  of "no net
loss" of wetlands in the United States.

Large water bodies like the Gulf of Mexico,
the Great Lakes, and the Chesapeake  Bay
are  surrounded  by  industrial  and  other
development  and have been  exposed to
substantial  pollution over  many  years at
levels  higher than  current  environmental
standards permit. As a result, the volume of
pollutants  in   these   water   bodies  has
exceeded  their  natural  ability to  restore
balance.  Working with stakeholders, EPA
has established  special  programs to protect
and  restore   these  unique  resources  by
addressing  the vulnerabilities for each.

EPA's Brownfields  Initiative to  clean up
brownfields and return them  to use  funds
pilot programs  and  other  research efforts;
clarifies liability issues; enters into Federal,
state   and   local   partnerships;  conducts
outreach activities; and  creates related job
training    and   workforce   development
programs.

The Agency will continue to support the
National Environmental Justice  Advisory
Council  (NEJAC)   which  provides  the
Agency  significant  input  from interested
stakeholders   such   as  community-based
organizations,   business   and   industry,
academic institutions, State, tribal  and local
governments,            non-governmental
organizations and environmental groups.
EPA also has a  responsibility to ensure that
efforts to  reduce potential  environmental

http://wetlands.fws.gov/bha/SandT/SandTReport.html:
Report to Congress on the Status and Trends of Wetlands in
the Conterminous United States, 1986 to 1997.
                                        G/O - 32
risks  are  based  on  the  best  available
scientific   information.    Strong  science
allows identification of the most important
sources of risk to human  health  and the
environment  as well  as  the best means to
detect,   abate,   and   avoid    possible
environmental problems,  and thereby guides
our priorities, policies, and deployment of
resources.  Under Goal 4, EPA will conduct
research in many areas, including emerging
areas    such    as   biotechnology    and
computational toxicology,  to  help  develop
better understandings and  characterizations
of positive environmental outcomes related
to healthy communities and ecosystems.

In coordination with our  state  and tribal co-
regulators and co-implementers and with the
support of industry, environmental groups,
and  other  stakeholders,  EPA  will  use
multiple   approaches   to   address   risks
associated  with chemicals  and pesticides.
Improving  communities' ability to address
local problems is a critical part of our efforts
to reduce risk.

Pesticides and Chemicals Programs

EPA will continue using  both  voluntary and
regulatory  approaches  to address   risks
associated with the use of pesticides  in the
home,  work  environment  and agricultural
settings.      These   approaches   include
identifying and  assessing  potential  risks
from   pesticides,   setting  priorities  for
addressing  these   risks,  strategizing  for
reducing   these   risks,    and  promoting
innovative  and alternative measures of pest
control,     such     as     environmental
stewardship/integrated    pest  management
(IPM).   In addition, EPA  will strengthen
education and training of workers  and the
public  and  promote the registration and use
of reduced risk pesticides.

EPA   will  make  progress  towards  its
objective   of  protecting  human   health,
communities  and ecosystems from pesticide

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
use  by  focusing  on  meeting  our  Food
Quality Protection  Act  (FQPA)  statutory
mandate of completing the assessment of all
existing tolerances  (9,721).  This  process
includes the  issuance   of all  food  use
Reregi strati on Eligibility  Decisions (REDs).
These  regulatory actions will  ensure that
pesticides on the market  and the associated
tolerance residues remain safe for the public
and  the  environment.     EPA  will  also
continue   identifying    candidates    for
countering   potential  bioterrorist   use  of
pesticides and biopesticides.

EPA plans  to  emphasize  the continuation
and further development of programs for the
review of new  and existing chemicals.  On
the new chemicals  front, the  Agency will
continue to carry out its  mandate to review
hazardous and less risky.

In addressing chemicals that have  entered
the market before the inception of the new
chemical   review  program,   EPA   will
continue to implement  its voluntary  High
Production   Volume   (HPV)   Chemicals
Program,  which  challenges  industry  to
develop chemical hazard data  on existing
chemicals that it chooses to "sponsor."  This
will  enable  EPA and the public  to screen
many chemicals  already in commerce for
risks they may  be posing.  Complementing
FIPV is the  Voluntary Children's  Chemical
Evaluation  Program  (VCCEP),  a   high-
priority screening program targeting existing
chemicals believed to have particular impact
on children's health. We will make special
efforts to assess the potential risks of newly
*TOLERANCE REASSESSMENT SUMMARY BREAKDOWN
Category
Organophosphates
Carbamates
Organochlorine
Carcinogen
High Hazard Inert
Other
TOTALS
*EPA's
Tolerances
to be
Reassessed
1691
545
253
2008
5
5219
9721
Total
Reassessed as
of 7/20/04
1131
305
253
1329
3
3723
6744
Tolerances
Remaining
560
240
0
679
2
1496
2977
Tolerance Index. Tolerance Tracking Systems and Tolerance Reassessment
Percentage
Reassessed
66.88%
55.96%
100%
66.19%
60.00%
71.33%
69.37%
Database.
potential risks from newly manufactured or
imported   chemicals   before   they   are
introduced    to   commerce.       EPA's
"Sustainable  Futures" program encourages
chemical manufacturers to apply pollution
prevention techniques in the design of new
chemicals,  so that  chemicals entering  the
new chemical review process will  be less
developed   substitutes   for   a  chemical
category of emerging concern: brominated
flame retardants.  EPA is working to engage
stakeholders  in  a cooperative process  to
evaluate the efficacy and potential risks  of
developing flame retardants.

The  Agency will  continue  to manage its
                                        G/O - 33

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
programs  to address specific chemicals of
concern,   including  lead,  mineral  fibers,
dioxin, mercury, polychlorinated biphenyls
(PCBs), and persistent, bioaccumulative and
toxic (PBT) chemicals generally.   The lead
program will shift its focus from oversight
and rule development  at the Headquarters
level  to  regional  oversight of   activities
supported through  grant funding — such as
state-implemented  lead-based paint training
and  certification  programs  and  efforts
targeted  to  high-risk  areas   -  and  on
implementation  of a  few  of  the highest
priority regulatory  and outreach  efforts.
EPA will  continue to implement a national
voluntary    phase-out   of   PCB   Large
Capacitors and PCB Transformers,  focusing
on major  Federal  and private  owners and
operators of electrical equipment.  Priorities
include the identification of opportunities
for replacement  of  older, less  efficient
equipment  with  newer,  more   efficient
equipment and the accelerated phase-out of
PCB-containing  electrical   equipment  as
supplemental environmental projects.  The
Agency will continue  to  work  with the
Maritime   Administration   (MARAD)  in
order to dispose of its fleet of obsolete ships
containing equipment that uses PCBs.

The   Agency  will   continue   Homeland
Security  activities focused  on identifying
and reviewing proposed pesticides for use
against  pathogens  of greatest  concern for
crops,  animals,  and humans in advance of
their potential introduction, including  testing
of  antimicrobial  products  to determine
which   are   effective   against    human
pathogens.  If the  safety concerns  are met,
and the product  is effective (in the case of
antimicrobials), EPA can approve use of the
product.    Close  cooperation  with  other
Federal agencies and industry will  continue
in order to carry out these  activities which
directly   respond    to   requirements  in
Homeland Security Presidential  Directives 9
and   10.     Additionally,   EPA's  Acute
Exposure    Guideline   Levels   (AEGLs)
program will continue to develop proposed
AEGL values.

The Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) program
provides the public with information on the
releases  and other waste  management  of
toxic  chemicals. Two laws, Section 313  of
the Emergency  Planning  and  Community
Right-To-Know  Act  (EPCRA)  and Section
6607  of the Pollution Prevention Act (PPA),
mandate  that   EPA   annually   collect
information  on listed toxic chemicals from
certain industries and make the information
available  to the  public  through  various
means,   including  a  publicly  accessible
national database.

Mexico Border Water Quality

The United States and Mexico have a long-
standing  commitment   to   protect   the
environment and public health  in the U.S.-
Mexico Border Region.  The U.S.-Mexico
Border 2012 Program, a joint effort between
the U.S.  and Mexican governments, will
work  with the 10 border  States and with
border communities to improve the region's
environmental health using  the Border 2012
Plan.  Under this Plan, EPA expects to take
several key actions to improve water quality
and protect public health.

•   Core Program Implementation:  EPA
    will   continue   to   implement   core
    programs under  the  Clean Water Act
    (CWA) and  related authorities,  ranging
    from  discharge   permit  issuance,   to
    watershed   restoration,   to   nonpoint
    pollution control.
•   Wastewater   Treatment   Financing:
    Federal,   state,  and  local  institutions
    participate in border  area efforts  to
    improve   water  quality  through  the
    construction    of  infrastructure   and
    development of pretreatment programs.
    Specifically,  Mexico's  National Water
    Commission  (CNA) and EPA  provide
                                        G/O - 34

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
   funding  and  technical  assistance  for
   project planning and construction.
•  Build  Partnerships:   Since  1995,  the
   NAFTA-created institutions, the Border
   Environment  Cooperation  Commission
   (BECC)   and   the   North   American
   Development  Bank (NADBank),  have
   had the  primary role  in working with
   communities to develop and construct
   infrastructure  projects.   In  FY 2006,
   EPA will  establish a workgroup with
   Mexico to  develop a workplan to define
   specific steps  needed to accomplish  the
   water   quality  improvement    goals
   expressed in the Border 2012 Plan.

Protection and Restoration of Ecosystems

The National Estuary Program (NEP) is a
key tool  for restoring and protecting  the
quality of the nation's ecosystems. The NEP
provides    inclusive,    community-based
planning and action at the watershed level
and   has   an   established   record   of
improvements to ecosystem conditions.

A top  priority  in  FY  2006 is  to continue
supporting  the   efforts   to   implement
Comprehensive      Conservation     and
Management Plans in all 28 NEP estuaries.
A critical  measure of success is the  number
of priority actions in these plans that have
been initiated and  the number that have been
completed. EPA created a baseline  to track
priority actions in 2004  and  now tracks
implementation of actions.

The  health  of   the  Nation's  estuarine
ecosystems also depends on the maintenance
of high-quality habitat.   Diminished and
degraded  habitats  are less able  to  support
healthy populations of wildlife and marine
organisms  and  perform  the  economic,
environmental,  and aesthetic functions  on
which  coastal  populations depend for their
livelihood.   A key success has been  the
restoration of over 500,000 acres of habitat
over the past decade. For 2006, EPA has set
a  goal  of  protecting  or  restoring  an
additional 25,000 acres of habitat within the
28 study areas.

Finally,  EPA  will  work  with  National
Estuary Programs in FY 2006 to improve
information   about   conditions   in   the
estuaries.    Starting  in FY  2005,  each
program will  have indicators in place to
track environmental trends in the estuary. In
FY 2006, EPA will  develop  and issue a
baseline  report  on the condition of NEP
estuaries modeled after the National Coastal
Condition Report.

Wetlands Protection

Wetlands  are  among  our  Nation's  most
critical  and  productive natural   resources.
They provide a variety of benefits, such as
water    quality   improvements,    flood
protection, shoreline  erosion  control, and
ground water exchange.  Wetlands are  the
primary  habitat for fish,  waterfowl, and
wildlife,  and  as such, provide  numerous
opportunities for education,  recreation, and
research.     EPA  recognizes   that   the
challenges the Nation  faces to  conserve  our
wetland heritage are daunting and  that many
partners must work together for this effort to
succeed.     EPA's  strategy   for  meeting
wetland  goals  in FY  2006  is  described
below.
•  Net Gain Goal: Meeting the  "net gain"
   element  of the wetland  goal will  be
   accomplished by other Federal programs
   (Farm   Bill   agriculture   incentive
   programs and wetlands acquisition and
   restoration  programs,  including  those
   administered  by   Fish  and   Wildlife
   Service)   and  non-Federal   programs.
   EPA contributes to achieving no overall
   net  loss  through  EPA's  regulatory
   programs, including the Clean Water Act
   Section    404/401   permit   review,
   compliance and enforcement,  and other
   programs.  EPA will also support  States,
   Tribes, and others  to protect and restore
                                        G/O - 35

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
   wetlands and build capacity to increase
   wetland functionality.

   In  implementing these  responsibilities,
   each  Region will  identify  watersheds
   where  wetlands   and  other  aquatic
   resources are  most  at  risk, including
   from  cumulative  impacts.   EPA will
   improve levels of protection  through
   actions that  include:  working with and
   integrating   wetlands  protection  into
   other EPA  programs such  as  Section
   319,  State  Revolving Fund,  National
   Estuary  Program;  working  with  the
   Corps of Engineers (COE) and/or  States
   on    permitting     and    mitigation
   compliance;   providing   grants   and
   technical  assistance  to  state,  tribal  or
   local   organizations;   and   developing
   information,   education   and  outreach
   tools.

•  No  Net  Loss:    Building upon  the
   analysis  of existing mitigation data base
   systems, the Corps, EPA, USDA, DOT,
   and  NOAA  will  establish  a  shared
   mitigation   database  by  FY   2005.
   Utilizing  the  shared  database,  the
   Agencies will provide an annual public
   report card  on compensatory mitigation
   to  complement  reporting   of  other
   wetlands programs.   To help ensure  no
   net loss  of  aquatic resources the  Corps
   has   initiated   six   new  performance
   measures    designed    to    improve
   permitting  and  mitigation  compliance,
   including compliance  inspections and
   audits,  and  resolution of  enforcement
   actions.

EPA  will work  with  the COE to  ensure
application  of  the 404(b)(l)  guidelines,
which require that discharges into waters of
the U.S.  be avoided and minimized to the
extent practicable.  Each  Region will also
identify  opportunities  to partner  with the
Corps in meeting performance measures for
compensatory  mitigation for  unavoidable
impacts.

Targeted Watershed Grant Program

The  Targeted Watersheds Grant Program,
now  in  its  third  year,  is  designed  to
encourage   successful    community-based
approaches and  management techniques to
protect and restore the nation's waters.  This
a competitive grant  program predicated  on
the  following  fundamental  principles  of
environmental improvement: collaboration,
new technologies, market incentives, and
results-oriented strategies. The organizations
chosen to receive funds use the resources for
a  variety  of restoration, protection  and
trading projects. Money is used  to stabilize
stream   banks,    demonstrate   innovative
nutrient  management  schemes,  establish
pollutant  credits,  and  work   with  local
governments and private citizens to promote
sustainable practices and  strategies.  Grants
range from $300,000 to $1,300,000, with an
additional 25 percent leveraged  from other
sources.

Protecting the Great Lakes

As the largest freshwater system  on the face
of the earth  (containing 20 percent of the
earth's surface water and 90 percent of the
surface water in the United States), the Great
Lakes ecosystem holds the key to the quality
of life and economic prosperity  for tens of
millions   of  people.  While   significant
progress  has  been  made  to  restore  the
environmental health of  the Great  Lakes,
work remains.

Over the upcoming  year, the local,  state,
tribal,  and Federal  Great Lakes Regional
Collaboration will  work together to develop
a  strategy  to address  Great  Lakes water
quality.  The Regional  Collaboration  was
called  for  as part of the President's May
2004 Executive Order,  directing EPA  to
establish the  great  Lakes  Task  force  to
coordinate  the Federal  effort  to improve
                                        G/O - 36

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
water  quality in the  Great  Lakes.    The
strategy will focus on outcomes like cleaner
water and sustainable fisheries, and targeting
measurable results and build upon priority
setting work done by the eight Great Lakes
governors and by  partners  to  the  Great
Lakes Strategy 2002:  A Plan for the New
Millennium.  Objectives of strategy include
cleaning up and  de-listing at least 10 Areas
of Concern by 2010, a  25  percent reduction
in PCB  concentrations in lake  trout and
walleye,  and  restoration or enhancement of
100,000  acres  of wetlands  in  the  Great
Lakes Basin.   In FY 2006,  EPA will give
special attention  to work in  the  following
three areas:

•  Core Clean  Water Programs:   While
   the Great Lakes face  a range  of unique
   pollution  problems  (extensive sediment
   contamination) they also face problem
   common  to   most  other waterbodies
   around the country.  Core clean water
   programs  must be fully and  effectively
   implemented throughout the Great Lakes
   Basin. EPA  will focus on assuring that
   by 2008,  100  percent  of the major,
   permitted  discharges  to  the  Lakes or
   major tributaries  have  permits  that
   reflect the most current standards.   In
   addition, EPA will focus on assuring that
   95 percent of permits are consistent with
   the national Combined Sewer Overflow
   Policy.

   Great Lakes Legacy Act:  Restoration
   of contaminated  sediments around the
   Great Lakes   is  a  critical step  toward
   meeting  water quality goals.   In FY
   2006, EPA will expedite work to address
   contaminated sediment.    In  FY  2006
   EPA anticipates  remediation efforts will
   result in  cleanup of  over one-quarter
   million  cubic yards   of contaminated
   sediments, with  cleanup beginning at
   approximately 6  sites.
•  Implementing Expanded Beach Safety
   Programs:  In FY 2006, EPA will work
   with  States to both improve the  state
   water quality  standards for bacteria in
   recreational waters and to implement the
   BEACH Act (see Goal  2).  EPA has a
   goal  that  lOOpercent  of high priority
   beaches  around  the  Great Lakes  are
   served by water quality monitoring and
   public notification  programs consistent
   with the BEACH Act guidance.

Chesapeake Bay Protection and
Restoration

The Chesapeake Bay is the largest estuary in
the United States and  a water resource of
tremendous   ecological    and  economic
importance.   For over twenty years, efforts
to protect and restore the Bay have been led
by   the   Chesapeake   Bay   Executive
Council—Bay area governors, the mayor of
the  District   of  Columbia;   the   EPA
Administrator,  and  the   chair  of  the
Chesapeake  Bay Commission,  a tri-state
legislative body.     This   unique  regional
partnership  has   defined  environmental
improvements   needed  in  the  Bay   and
developed a strategy that blends regulatory
and voluntary processes.

One of the key measures of success in
achieving improved Chesapeake Bay water
quality will be the restoration of submerged
aquatic  vegetation.   To achieve improved
water quality needed to restore submerged
aquatic  vegetation,  the  Chesapeake   Bay
Program partners  committed to reducing
nutrient  and   sediment   pollution  loads
sufficiently to remove the Bay and the tidal
portions  of its  tributaries  from the list of
impaired waters.  EPA and Bay area States
have  agreed  to  an approach  to  meeting
restoration   goals  for Chesapeake   Bay
including the following key actions for FY
2006:
                                        G/O - 37

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
•  Implement    Pollution    Reduction
   Strategies:    States  have   developed
   pollution reduction strategies for each of
   the  watersheds within the  larger Bay
   watershed.     These  strategies  define
   specific, localized approaches to meeting
   new state water quality standards and to
   restoring impaired waters by the year
   2010.    Although each  strategy will
   describe a series of  steps  specifically
   designed  for   that   watershed,  most
   strategies  will  address  the need  for
   advanced treatment at sewage treatment
   plants, the need to reduce nutrients and
   sediments  from farms, and the need to
   expand streamside buffers.

•  Core Programs in the Bay Area:   In
   addition   to   new   watershed-specific
   strategies,  EPA and  state partners will
   continue to implement core  clean water
   programs   that   are   essential   to
   maintaining past progress in improving
   the health of the Bay.   For example, Bay
   area States will continue to provide low
   interest loans for the financing of sewage
   treatment  systems and will  continue to
   implement comprehensive,  statewide
   programs for reducing nonpoint sources
   of   pollution.   The  discharge  permit
   program   will   provide   controls   on
   discharges from storm water facilities,
   confined   animal  feeding  operations,
   sewage  treatment plans  and combined
   sewer overflows.

Protecting the Gulf of Mexico

The  Gulf of Mexico  basin has  been  called
"America's Watershed." Its U.S. coastline is
1,630 miles, it is fed by  thirty-three  major
rivers,  and  it receives  drainage  from  31
States in addition to a similar drainage area
from Mexico.  One  sixth  of the U.S.
population now lives in  Gulf Coast states.
For FY 2006, EPA has worked with  States
and other partners to define key  activities to
support attainment  of environmental and
health goals.  These activities fall into three
categories:

•  Core  Clean  Water Programs:   The
   Clean Water Act provides authority and
   resources that are  essential to protecting
   water quality in the Gulf of Mexico and
   in the larger Mississippi River Basin that
   contributes pollution, especially oxygen
   demanding nutrients, to the  Gulf.  EPA
   will  work with   States to  assure  the
   continued  effective  implementation  of
   core clean water programs, ranging from
   discharge permits, to nonpoint pollution
   controls,  to  wastewater treatment,  to
   protection of wetlands.

•  Protecting and Restoring  the Gulf of
   Mexico:  A central pillar of the strategy
   to  restore the health  of the  Gulf is
   restoration of water quality and habitat
   in 12 priority coastal watersheds. These
   12   watersheds  include 354  of  the
   impaired  segments identified by States
   around the Gulf and will receive targeted
   technical  and financial  assistance  to
   restore impaired waters.  The 2008 goal
   is to  fully attain water quality  standards
   in at least 20 percent of these segments.

•  Reducing the  Size  of the  Hypoxic
   Zone:   Any strategy  to  improve  the
   overall health of the  entire  Gulf  of
   Mexico must include a focused effort to
   reduce the size of the  zone of hypoxic
   conditions (i.e. low oxygen in the water)
   in the northern Gulf.  Actions to address
   this problem will need to focus on both
   localized  addition  of pollution to  the
   Gulf and  on  controlling the loadings of
   nutrients from the Mississippi River.

In working to accomplish this goal, EPA and
other  Federal   agencies   will   continue
implementation   of  core  clean  water
programs and partnerships among  agencies;
specific efforts in FY 2006 will include:
                                        G/O - 38

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
•  Work  with States to select  a project
   watershed  in each of the States  in the
   Lower Mississippi River Basin to reduce
   nitrogen   loadings  to   the   lower
   Mississippi River;
•  Work with States and other partners to
   identify   "100   Highest  Opportunity
   Watersheds"  where nitrogen  reduction
   strategies will be implemented;
•  Implement the  "Friends  of the  Gulf
   award     program    to     recognize
   corporations,      organizations,     or
   individuals that  have taken  effective,
   voluntary  measures to  reduce nutrient
   inputs; and
•  Work with the private sector to support
   Industry Led Solutions for reducing both
   point and nonpoint sources.

Solid Waste and Emergency Response

To reduce  or  eliminate the potential risks
associated with chemical releases, EPA must
first   identify   and   understand   potential
chemical risks and releases.   EPA will use
information   generated   by   the   Risk
Management Program (RMP),  Emergency
Planning and  Community  Right-to-Know
Act  (EPCRAX and  the  Spill Prevention
Control   and  Countermeasure   (SPCC)
program to supplement  data  on  potential
chemical risks and  to develop  voluntary
initiatives and activities  to  reduce risk at
high-risk facilities, priority industry sectors,
and/or specific geographic areas.   To meet
its objective of protecting  human health,
communities, and ecosystems from chemical
releases  through  facility   risk  reduction
efforts     and    building     community
infrastructures, EPA, working with state and
local  implementing   agencies,  intends  to
complete 100 RMP audits in FY 2006.

EPA will collect information from the local
emergency  planning  committees  (LEPCs)
during  FYs 2004-2006  to  determine the
extent  to  which   they have  incorporated
appropriate  facility  risk information into
their    emergency    preparedness    and
community right-to-know programs.  This
information  will serve as a baseline from
which EPA will track progress toward this
strategic goal.  EPA will also  continue an
initiative   to   improve  and   enhance
emergency preparedness  and  prevention in
tribal communities.

Brownfields

Economic  changes over several  decades
have left thousands of  communities with
these    contaminated    properties    and
abandoned sites.   Working with its  state,
tribal,   and   local   partners  to  meet  its
objective  to  sustain,  cleanup,  and restore
communities and the ecological  systems that
support them.  Together with extension of
the Brownfields tax credit, EPA intends to
achieve the following results in FY 2006:

•   Assess 1,000 Brownfields properties
•   Clean   up    60    properties    using
    Brownfields funding
•   Leverage       $1      billion      in
    cleanup/redevelopment funding
•   Leverage 5,000 jobs
•   Train  200  participants,    placing  65
    percent in jobs

Community   Action    to   Renew   the
Environment

EPA  supports  community-based,   multi-
media approaches to the reductions of toxics
through the Community  Action to Renew
the Environment (CARE) program.   This
program fills a gap in our national programs
which provide a broad level of basic health
and environmental  protection but which do
not always sufficiently meet the needs of all
communities,  especially  those which are
overburdened by toxic pollutants.  CARE
works  to  reduce those risks  through cost-
effective,  tailored  and immediate actions.
Grants will be awarded to  provide funding
for communities to organize and assess the
risks in their community  and  to take action
to reduce those risks.    The  program also
                                        G/O - 39

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
provides multi-media risk reduction and risk
assessment   tools,   models   to   assist
communities in identifying, prioritizing and
reducing risks.  This program will result in
measurable  results  in  the  reduction  of
exposures  to toxic pollutants including toxic
chemicals, lead, pesticides and particulates,
as well as  a reduction in exposure  to asthma
triggers.

Smart Growth

The   Smart  Growth   program   achieves
measurably  improved   environmental  and
economic outcomes by working with States,
communities, industry leaders, and nonprofit
organizations to minimize the environmental
impacts of  development.    EPA  provides
tools,   technical    assistance,   education,
research  and environmental  data to help
States and communities grow in ways  that
minimize environmental and health impacts
and evaluate environmental consequences of
various development patterns. EPA's Smart
Growth activities and tools show community
and government leaders  how they can meet
environmental standards through innovative
community design and identify and research
new   policy   initiatives   to    improve
environmental   quality   by   supporting
environmentally    friendly   development
patterns. In FY 06, EPA plans to build upon
its work  in  Smart  Growth  outreach  and
direct implementation assistance.

EPA will also continue  to coordinate smart
growth  work  with EPA's   Brownfield
program to reuse  and revitalize vacant and
abandoned  properties.    EPA   plans  to
continue   developing    incentives    for
brownfield redevelopment,  provide  direct
assistance   to communities  working   on
brownfields, and maintain our education and
outreach  on   innovative  methods   for
brownfield redevelopment.

Research

EPA  has  a  responsibility to ensure  that
efforts to  reduce  potential environmental
risks  are  based  on  the  best  available
scientific   information.     Strong   science
allows identification of the most important
sources of risk  to human health  and the
environment as well as the best means to
detect,   abate,    and    avoid    possible
environmental problems, and thereby guides
our priorities,  policies, and deployment of
resources.

To  enable  the Agency to enhance  science
and    research    for    human    health,
communities, and ecosystems through 2008,
EPA   will   engage   in  high   priority,
multidisciplinary research efforts to improve
understanding  of the risks associated with:
1)  human  health  and   ecosystems;  2)
mercury;  3)  pesticides  and  toxics;  4)
computational   toxicology;  5)  endocrine
disrupters;   6)  global   change;   and  7)
homeland  security.   The  Agency  also is
proposing   an    Advanced   Monitoring
Initiative (AMI) for FY 2006, which  will
bring  the  best   monitoring   data   and
information into  environmental   decision
making to protect human health  and the
environment.

In FY 2006,  EPA will  continue  research
efforts  on  susceptible  subpopulations to
support  the  National   Children's  Study
(NCS).  The Agency will collaborate with
the  NCS Interagency  Consortium to assess
the  early pre- and post-natal NCS  results,
and   develop  tools  for  characterizing
environmental risks to young  children and
adolescents participating in the study.

Also,  the  Agency's  human  health  risk
assessment  research  program  expects to
produce 32 final and external  review draft
dose-response  assessments of high  priority
chemicals  in  support  of Program  Office,
Regional,  state and tribal risk assessment
needs. These include three  assessments of
microbial  contaminant risks in support of
Contaminant   Candidate   List   (CCL)
regulatory  determinations  by EPA's Water
                                        G/O - 40

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
program; and one final Air Quality Criteria
Document (AQCD-ozone) and one external
review  draft  AQCD  (lead)  to  support
National Ambient  Air Quality  Standards
(NAAQS) decision-making.

In order to better  understand the current
condition of ecosystems, what stressors are
changing that condition, what the effects are
of those changes, and what  can be done to
prevent, mitigate, or adapt to those changes
the  Agency's  ecosystems   research  will
continue to  develop approaches  to identify
and  test the linkages between probability-
based and targeted water quality monitoring
programs, landscape characteristics, and the
probability  of  water  body impairment.
Monitoring  methods  and  decision support
systems will continue being developed and
diagnosis and forecasting models previously
developed will be applied to provide a better
scientific basis for ecosystem protection and
restoration.  In  FY  2006  EPA  will  also
continue   research   to    evaluate    the
effectiveness  of restoration  options  for
aquatic    ecosystems,   with    particular
emphasis  on options for  the Mid-Atlantic
Region and the western United States.

In the mercury research program, research
will   focus  on  evaluating  the  cost  and
performance of options to reduce mercury
emissions from coal-fired utility boilers and
further   testing  of  continuous   source
emission  monitors  (CEMs).    Work   on
control technologies will include  pilot- and
full-scale testing  of systems that optimize
mercury, SC>2,  and NOx  control  from  the
combustion  of bituminous, sub-bituminous,
and  lignite  coals  and evaluation of  the
performance and  cost of promising control
technologies under  development (e.g.,  new
sorbents)    and   assessing   how   these
technologies impact the characteristics  of
coal  combustion residues.

EPA continues to make real progress in the
area  of computational toxicology.   In  FY
2006, the Agency expects to deliver the first
alternative  assay  for  animal  testing  of
environmental toxicants.  This assay  could
be  a  replacement for  a  currently  used
animal-based assay in the Tier 1 screening
battery of compounds that may disrupt the
body's  endocrine  or  hormonal  systems.
Also, under its endocrine disrupters research
program, the  Agency  has  developed and
refined  assays  so   that  its  Prevention,
Pesticides,  and Toxic Substances program
has the necessary  protocols to validate for
use in the  Agency's  Endocrine Disrupters
Screening Program and in FY 2006 will
develop a report  on  a protocol  to  screen
environmental chemicals for their ability to
interact with the male hormone receptor.

EPA's homeland security  research program
supports the Administration's R&D priority
of addressing our Nation's ability to prevent,
detect, treat, remediate,  and  attribute acts of
terrorism.  Homeland  Security research will
continue to enhance the state of knowledge
of potential  threats,  as well  as response
capabilities in accordance with Homeland
Security  Presidential  Directives  (HSPDs).
Areas    of   emphasis    will    include
decontamination      and      consequence
management,      water      infrastructure
protection,   and   threat  and  consequence
assessment.

The   Agency  will  also   train  the   next
generation   of   environmental  scientists
through its fellowship programs and seek to
identify emerging risks and  opportunities in
nanotechnology  through   its  Science  to
Achieve    Results    (STAR)    program
exploratory grants program.

EPA  continues to work  closely with  the
Administration's  Climate Change Science
Program (CCSP).   EPA's  Global Change
Research    Program    is    focused   on
understanding the potential consequences of
global change with the goal  of producing
information  that  can be  readily used by
                                        G/O-41

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
policymakers  to understand  the  various
potential impacts of global  change and to
formulate strategies to effectively respond to
the risks and  opportunities  presented  by
global  change.   In addition, EPA manages
its basic research programs according to the
Administration's  Investment  Criteria for
Research and Development.   Specifically,
the Agency's detailed, externally-reviewed
multi-year plans for its research programs
describe clear goals  and  priorities, and are
periodically  updated to reflect changes in
science and resources.

As part of  the  periodic multi-year plan
revisions, EPA is examining the design of
each program to help identify its outputs,
customers,   transfer  needs,   and   short-,
intermediate-,  and  long-term  outcomes.
Beginning    in   FY 2005,    EPA   is
implementing   regular   evaluations   by
independent and external panels that provide
prospective  and  retrospective  review  of
program    relevance,    quality,     and
performance,   including  the   program's
design  and   performance  goals.    The
Agency's Board  of  Scientific  Counselors,
the chosen  mechanism for  these reviews,
will examine the ecosystems protection and
human  health  research  programs  in the
second quarter of FY 2005.  EPA's Science
to Achieve Results (STAR) grants program
is also managed according to the  Investment
Criteria  for  Research  and   Development,
ensuring the  quality of its   extramural
research through  a  competitive,   peer-
reviewed awards process.

In FY 2006, a portion of EPA's pesticides
and  toxic   substances  research  will  be
accomplished  using  a  new  approach  to
applied research funding at EPA.   This
arrangement,   based  on   the  existing
collaborative framework between the media
and research offices, is designed to  ensure
continued relevance  and  quality of applied
research at EPA.  In FY 2006, funds will be
provided  to  the  Office  of  Prevention,
Pesticides,  and Toxic Substances to use a
fee-for-service arrangement with the Office
of Research  and  Development to  obtain
additional research focusing on the Agency's
highest   priority  pesticides   and   toxic
substances research needs.

In addition, two programs in this Goal have
been   reviewed   through   the  Program
Assessment Rating  Tool  (PART).    The
ecosystems protection research program  is
in the  process  of  responding  to  PART
recommendations,   including   developing
outcome and efficiency measures.  EPA will
reassess the program in the spring of 2005.
EPA also reviewed for the FY 2006 PART
process    EPA's   endocrine   disrupters
program, which  received  an  "Adequate"
rating.

Enforcement and Compliance

EPA's continued enforcement efforts will be
strengthened  through the development of
measures   to   assess   the  impact  of
enforcement   activities,   and   assist  in
targeting areas that pose the greatest risks to
human health or the environment;  display
patterns  of  noncompliance;  and  include
disproportionately  exposed populations.  In
addition, the  EPA's enforcement program
supports Environmental  Justice  efforts by
focusing enforcement actions and criminal
investigations   on  industries  that  have
repeatedly  violated environmental laws in
minority and/or low-income areas.

Environmental Justice

EPA's  environmental justice program will
continue education,  outreach,  and  data
availability   initiatives.      The  program
provides a  central  point  for the  Agency to
address  environmental and human  health
concerns in  minority  and/or low-income
communities,  segments   of  the  population
that have been disproportionately exposed to
environmental  harms  and  risks.     The
program will  continue  to manage the
                                        G/O - 42

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
Agency's      Environmental       Justice
Community  Small  Grants  program  that
assists   community-based   organizations
working  to  develop   solutions  to local
environmental issues.

The Agency will  continue to  support the
National  Environmental  Justice  Advisory
Council (NEJAC). The Council  provides the
Agency   with   significant   input  from
interested stakeholders such as  community-
based organizations, business and industry,
academic institutions, state, tribal  and local
governments,            non-governmental
organizations  and  environmental  groups.
The Agency will also  continue to chair  an
Interagency   Working    Group    (IWG)
consisting  of  eleven  departments  and
agencies,  as  well  as representatives  of
various White House offices, to ensure that
These  strategies include  participation  in
bilateral  programs (U.S.-Mexico and U.S.-
Canada    programs   and   the    Border
Environmental   Cooperation   Commission
(BECC)),  as  well  as  cooperation  with
multinational    organizations   like   the
Commission       for        Environmental
Cooperation, the World Trade Organization,
and   the  World   Health  Organization.
Strategies also include contributing to a  set
of measurable  end  points  that will show
reductions  in pollutants  of concern and
pollutants at their origin, as well as exposure
to our citizens along the US borders, thereby
reducing the level of pollutants  in the global
atmosphere.
environmental    justice   concerns    are
incorporated into all Federal programs.

International Affairs

Many human health and environmental risks
to the American public originate outside our
borders.  Many pollutants  can travel  easily
across  borders  -  via  rivers,  air and  ocean
currents, and migrating wildlife.  Even in the
remote Arctic, industrial chemicals such as
polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) have been
found  in  the  tissues  of local  wildlife.
Further,   differences   in   public   health
standards can contribute to global pollution.
A chemical  of particular  concern to one
country may  not  be controlled  or regulated
in the same way by another. EPA employs a
range of strategies for achieving its  goals.
                                        G/O - 43

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                 FY 2006 Annual Plan
               Compliance and Environmental Stewardship
  Improve environmental performance through compliance with environmental requirements,
  preventing pollution, and promoting environmental stewardship. Protect human health and
  the environment by encouraging  innovation and  providing  incentives for governments,
  businesses, and the public that promote environmental stewardship.
STRATEGIC OBJECTIVES:
      By 2008,  maximize  compliance to
      protect  human   health  and  the
      environment  through   compliance
      assistance,  compliance  incentives,
      and enforcement by  achieving  a  5
      percent increase in the pounds of
      pollution    reduced,   treated,   or
      eliminated, and achieving a 5 percent
      increase in the number of regulated
      entities  making  improvements  in
      environmental         management
      practices.        (Baseline   to  be
      determined for 2005.)

      By  2008,  improve  environmental
      protection   and   enhance  natural
      resource conservation on the part of
      government, business, and the public
      through  the  adoption of pollution
      prevention and sustainable practices
      that include the design of products
      and manufacturing  processes  that
      generate less pollution, the reduction
      of  regulatory  barriers,  and  the
                    adoption
                    innovative,
                    approaches.
                      of      results-based,
                       and     multimedia
                    Through  2008, assist  all federally
                    recognized Tribes  in assessing the
                    condition of their environment, help
                    in  building  their   capacity   to
                    implement  environmental  programs
                    where  needed to  improve  tribal
                    health   and   environments,   and
                    implement   programs   in   Indian
                    country where needed to address
                    environmental  issues.

                    Through    2008,    strengthen  the
                    scientific   evidence  and   research
                    supporting  environmental  policies
                    and   decisions   on  compliance,
                    pollution      prevention,      and
                    environmental  stewardship.
                         GOAL, OBJECTIVE SUMMARY
                                Budget Authority / Obligations
                                Full-time Equivalents (FTE)
                                   (Dollars in Thousands)
 Compliance and Environmental
 Stewardship
 Improve Compliance
 Improve Environmental Performance
 through Pollution Prevention and
                                 FY2004     FY2005     FY 2006     FY 2006 Request v.
                                Obligations   Pres. Bud.     Request     FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
$739,222.5
$431,488.5
$135,703.6
$735,342.5
$438,530.6
$147,593.1
$760,978.2
$486,878.1
$142,142.6
$25,635.7
$48,347.5
($5,450.5)
                                       G/O - 44

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
 Innovation
 Build Tribal Capacity
 Enhance Science and Research
    Total Workyears
FY 2004
Obligations
$76,812.7
$95,217.6
3,590.8
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
$79,625.8
$69,593.0
3,446.9
FY 2006
Request
$74,016.8
$57,940.7
3,469.3
FY 2006 Request v.
FY 2005 Pres. Bud.
($5,609.1)
($11,652.3)
22.3
Throughout FY 2006,  the  Environmental
Protection Agency will work to improve the
nation's environmental protection practices,
and    to    enhance    natural    resource
conservation  on the  part  of government,
business,  and the  public.  To accomplish
these goals,  the  Agency  will  employ a
mixture of effective inspection, enforcement
and   compliance   assistance   strategies;
provide leadership  and support for pollution
prevention and sustainable practices; reduce
regulatory  barriers; and refine  and apply
results-based,  innovative, and multimedia
approaches to  environmental  stewardship
and safeguarding human health.

In order to be effective, the EPA requires a
strong   enforcement    and    compliance
program, one which identifies and reduces
noncompliance   problems;    assists    the
regulated   community   in   understanding
environmental   laws    and    regulations;
responds  to  complaints from  the  public;
strives to  secure a level economic playing
field for law-abiding companies; and deters
future  violations.   The EPA will  protect
human  health  and the  environment  by
encouraging   innovation   and  providing
incentives for governments, businesses, and
the  public  to   promote   environmental
stewardship.  In addition, EPA will assist
Federally  recognized  Tribes  in assessing
environmental conditions in Indian Country,
and  will   help  build  their  capacity  to
implement environmental programs.   EPA
will  also strengthen the scientific evidence
and   research   supporting   environmental
policies  and  decisions  on  compliance,
pollution  prevention,   and   environmental
stewardship.
       Improving Compliance with
          Environmental Laws

Critical to the success of EPA's mission is a
strong commitment to ensuring compliance
with  environmental  laws   and  policies.
Working in partnership with state and Tribal
governments, local  communities and  other
Federal agencies,  in FY 2006  EPA  will
identify     and     address     significant
environmental and public health problems,
strategically deploy its resources, and make
use  of integrated  approaches to  achieve
strong  environmental  outcomes.   In  the
context of the Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance Program, these principles mean
that we must be "smart" in the work that we
do.

In order to meet  the Agency's goals, its
"smart enforcement" strategy employs an
integrated,   common-sense   approach   to
problem-solving and decision-making. An
appropriate  mix  of data  collection  and
analysis; compliance monitoring, assistance
and    incentives;    civil   and    criminal
enforcement   resources;  and  innovative
problem-solving approaches   are  used  to
address significant environmental issues and
achieve     environmentally     beneficial
outcomes.

This approach also requires that the Agency
develop  and maintain strong and  flexible
partnerships with regulated entities and a
well-informed public, in order to foster a
climate  of   empowerment   and  shared
responsibility for the quality of our nation's
land, resources and  communities.  Thus the
Agency can carefully target its enforcement
                                        G/O - 45

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
and   compliance    assurance   resources,
personnel and activities to address the most
significant risks to human health and  the
environment,  and  to  ensure that  certain
populations do not bear  a disproportionate
environmental burden.

EPA's continued enforcement efforts will be
strengthened through the  development of
measures   to   assess   the   impact  of
enforcement   and   compliance  activities;
assist in targeting areas that pose the greatest
risks to human health or the environment;
display   patterns  of  noncompliance;  or
include      disproportionately     exposed
populations.  Further, EPA cooperates with
states and the international community to
enforce  and ensure compliance with cross-
border  environmental  regulations,  and to
help  build  their  capacity to design  and
implement     effective      environmental
regulatory, enforcement and Environmental
Impact Assessment programs.

Compliance Assistance  and  Incentives:
The Agency's Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance  Program   uses    compliance
assistance and incentive tools to encourage
compliance with  regulatory  requirements,
and  to  reduce adverse public health and
environmental  problems.     To  achieve
compliance, the regulated community must
first  understand its  obligations,  and then
learn  how to  best comply with regulatory
obligations. Throughout FY 2006 EPA will
support  the regulated universe by working to
assure  that   requirements   are   clearly
understood,  and  will  help  industry  to
identify   cost-effective   innovative,   cost-
effective  compliance options.   EPA  also
enables   other  assistance  providers  (e.g.,
states, universities) to provide compliance
information to the regulated community.

Compliance Monitoring:   The  Agency
reviews and evaluates the activities  of the
regulated    community,    to   determine
compliance    with    applicable    laws,
regulations,    permit    conditions    and
settlement  agreements,  and  to  determine
whether conditions presenting imminent and
substantial   endangerment  exist.     The
majority   of  work  years   devoted   to
compliance monitoring are provided to the
Agency's   regional   offices   to  conduct
investigations  and on-site inspections, and
perform monitoring, sampling and emissions
testing.  FY 2006 Compliance Monitoring
activities will be both environmental media-
and  sector-based.  The  traditional  media-
based   inspections   compliment    those
performed by  states  and Tribes,  and  are a
key  part of our strategy for meeting the
long-term  and annual goals established for
the air,  water, pesticides,  toxic substances,
and  hazardous waste environmental  goals
included in the EPA Strategic Plan.

Enforcement:   The Enforcement Program
addresses violations of environmental  laws,
to   ensure   that   violators    come   into
compliance   with   Federal    laws   and
regulations.  In  FY 2006  the program will
work to achieve the Agency's environmental
goals through  consistent,  fair and focused
enforcement of  all  environmental statutes.
The  overarching goal of the  Enforcement
program is to protect human health and the
environment, targeting its  actions according
to degree of health and environmental risk.
Further, it  aims to level  the  economic
playing  field by ensuring that violators do
not realize an economic  benefit from non-
compliance,  and also seeks to  deter future
violations.

Auditing    and    Evaluation    Tools:
Maximum compliance requires the  active
efforts of the regulated community to police
itself.  Throughout   FY   2006  EPA  will
continue  to    investigate   options   for
encouraging   self-directed    audits   and
disclosures. It will also continue to measure
                                        G/O - 46

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                       FY 2006 Annual Plan
  and evaluate the effectiveness  of Agency
  programs in improving compliance rates and
  provide    information   and    compliance
  assistance  to   the  regulated  community.
  Further,  the Agency will maintain its focus
  on   developing   innovative   approaches
  through   better  communication,  fostering
  partnerships  and   cooperation,   and  the
  application of new technologies.

  Partnering:     State,  Tribal   and   local
  governments bear much of the responsibility
  for ensuring compliance, and EPA works in
  partnership with them and  other Federal
  agencies    to   promote    environmental
  protection.

  EPA also develops and maintains productive
  partnerships with other  nations, to enable
  and   enforce   compliance    with   U.S.
  environmental standards and regulations.

   Improving Environmental Performance
        through  Pollution Prevention

  EPA  will   work   to   bring  about   a
  performance-oriented regulatory system that
  develops innovative,  flexible strategies to
  achieve    measurable   results;    promotes
  environmental  stewardship in  all parts of
  society;  supports sustainable development
  and  pollution  prevention;  and fosters  a
  culture of creative environmental problem
  solving.

  Partnering    with    Businesses    and
  Consumers:  In 2006, through the Pollution
  Prevention (P2) program, EPA will continue
  to    encourage,    empower,    and   assist
  government  and business to  "green"  the
  nation's supply  and demand structures to
  make them  more  environmentally  sound.
  Through  the  Environmentally  Preferable
  Purchasing Program, the Agency will help
  Federal agencies identify and procure those
  products  that  generate  the least  pollution,
  consume   fewest   non-renewable  natural
  resources, and constitute the  least threat to
  human health   and to  the  environment.
  EPA's innovative Green Suppliers Network
  Program works with large manufacturers to
  increase  energy  efficiency;  identify cost-
  saving opportunities; optimize resources and
  technology  through the development  of
  sound  business  approaches   incorporating
  pollution prevention; and to  promote those
  approaches among their numerous suppliers.

  Partnering with Industry:   The  EPA will
  continue  to reduce the  amount of toxic
  chemicals in use by encouraging the design
  of  alternative   less-toxic  chemicals   and
  industry   processes  through   its  Green
  Chemistry    and    Green    Engineering
O;
  -,
      "An Ounce of Pollution Prevention is Worth Over 167 Billion Pounds of Cure"
                     A Decade of Pollution Prevention Results, 1990-2000
                      16? Billon Pounds of
                     PoUntfon Prevented hv
                          Media
                   Water
                        ',..21
Resources Conserved

215 million kWh of energy

4.1 billions gallons of water

$666 million in cost savings
             Source: National Pollution Prevention Roundtable, January 2003 report on achievement of state and
                                          G/O - 47

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
Programs. New emphasis will be placed on
the   development    of   environmentally
preferable    substitutes   for    emerging
chemicals of concern  such  as  brominated
flame retardants, perfluorinated acids, and
chemicals  which  are  persistent  in  the
environment,   toxic,   and   capable   of
accumulating in animal,  fish,  and human
tissue. In conjunction with the efforts of the
Green Chemistry and Green Engineering
Programs, the Design for the Environment
Program   will   continue   collaborative
partnerships with industries to develop safer
products, processes and technologies.

Pollution  Prevention  Grant   Program:
Pollution Prevention  Grants  to  states  and
Tribes enable  them  to  provide technical
assistance, education and outreach to assist
businesses   and industries   in   identifying
strategies and solutions to reduce wastes and
pollution at the source.  In 2006, EPA plans
to enhance its P2 grant management system
by   incorporating   pollution   prevention
metrics     that     capture     quantifiable
environmental  results  within   individual
work plans,  and  by  sharing those results
regionally and nationally.

NEPA Federal Review:  EPA fulfills its
uniquely Federal responsibilities under the
National Environmental Policy Act (NEPA)
by  reviewing and  commenting  on other
Federal   agency   environmental   impact
statements  (EISs).    NEPA  requires  that
Federal agencies prepare and submit EISs to
identify      potential       environmental
consequences of major proposed activities,
and  develop plans to  mitigate or eliminate
negative impacts.  The  Enforcement  and
Compliance Assistance Program maximizes
its  use  of NEPA  review  resources  by
targeting its efforts toward potentially high-
impact   projects,    thereby   promoting
cooperation  and innovation,  and  working
towards a more streamlined review process.
Environmental   Information   Exchange
Network:  The Exchange  Network  Grant
Program   provides   funding   to   states,
territories,  Tribes, and Tribal  consortia to
help   them   develop   the  information
management   and   technology   (EVI/IT)
capabilities they need to participate  in the
Environmental    Information    Exchange
Network   (Exchange  Network);   define
common  data  standards,  formats,  and
trading partner agreements  for sharing data
over the Exchange Network; and the plan,
develop,  and   implement  collaborative,
innovative uses of the Exchange Network.

 Promoting Environmental Stewardship
             and Innovation

In  FY  2006,  EPA  will  encourage  and
support  states,  Tribes,  communities  and
businesses to "go beyond compliance" with
environmental regulations,  and to practice
and  promote environmental  stewardship.
EPA will accomplish its goals using the next
generation    of   voluntary    innovative
environmental  protection  strategies. The
Agency will  work with  states, businesses,
and  communities to  develop  the  "next
generation"   of  environmental  protection,
one  that  focuses more  on  results than
process,  and  promotes business practices
that   are    both   environmentally    and
economically sustainable.   EPA  will focus
on five  areas of work under its  innovation
strategy:

•  Promote  innovative  leadership through
   new  ideas, creative  partnerships,  and
   sound analysis;
•  Encourage environmental stewardship in
   businesses;
•  Promote     stronger      facility-level
   environmental  management,   including
   Environmental  Management  Systems
   (EMSs);
                                       G/O - 48

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
•  Improve environmental performance of
   selected business sectors; and
•  Improve  program  efficiency  through
   increased evaluation and measurement.

Innovation Grant  Program:  EPA  will
continue to  award  Innovation  Grants to
states  and  Tribes  to  encourage  testing
innovative     environmental    protection
strategies,  such  as  permit  streamlining;
development of environmental management
systems that promote the use of innovative
technologies   for  better  environmental
results;  and other projects that demonstrate
improved  efficiencies  in  environmental
management.

Performance  Grant Fund: For FY  2006
EPA proposes a new competitive state and
Tribal Performance Grant Fund to  support
results-oriented  environmental  protection
work. The grants will help states and Tribes
measure, document and improve the results
of their environmental protection programs.
The  Fund  will  support  state work  with
businesses,  non-profit  organizations  and
communities to pursue alternative means of
compliance and  performance through  a
variety  of  means. These  include pollution
prevention, changes in business processes,
product    stewardship,   technical    and
compliance  assistance,    recycling   and
pollution  trading.   The  Fund will   also
support   geographic,    ecosystem,   and
regulatory      program      performance
improvement initiatives.

Performance  Track: One of EPA's  most
successful voluntary programs, Performance
Track recognizes and  rewards private and
public  facilities that demonstrate levels of
environmental  performance   that  exceed
current  requirements.  Performance Track
membership is steadily growing, as  more
and more businesses recognizes the benefits
of  the  program,   and  see  that  their
participation "makes good business sense."
EPA will continue to recruit facilities to
participate  in  Performance  Track,  and
provide  assistance  to those  facilities to
improve  their environmental performance.
In FY 2006  Performance Track members
will collectively achieve an annual reduction
of:    900 million  gallons  in  water  use;
7,000,000 MMBTUs in energy use; 20,000
tons in materials use;  300,000 tons of solid
waste;  35,000  tons  of  air  releases;  and
10,000 tons in water discharges.

Sector-based  Stewardship:  In  FY  2006
EPA  will  continue  to  work  with  the
following  industrial   business  sectors:
agribusiness,     cement     manufacturing,
construction,  forest products, iron and steel
manufacturing,  paint  and coatings,  ports,
shipbuilding,  metal finishing, die  casting
and meat processing.  EPA will  work with
national  representatives  of  these  business
sectors  to  set  pollution  reduction  goals,
measure       performance,       provide
environmental protection tools and technical
assistance,    remove   barriers,    develop
incentives,  reduce regulatory burdens  and
test innovative strategies.

Small  Business  Ombusdman:  EPA  will
continue to  support  the Small Business
Ombudsman  program,   which   serves  as
EPA's gateway  and  leading advocate for
small business issues.
        Serving Small Businesses and Ihe Environment

The  Agency  will partner with state Small
Business   Assistance   Programs,    and
hundreds  of  small  business  and  trade
associations,  to reach  out  to  the  small
                                        G/O - 49

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
business community.    These partnerships
provide the  information  and  perspective
EPA needs to help small businesses achieve
their   environmental   goals,   and   gives
businesses  access to  networks,  advocacy
resources, tools and educational forums.

Building Tribal Capacity

Since adoption  of the EPA Indian Policy in
1984  EPA has  worked with  Tribes  on a
government-to-government basis,  one that
affirms the Agency's  trust  responsibility
over federally recognized Tribes and Tribal
governments. Under Federal environmental
statutes, the Agency has responsibility for
assuring human health and environmental
protection in Indian communities.  EPA has
worked   to    establish    the    internal
infrastructure and organize its activities in
order  to  meet  this  responsibility.   The
creation   of   EPA's   American  Indian
Environmental Office  (AIEO) in 1994 took
responsibility for  such efforts  and was a
further  step   in  ensuring  environmental
protection in Indian Country. EPA's strategy
for achieving this Objective has three major
components:

Establish an Environmental Presence in
Indian Country: The Agency will work to
create  an environmental presence  for  each
Federally recognized Tribe.   In FY  2006,
using Tribal GAP grant resources EPA will
provide   approximately  510   Federally
recognized Tribes and Inter Tribal Consortia
access to resources  to hire at least one
person working in their community to build
a  strong,  sustainable  environment for the
future. Tribal communities can then assess
environmental conditions on their lands, and
build  an environmental  program tailored to
their specific needs. In addition to assisting
in the  building  of  Tribal  environmental
capacity, another key role of this workforce
is to alert EPA of immediate public health
and ecological threats, so that EPA can work
with  the  Tribe  to  respond  quickly  and
effectively.

Provide    Access    to    Environmental
Information:     EPA  will   provide  the
information needed by Tribes to meet EPA
and Tribal  environmental priorities.  At the
same  time, ensure that the Agency has the
ability to view and analyze the conditions on
Indian trust lands, and the  impacts of EPA
and tribal actions and programs on Indian
trust lands.

Implementation  of Environmental Goals:
The Agency will provide opportunities for
the implementation of Tribal environmental
programs by Tribes, or directly by EPA, as
necessary.

The Agency continues to take  advantage of
new technology to establish direct links to
the U.S.  Geological  Service, Bureau of
Reclamation,   Indian  Health  Service,  and
other Federal agency data systems, to further
the   development   of    an    integrated,
comprehensive,    multi-agency     Tribal
Enterprise   Architecture.   The    Agency
continues   to  formalize  interagency  data
standards  and protocols  to ensure quality
information  is   collected  and   reported
consistently among the  Federal  agencies.
To this  end,  EPA  has  adopted  Tribal
Identifier codes that will enable data systems
to identify Tribal  sources  of information. In
FY 2006,  EPA will  integrate  10  existing
Agency  data   systems   and  assist  other
agencies to adopt these common codes.

Pollution Prevention  and Enforcement
Research

Pollution   Prevention:     Over  the  past
several years the  Agency has increasingly
focused on preventative  and sustainable
approaches to health and environmental
problems.   Sustainable approaches require:
(1)  innovative   design   and  production
techniques  that   minimize  or  eliminate
                                        G/O - 50

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
environmental  liabilities;   (2)  integrated
management   of  air,  water,  and   land
resources; and (3) changes in the traditional
methods of creating and distributing goods
and services.  EPA remains committed to
helping industry achieve these ideals while
at the  same  time  adopting  more  effective
and  efficient  practices,  materials,   and
technologies.

In  FY 2006,  research  will  explore   the
principles  governing  sustainable  systems
and the integration of social, economic,  and
environmental objectives in  environmental
assessment and  management. The Agency
will  also assess  the interactions  between
various stressors that  threaten human  and
environmental health,  and  will  work  to
develop   innovative   and   cost-effective
responses.    In  a  broader  context,   the
program will  focus not just on the industrial
sectors,  but  other   areas   critical    to
stewardship,  e.g.,  municipal  sector   and
ecosystems.  FY 2006 research  will  also
develop tools and methodologies to prevent
pollution  at  its source and  evaluate  the
performance  of innovative   environmental
technologies  through   the  Environmental
Technology Verification (ETV) program.

EPA    manages    its   compliance    and
environmental     stewardship     research
programs according to the administration's
Investment   Criteria  for   Research   and
Development. Specifically, the agency  is in
the  process   of   revising   its  pollution
prevention  multi-year  plan   to  emphasize
sustainability.   This multi-year plan  will
describe clear goals and priorities.  As part
of  this  effort,   EPA  will  identify   the
appropriate   outputs,  customers,  transfer
needs,  and short-,  intermediate-, and long-
term  outcomes  for  this   program.     In
FY 2005, EPA will  continue  to implement a
program   of   regular   evaluations   by
independent and external panels, to provide
prospective  and  retrospective review  of
programs'    relevance,    quality,    and
performance,   including   the   programs'
design and performance goals.

EPA also conducts Economics and Decision
Sciences (EDS)   research   to   improve
decision making,  cost-benefit analyses, and
implementation strategies.   In FY 2006,
EDS research will be accomplished using a
new approach to applied research funding at
EPA.    This  arrangement,  based  on  the
existing  collaborative  framework between
the media and research offices, is designed
to ensure continued relevance and quality of
applied  research at EPA.  In FY 2006, funds
will be  provided to the Office of Policy,
Economics and Innovation to use a  fee-for-
service  arrangement  with the Office  of
Research   and  Development   to   obtain
additional   research   focusing  on   the
Agency's highest priority economics  and
decision science research needs.

Forensics Support:  The Agency's Forensic
Support   program   provides   specialized
scientific  and  technical  support  for  the
nation's  most complex civil and criminal
enforcement cases, and provides technical
expertise    for    non-routine    Agency
compliance efforts.   In FY 2006, efforts to
stay  at  the  forefront  of  environmental
enforcement will  include the refinement of
successful      multi-media     inspection
approaches; use  of  customized laboratory
methods to solve  unusual  enforcement  case
problems; applied research and development
for both laboratory  and  field applications,
and further development of electronic  data
analysis  methods  for  use   investigative
support  related to computers and data fraud.

The Agency's Forensics  program also will
continue   development   of    emerging
technologies   in   field   and   laboratory
analytical  technique,  and  evaluate   the
scientific     basis     and/or    technical
enforceability  of  select  EPA  regulations.
                                        G/O-51

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA's National Enforcement Investigations       function under more stringent International
Center  (NEIC)  is   the   only   accredited       Standards  of  Operation  for  environmental
environmental forensics center in the nation;       data   measurements   to    maintain    its
in FY 2006 the Center will also continue to       accreditation.
                                        G/O - 52

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
             COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES
                     ENVIRONMENTAL PROGRAMS
Goal 1- Clean Air and GlobalClimate
Change

Objective: Healthier Outdoor Air

EPA cooperates with other  Federal, state,
Tribal, and local agencies in achieving goals
related to ground level ozone and PM. EPA
continues   to  work   closely  with   the
Department  of  Agriculture and the Forest
Service in developing its burning policy  and
reviewing   practices   that   can   reduce
emissions.    EPA,   the  Department   of
Transportation (DOT), and the Army Corps
of Engineers work  with  state and local
agencies to  integrate transportation and air
quality plans, reduce traffic congestion,  and
promote   livable   communities.     EPA
continues  to work with  the Department of
the Interior, National  Park  Service,   in
developing its regional  haze program  and
deploying   the    IMPROVE   visibility
monitoring  network.   The  operation  and
analysis  of  data  produced  by the   PM
monitoring  system  is an  example  of  the
close  coordination  of effort between  the
EPA and state and Tribal governments.

For pollution assessments  and transport,
EPA   is  working   with   the National
Aeronautics   and   Space   Administration
(NASA)   on  technology   transfer  using
satellite imagery.  In FY 2006, EPA will be
working to further distribute NASA satellite
products to and NOAA  air quality  forecast
products to Regions, states, local agencies,
and Tribes to provide better understanding
of air quality on a day-to-day basis and to
assist  with PM  forecasting.  EPA will also
work with NASA in FY 2005 to develop a
better understanding of PM formation using
satellite  data.    EPA  works  with  the
Department  of  the Army,  Department of
Defense     on      advancing    emission
measurement  technology   and  with  the
National    Oceanic    and   Atmospheric
Administration  (NOAA),   Department  of
Commerce for  meteorological support for
our modeling and monitoring efforts.

To better understand the magnitude, sources,
and causes of mobile source pollution, EPA
works  with the  Departments  of Energy
(DOE) and  Transportation  (DOT) to fund
research projects. A program to characterize
the   exhaust  emissions  from  light-duty
gasoline  vehicles  is  being co-funded by
DOE and DOT. Other DOT mobile source
projects       include        TRANSEVIS
(TRansportation ANalysis and  SEVIulation
System)  and other transportation  modeling
projects;  DOE  is  funding these projects
through  the National  Renewable Energy
Laboratory.  EPA  also works  closely with
DOE on refinery cost modeling analyses and
the  development of clean fuel programs.

For mobile  sources program  outreach, the
Agency is participating in a collaborative
effort  with  DOT's  Federal   Highway
Administration  and  the  Federal Transit
Administration  designed  to   educate  the
public  about the impacts of transportation
choices on  traffic  congestion, air quality,
and  human  health.  This  community-based
public  education initiative also includes the
Centers for  Disease  Control.   In addition,
EPA  is  working  with DOE to identify
opportunities in the Clean Cities program.

EPA also works with other Federal agencies
such  as   the  U.S.  Coast  Guard on air
emission issues.   Other programs targeted
toreduce  air toxics  from mobile sources are
coordinated with DOT.  These partnerships
can  involve policy assessments  and toxic
emission  reduction strategies  in different
regions of the  country.    To develop new
                                     Appendix - 1

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
continuous source  monitoring technology
for toxic metals emitted from  smokestacks,
EPA has partnered with the Department of
Defense  (DOD).   This  partnership  will
provide a new source monitoring tool that
will    streamline    source    monitoring
requirements   that  a  number  of  DOD
incinerators   are  required  to meet  and
improve the operation of DOD incinerators
with   real-time   emissions   information
resulting in reduced releases of air toxics to
the environment.  In time, this technology is
expected to be available for use at non-DOD
facilities.

For the clean  fuel  programs, EPA  works
closely  with  the  DOE  on  refinery  cost
modeling  analyses.  For   mobile  sources
program    outreach,   the    Agency    is
participating  in a collaborative effort with
DOT's  Federal  Highway  Administration
(FHWA) and Federal Transit Administration
(FTA) designed to educate the public about
the impacts  of transportation choices  on
traffic  congestion, air quality, and  public
health.   This   community-based    public
education initiative also includes the Centers
for Disease Control (CDC).  In addition,
EPA   works   with  DOE   to   identify
opportunities in the Clean Cities program.
EPA also works cooperatively  with DOE to
better characterize gasoline PM emissions
and characterize the contribution of gasoline
vehicles  and engine emissions to  ambient
PM levels.

To reduce  air toxic  emissions that do not
inadvertently  increase worker exposures,
EPA is continuing to work closely  with the
Department of Labor's Occupational  Safety
and  Health   Administration  (OSHA)  to
coordinate  the development of EPA and
OSHA standards.  EPA also works closely
with other health agencies  such as the CDC,
the National  Institute  of Environmental
Health Sciences (NIEHS), and the National
Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
on health risk characterization.  To  assess
atmospheric  deposition  and   characterize
ecological  effects,  EPA  works  with  the
Department   of   Commerce's  National
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration
and the Department of the Interior's U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service.
The Agency has  worked extensively with
the Department  of  Health  and  Human
Services (HHS) on the National Health and
Nutritional  Evaluation  Study  to  identify
mercury  accumulations in humans.  EPA
also has worked with DOE on the 'Fate of
Mercury'   study  to  characterize  mercury
transport and traceability in Lake Superior.

To  determine   the  extent   to   which
agricultural  activities   contribute  to  air
pollution, EPA will continue to work closely
with   the   USD A   through  the  joint
USDA/EPA AAQTF.   The AAQTF is a
workgroup set up  by Congress to  oversee
agricultural air quality-related  issues and to
develop cost-effective  ways in which  the
agricultural community  can  improve  air
quality.     In   addition,   the   AAQTF
coordinates research  on  agricultural  air
quality  issues to avoid  duplication  and
ensure data quality and sound  interpretation
of data.

In developing regional and international air
quality programs  and projects, EPA works
primarily with the Department of State,  the
Agency for International Development, and
the Department of Energy as  well  as with
regional organizations.  EPA's international
air quality   management  program  will
complement EPA's programs  on  children's
health, Trade and  the Environment,  and
trans-boundary air pollution.   In addition,
EPA  will  partner with others worldwide,
including international organizations such as
the    United    Nations     Environment
Programme,   the  European  Union,   the
OECD,  the  World  Bank,   the   Asian
Development  Bank,  and  our colleagues in
Canada, Mexico,  Europe, and  Japan. EPA
works  primarily  with the Department of
                                      Appendix - 2

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
State,   the  Agency   for   International
Development, and the Department of Energy
in  developing   international  air  quality
programs  and projects, and in working on
regional agreements as well as with regional
organizations.

Objective: Healthier Indoor Air

EPA  works closely through a  variety of
mechanisms with a broad range of Federal,
state,  Tribal, and local government agencies,
industry,   non-profit   organizations,   and
individuals, as  well as  other  nations, to
promote   more  effective  approaches  to
identifying and  solving indoor air quality
problems.   At the Federal level, EPA works
closely   with   several   departments   or
agencies:

Department of Health and Human Services
(DHHS)    to   develop  and   conduction
programs   aimed  at   reducing  children's
exposure  to known  indoor  triggers  of
asthma, including secondhand smoke;

•  Department   of  Health  and  Human
   Services  (DHHS)   to  develop   and
   conduction programs aimed at reducing
   children's exposure to  known indoor
   triggers of asthma, including secondhand
   smoke;
•  Department   of  Housing  and  Urban
   Development  (HUD)  on home  health
   and  safety  issues,  especially  those
   affecting children;
•  Consumer Product  Safety  Commission
   (CPSC) to  identify and mitigate  the
   health   hazards  of  consumer products
   designed for indoor use;
•  Department   of Education  (DoEd) to
   encourage construction and operation of
   schools with good indoor air quality; and
•  Department  of Agriculture  (USDA) to
   encourage USDA Extension Agents to
   conduct local  projects  designed  to
   reduce risks from indoor air quality
EPA  plays  a  leadership   role  on  the
President's Task Force on  Environmental
Health Risks and Safety Risks to Children,
particularly  with  respect to  asthma  and
school environmental health issues.

As  Co-chair of the interagency Committee
on Indoor Air Quality (CIAQ), EPA works
with the CPSC,  the Department of Energy,
the   National  Institute  for  Occupational
Safety and  Health,  and  the Occupational
Safety and Health Administration to review
EPA   draft   publications,   arrange  the
distribution   of   EPA  publications,  and
coordinate the efforts  of Federal agencies
with  those  of  state  and  local agencies
concerned with indoor air issues.

Objective: Protect the Ozone Layer

In an effort to curb the illegal importation of
ODSs, an interagency task force was formed
consisting of representatives from EPA, the
Departments of Justice, Homeland Security,
State,  and  Commerce,  and the Internal
Revenue  Service.    Venting  of illegally
imported  chemicals  has the  potential  to
prevent  the United States from meeting the
goals of the Montreal Protocol to restore the
ozone layer.

EPA   works   very   closely   with  the
Department  of  State  and  other Federal
agencies  as  appropriate  in  international
negotiations  among Parties  to the Protocol.
EPA works  with the Office of the United
States   Trade  Representative to analyze
potential trade implications in stratospheric
protection regulations  that  affect imports
and exports.

EPA  is working with  USDA  and  the
Department  of State  to  facilitate research
and development of alternatives to methyl
bromide.   EPA collaborates  with these
agencies  to   prepare  U.S.  requests  for
emergency and  critical use  exemptions of
                                      Appendix - 3

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
methyl bromide. EPA is providing input to
USDA on rulemakings for methyl bromide-
related programs.  EPA consults with the
Food and Drug Administration (FDA) on the
potential  for   domestic  methyl  bromide
needs.

EPA also coordinates closely with FDA to
ensure that sufficient supplies of CFCs are
available for the production of life-saving
metered-dose inhalers for the treatment of
asthma  and  other  lung  diseases.    This
partnership   between   EPA  and  FDA
combines  the critical goals  of  protecting
public  health and limiting damage to the
stratospheric ozone layer.

EPA works with the Centers for Disease
Control and the National Weather Service to
coordinate  the  Ultraviolet Radiation (UV)
Index   and  the  health  messages   that
accompany index reports. EPA is a member
of the  Federal  Council on  Skin  Cancer
Prevention, which educates and protects all
Federal  employees  from  the   risks  of
overexposure to UV radiation.

In addition to collecting its  own UV  data,
EPA   coordinates   with   the   National
Aeronautics  and   Space  Administration
(NASA) and  the National  Oceanic  and
Atmospheric Administration to monitor the
state of the stratospheric ozone layer.  EPA
works  with NASA on  assessing essential
uses and other exemptions for critical shuttle
and rocket needs, as well as effects of direct
emissions of high-speed aircraft flying in the
stratosphere.

EPA coordinates with the  Small Business
Administration to ensure that proposed rules
are developed in accordance with the Small
Business Regulatory Flexibility Act.

Objective: Radiation

In  addition  to  the   specific   activities
described  above, EPA  continues to work
with Federal agencies including NRC, DOE,
and  DHS to prevent metals and  finished
products suspected of  having radioactive
contamination from  entering  the  country.
EPA  also works with the Department of
Transportation on initiatives to promote use
of non-nuclear density gauges for highway
paving,  and  with  the DOE  and NRC to
develop state-of-the-art tracking systems for
radioactive sources in U.S. commerce.

Objective:    Reduce   Greenhouse    Gas
Intensity

Voluntary  climate  protection  programs
government-wide stimulate the development
and use of renewable energy technologies
and energy efficient products that will help
reduce  greenhouse gas  emissions.    The
effort  is  led by EPA and  DOE  with
significant  involvement  from USDA, the
Department   of  Housing    and   Urban
Development  (HUD)  and   the  National
Institute of Standards and Technology.

Agencies throughout the government make
significant  contributions  to  the  climate
protection programs.   For  example, DOE
will pursue actions such as promoting the
research, development, and  deployment of
advanced   technologies   (for   example,
renewable energy  sources).   The Treasury
Department  will administer  proposed tax
incentives for specific investments that will
reduce emissions.   EPA is  working  with
DOE  to  demonstrate   technologies   that
oxidize  ventilation air methane from coal
mines.   EPA   is  broadening  its  public
information transportation choices campaign
as a joint effort with DOT. EPA coordinates
with each of the above-mentioned agencies
to   ensure   that   our   programs   are
complementary and in no way duplicative.

This coordination is evident in work recently
completed by an  interagency task  force,
including     representatives    from    the
Department  of  State,  EPA,  DOE, USDA,
DOT,  OMB, Department  of Commerce,
USGCRP,   NOAA,   NASA,  and   the
Department of Defense, to prepare the Third
                                     Appendix - 4

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
National Communication to the Secretariat
as required  under the FCCC.  The FCCC
was  ratified by the United States Senate in
1992.   A portion of the Third  National
Communication  describes   policies   and
measures  (such as  ENERGY STAR  and
EPA's   Clean  Automotive   Technology
initiative) undertaken by the U.S. to reduce
greenhouse  gas emissions, implementation
status of the policies and measures, and their
actual and projected benefits.  One result of
this  interagency review process has  been a
refinement of future goals for these policies
and  measures which were communicated to
the Secretariat  of the FCCC in 2002.   The
"U.S. Climate  Action Report  2002: Third
National  Communication  of  the  United
States of America  under the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change"
is available at:
http://unfccc.int/resource/docs/natc/usnc3.pdf

EPA works  primarily with the Department
of  State,  the  Agency   for   International
Development, and the Department of Energy
as well as  with regional organizations in
implementing climate-related programs and
projects.  In addition, EPA partners  with
others  worldwide,  including   international
organizations  such as the United  Nations
Environment   Programme,    the    United
Nations   Development  Programme,   the
International Energy Agency,  the OECD,
the World Bank,  the Asian  Development
Bank,   and   our  colleagues   in  Canada,
Mexico, Europe and Japan.

EPA works  primarily with the Department
of  State,  the  Agency   for   International
Development as well as local  and regional
foreign    governments  in   implementing
climate-related  programs  and  projects. In
addition,   EPA   partners   with   others
worldwide,      including      international
organizations  such as the United  Nations
Environment   Programme,    the    United
Nations   Development  Programme,   the
International Energy Agency,  the OECD,
the World  Bank, the Asian Development
Bank,  and  our  colleagues  in  Canada,
Mexico, Europe, and Japan.

Objective: Enhance Science and Research

As noted, EPA works with the National Park
Service in operating  CASTNET. DOE  will
pursue  actions  such  as  promoting  the
research,  development, and  deployment of
advanced   technologies   (for   example,
renewable energy sources).   In the case of
fuel cell vehicle technology, EPA is working
closely with DOE as the Administration's
FreedomCAR initiative develops, taking the
lead on emissions-related issues.

The President's call for a greatly expanded
and coordinated  interagency PM  research
effort led to the creation, in  1999, of the
Particulate  Matter Workgroup, which  is
administered by  the  Air  Quality Research
Subcommittee   of   the   Committee   on
Environment   and   Natural   Resources
(CENR).   This workgroup,  co-chaired by
EPA    and   the   National    Institute   of
Environmental Health  Sciences  (NIEHS),
has completed its Strategic Research Plan
for  Particulate  Matter1^  to  guide  the
coordinated Federal research  program over
the next 5 to 10 years.

The body of national PM research dealing
with  atmospheric  sciences  is  coordinated
under NARSTO16.  Its membership of more
than  65  organizations includes all  major
Federal, state,  and  provincial governments;
private industry;  and  utility  sponsors of
atmospheric sciences  research in  Canada,
Mexico, and  the U.S. NARSTO  recently
 15 Committee on Environment and Natural Resources, Air
 Quality Research Subcommittee (2002). Strategic
 Research Plan for Particulate Matter.
 . Accessed 2004 Feb 3.
 16 Formerly an acronym for "North American Research
 Strategy for Tropospheric Ozone," the term NARSTO is
 now simply a wordmark signifying a public-private
 partnership across the U.S., Canada, and Mexico for
 dealing with multiple features of tropospheric pollution,
 including ozone and suspended particulate matter.
                                      Appendix - 5

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
released  an  assessment  of PM  atmospheric
science,  "Particulate Matter  Science  for
Policy Makers: A NARSTO Assessment,"17
to assist policy makers as they implement
their national air quality standards for PM. It
presents  the latest understanding of the PM
atmospheric    phenomena   over   North
America, and recommends additional work
to fill identified gaps.

EPA's  Air  Toxics  Research  Program  is
coordinated  as needed  with other Federal
agencies, such as the National Institute  of
Environmental Health  Sciences  (NIEHS)
and the National Toxicology Program (as a
source of toxicity testing data).  The Health
Effects  Institute  conducts  complementary
research related   to  air  toxics   that  is
coordinated   with  EPA activities.      In
addition,  EPA  conducts   research   on
advanced source  measurement  approaches
jointly  with the  Department  of  Defense
through   the   Strategic   Environmental
Research   and  Development   Program
(SERDP).

Goal 2- Clean and Safe Water
Department of Health and Human Services
(DHHS) to implement this provision.

In implementing its source water assessment
and   protection   efforts,    the   Agency
coordinates many of its activities with other
Federal  agencies.   There are three major
areas of relationships with  other agencies
concerning  source water assessments and
protection.

Public Water Systems (PWS)

Some Federal agencies, (i.e., USDA (Forest
Service), DOD, Department of Energy, DOI
(National  Park Service), and  USPS), own
and  operate public water systems.  EPA's
coordination  with these agencies  focuses
primarily  on ensuring that they  cooperate
with the states in which their  systems  are
located, and that they are accounted for in
the   states'   source   water  assessment
programs   as  mandated  in  the   1996
amendments to the SDWA.

Data Availability,  Outreach and  Technical
Assistance
Objective: Protect Human Health

The 1996  SDWA  amendments include a
provision that mandates joint EPA/Centers
for  Disease  Control  (CDC)  study   of
waterborne diseases and occurrence studies
in public water supplies.   CDC is  involved
in  assisting  EPA in training  health  care
providers (doctors,  nurses,  public  health
officials, etc.) on public health issues related
to drinking water contamination and there is
close CDC/EPA coordination on research on
microbial contaminants in drinking  water.
EPA has  in  place  a  Memorandum  of
Understanding  (MOU)   and  Interagency
Agreement  (IAG) with  the CDC in the
17 NARSTO (2003). Particulate Matter Science for Policy
Makers: A NARSTO Assessment, www.cgenv.
com/narsto. Accessed 2004 Feb 3.
EPA    coordinates   with   USGS   (US
Geological Survey), USDA (Forest Service,
Natural  Resources Conservation  Service,
Cooperative State Research, Education, and
Extension   Service   (CSREES),   Rural
Utilities  Service);  DOT,  DOD, DOE, DOI
(National Park  Service   and Bureaus  of
Indian  Affairs,  Land  Management,  and
Reclamation);    DHHS   (Indian   Health
Service)  and  the   Tennessee   Valley
Authority.

Tribal Access Coordination

EPA  will  continue  to  work with  other
federal  agencies to develop  a coordinated
approach to improving tribal access to safe
drinking water. In response to commitments
made during  the  2002 World Summit  in
Johannesburg, the EPA  committed to the
                                      Appendix - 6

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
goal  of coordinating with  other federal
agencies to reduce by half the number of
households on tribal lands lacking access to
safe  drinking   water  by  2015.  United
Nations. 2002. Report of the World Summit
on Sustainable Development: Johannesburg,
South Africa,  26  August -  4  September,
2002. New York, NY: United Nations.

Collaboration with USGS

EPA and USGS have identified the need to
engage in joint, collaborative field activities,
research and testing,  data  exchange,  and
analyses, in areas such as the occurrence of
unregulated       contaminants,        the
environmental    relationships     affecting
contaminant   occurrence,   evaluation   of
currently regulated  contaminants, improved
protection   area   delineation    methods,
laboratory   methods,   and  test  methods
evaluation.  EPA has an IAG with USGS to
accomplish    such   activities.       This
collaborative effort has improved the quality
of information to support risk management
decision-making at all levels of government,
generated valuable new data, and eliminated
potential redundancies.

Collaboration  with  Public  and  Private
Partners on Critical Water  Infrastructure
Protection

EPA   coordinates   with   other  federal
agencies,  especially the  newly  established
Department of Homeland Security as well as
the  Centers  for  Disease  Control   and
Prevention,    the    Food    and    Drug
Administration,  and  the  Department  of
Defense  on  biological,  chemical,    and
radiological  contaminants,  and  how  to
respond to their presence in drinking  water
and  wastewater systems.  A  close linkage
with the FBI, particularly with respect to
ensuring the effectiveness of the ISAC, will
be continued.  The Agency is strengthening
its working relationships with the American
Water   Works   Association    Research
Foundation,   the   Water   Environment
Research  Federation  and  other  research
institutions to increase our knowledge on
technologies   to    detect   contaminants,
monitoring protocols and  techniques, and
treatment effectiveness.

Collaboration with FDA

EPA  and  FDA  have issued joint national
fish  consumption advisories  to protect the
public  from  exposure  to  mercury  in
commercially and recreationally caught fish,
as well  as  fish  caught  for  subsistence.
EPA's advisory  covers the recreational and
subsistence fisheries in fresh waters where
states  and tribes  have  not  assessed  the
waters for the need for  an advisory.,  ibid.
http://mapl.epa.gov/html/federaladv
FDA's advisory covers commercially caught
fish, and fish caught in marine waters..  Ibid.
http://mapl.epa.gov/html/federaladv    EPA
works closely with  FDA to distribute the
advisory to the  public.  In addition,  EPA
works with FDA to investigate the need for
advisories  for other contaminants and  to
ensure that these federal advisories support
and augment advisories issued by states and
tribes.

Beach Monitoring and Public Notification

The  BEACH Act requires that all federal
agencies with jurisdiction over coastal and
Great Lakes  recreation waters adjacent  to
beaches used by  the public implement beach
monitoring    and    public    notification
programs.    These  programs   must  be
consistent with guidance published by EPA.
ibid.   "National   Beach  Guidance  and
Required Performance Criteria for Grants."
EPA  will  continue to work  with the  U.S.
Park  Service and other federal agencies  to
ensure  that  their  beach  water  quality
monitoring and  notification  programs are
technically  sound   and   consistent   with
program performance criteria published by
EPA.
                                      Appendix - 7

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
Objective: Protect Water Quality

Watersheds

Protecting  and  restoring  watersheds will
depend largely on the direct involvement of
many Federal agencies and state, tribal and
local   governments   who   manage  the
multitude of programs necessary to address
water quality on a watershed basis.  Federal
agency  involvement will  include  USDA
(Natural  Resources  Conservation  Service,
Forest   Service,  Agriculture  Research
Service), Department of the Interior (Bureau
of Land Management,  Office  of  Surface
Mining,  United States Geological  Survey
(USGS), Fish and Wildlife, and the Bureau
of Indian Affairs), National  Oceanographic
and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
Department  of Transportation,  and  the
Department of Defense (Navy, Army Corps
of Engineers).   At the  state  level, agencies
involved in watershed management typically
include  departments of natural resources or
the environment, public health agencies, and
forestry and recreation agencies.  Locally,
numerous agencies are involved, including
Regional planning  entities such as councils
of governments, as well as local departments
of environment, health and recreation who
frequently have strong interests in watershed
projects.

National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System Program (NPDES)

Since inception of  the  NPDES program
under Section 402 of the CWA, EPA and the
authorized states have developed expanded
relationships with various  Federal agencies
to implement  pollution controls for point
sources.  EPA works closely with the Fish
and  Wildlife   Service  and  the  National
Marine Fisheries Service on consultation for
protection of endangered species through a
Memorandum  of Agreement.  EPA  works
with  the Advisory  Council  on  Historic
Preservation    on    National    Historic
Preservation Act implementation. EPA and
the states rely on monitoring data from the
U.S.  Geological  Survey (USGS)  to  help
confirm pollution  control decisions.  The
Agency also  works closely with the Small
Business Administration  and the Office of
Management  and  Budget  to  ensure that
regulatory programs are fair and reasonable.
The Agency  coordinates  with the National
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric Administration
(NOAA) on  efforts to ensure that NPDES
programs   support  coastal  and   national
estuary efforts; and with the Department of
Interior on mining issues.

Joint  Strategy  for   Animal   Feeding
Operations

The Agency  is working closely  with the
USDA to implement  the Unified National
Strategy  for  Animal  Feeding  Operations
finalized on March 9, 1999.  The  Strategy
sets forth a framework of actions that USDA
and EPA will take to minimize water quality
and public health impacts from improperly
managed  animal  wastes  in  a  manner
designed to preserve and enhance the long-
term sustainability of livestock  production.
EPA's  recent  revisions  to  the  CAFO
Regulations (effluent guidelines and NPDES
permit regulations) will be a key element of
EPA  and USDA's  plan  to address water
pollution from CAFOs.  EPA  and USDA
senior management meet routinely to ensure
effective  coordination   across  the  two
agencies.

Clean   Water  State   Revolving  Fund
(CWSRF)

Representatives from EPA's SRF  program,
Housing and Urban Development's (HUD's)
Community  Development  Block  Grant
program, and USDA's Rural Utility Service
have    signed   a    Memorandum    of
Understanding committing to assisting state
or   Federal    implementers   in:      (1)
coordination  of the funding cycles of the
three Federal agencies; (2) consolidation of
plans of action (operating  plans,  intended
                                     Appendix - 8

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
use  plans, strategic plans, etc.); and  (3)
preparation  of one  environmental  review
document, when  possible, to  satisfy  the
requirements  of  all  participating  Federal
agencies.   A  coordination  group  at  the
Federal level  has been  formed  to  further
these  efforts   and   maintain   lines   of
communication.        In    many   states,
coordination    committees   have   been
established with  representatives from  the
three programs.

In implementation  of  the  Indian set-aside
grant program under Title  VI  of the CWA,
EPA works closely with the Indian  Health
Service to administer grant  funds  to  the
various    Indian     tribes,     including
determination of the priority ranking  system
for the various wastewater needs in Indian
Country.

In 1998, EPA and the Rural Utilities Service
of  the USDA  formalized  a  partnership
between   the  two  agencies   to  provide
coordinated   financial    and   technical
assistance to tribes.

Construction Grants Program - US Army
Corps of Engineers

Throughout the history of the construction
grants program under Title II  of the CWA,
EPA and the delegated states have made
broad  use of the construction expertise of
the Corps of Engineers to provide varied
assistance  in  construction oversight  and
administrative matters.  EPA works with the
Corps  to provide oversight for construction
of the special  projects that Congress  has
designated.   The   mechanism   for   this
expertise  has been  and continues to be an
Interagency Agreement  between the  two
agencies.

Nonpoint Sources

EPA will  continue to work closely with its
Federal partners  to  achieve the ambitious
strategic   objective of reducing pollutant
discharges, including  at  least 20  percent
from    1992   erosion   levels.      Most
significantly, EPA  will  continue  to work
with the USDA, which  has  a key role in
reducing  sediment  loadings  through  its
continued    implementation    of    the
Environmental Quality Incentives Program,
Conservation Reserve  Program, and other
conservation programs.  USDA also plays a
major role in reducing nutrient discharges
through these same  programs  and  through
activities related to the AFO Strategy. EPA
will also continue to work closely with the
Forest   Service  and   Bureau  of  Land
Management,    whose   programs    can
contribute significantly to reduced pollutant
loadings of sediment, especially on the vast
public lands that comprise 29 percent of all
land in  the United States.  EPA will work
with these agencies, USGS, and the states to
document    improvements    in     land
management and water  quality. EPA will
also  work  with other Federal agencies to
advance a watershed approach to  Federal
land and  resource  management  to  help
ensure   that  Federal   land  management
agencies serve as a model for water quality
stewardship  in  the  prevention  of  water
pollution  and the restoration  of degraded
water  resources.    Implementation  of  a
watershed     approach    will    require
coordination among  Federal  agencies at  a
watershed  scale and  collaboration with
states,    tribes   and    other   interested
stakeholders.

Vessel Discharges

Regarding  vessel  discharges, EPA  will
continue working closely  with the  Coast
Guard    on   addressing  ballast    water
discharges   domestically,  and with  the
interagency work group and U.S. delegation
to   Marine   Environmental   Protection
Committee   (MEPC)   on   international
controls. EPA will continue to work closely
with the  Coast Guard,  Alaska and other
states,   and  the  International  Council  of
Cruise  Lines regarding regulatory and non-
                                      Appendix - 9

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
regulatory    approaches   to   managing
wastewater  discharges  from cruise ships.
EPA will also continue to  work with the
Coast Guard regarding the  vessel  sewage
discharge standards,  and with the Navy on
developing  Uniform  National  Discharge
Standards for Armed Forces vessels.

Regarding dredged material management,
EPA will continue to work closely with the
Corps of Engineers on standards for permit
review,  as well as site  selection/designation
and monitoring.

EPA's environmental mandate and expertise
make it uniquely qualified to represent the
Nation's  environmental  interests   aboard.
While the Department of State (DOS)  is
responsible for the conduct  of overall U.S.
foreign  policy, implementation of particular
programs, projects, and agreements  is often
the responsibility of  other   agencies with
specific  technical  expertise  and resources.
Relations between EPA and DOS cut across
several   offices   and/or  bureaus  in  both
organizations.

OIA also serves as the primary point-of-
contact and liaison with the U.S. Agency for
International     Development   (USAID).
Specially  drawing   on  expertise  from
throughout EPA, OIA administers a  number
of interagency agreements for environmental
assistance.

Finally,  EPA works  closely  with a  number
of    other    Federal    agencies    with
environmental,  health,  or safety mandates.
These    include   (among   others)   the
Department  of   Labor,  Department   of
Transportation, Department  of Agriculture,
Department of the Interior,  Department  of
Health and Human Services, and the Food
and Drug Administration.

EPA works with the Department of State,
NOAA,  Coast  Guard,  Navy,  and  other
Federal  agencies in developing the technical
basis  and  policy  decisions   necessary for
negotiating   global   treaties   concerning
marine   antifouling   systems,   invasive
species, and air pollution from ships.  EPA
also works with  the same Agencies in
addressing  land-based sources of marine
pollution in the Gulf of Mexico and Wider
Caribbean Basin.

Objective: Enhance Science and Research

While EPA is the Federal agency  mandated
to ensure safe drinking water, other Federal
and  non-Federal  entities  are  conducting
research that complements  EPA's research
program   on   priority   contaminants  in
drinking water.  For  example,  the  Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
and the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences  (NIEHS)  conduct  health
effects and  exposure  research.   The  Food
and  Drug   Administration  (FDA)   also
performs research on children's risks.

Many of these research activities  are being
conducted   in   collaboration   with  EPA
scientists.   The  private sector,  particularly
the water treatment industry, is conducting
research in  such areas  as analytical methods,
treatment technologies, and the development
and   maintenance  of   water    resources.
Cooperative  research  efforts  have  been
ongoing with the  American Water Works
Association Research  Foundation  and other
stakeholders  to  coordinate drinking water
research. EPA is also working with the U.S.
Geological   Survey  (USGS)  to   evaluate
performance  of  newly developed methods
for measuring microbes in potential drinking
water sources.

While EPA is the Federal agency  mandated
to ensure safe drinking water, other Federal
and  non-Federal  entities  are  conducting
research that complements  EPA's research
program   on   priority   contaminants  in
drinking water.  For  example,  the  Centers
for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC)
and the National Institute of Environmental
Health Sciences  (NIEHS)  conduct  health
                                     Appendix - 10

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
effects and exposure research.  The Foodand
Drug Administration  (FDA)  also  performs
research on children's risks.  Many of these
research  activities are being  conducted  in
collaboration with EPA scientists.

The  private sector,  particularly the water
treatment industry, is conducting research in
such areas as analytical methods, treatment
technologies,  and  the  development  and
maintenance     of    water    resources.
Cooperative  research  efforts  have  been
ongoing with  the  American  Water Works
Association Research Foundation and other
stakeholders to  coordinate drinking water
research. EPA is also working with the U.S.
Geological  Survey  (USGS)  to  evaluate
performance of  newly developed  methods
for measuring microbes in potential drinking
water sources.

EPA has developed joint  research initiatives
with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric
Administration   (NOAA)  and  the United
States   Geological   Survey   (USGS)   for
linking monitoring  data and  field  study
information with available toxicity data and
assessment models for developing  sediment
criteria.

The  issue  of eutrophication, hypoxia, and
harmful algal blooms (HABs) is  a priority
with the  Committee  on Environment and
Natural Resources (CENR). An interagency
research  strategy for pfiesteria and  other
harmful  algal species was  developed  in
1998, and EPA  is continuing to implement
that strategy. EPA is working closely with
NOAA on the issue of nutrients and risks
posed  by  HABs.   This  CENR  is  also
coordinating  the research  efforts among
Federal agencies to assess the impacts  of
nutrients and hypoxia in the Gulf of Mexico.
Urban wet weather flow research is being
coordinated with other organizations such as
the    Water    Environment    Research
Foundation's Wet Weather Advisory Panel,
the ASCE Urban Water Resources Research
Council, the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers
(USACE), and the U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS).  Research on the characterization
and   management   of   pollutants   from
agricultural  operations  (e.g.,  CAFOs)  is
being coordinated with the  United  States
Department of Agriculture (USDA) through
workshops and other discussions.

EPA  is  pursuing  collaborative  research
projects with  the USGS  to utilize water
quality  data   from urban areas  obtained
through the USGS National Ambient Water
Quality  Assessment  (NAWQA)  program,
showing levels of pesticides that are even
higher  than   in  many   agricultural   area
streams.  These data have  potential uses for
identifying sources of urban pesticides, and
EPA will evaluate how the USGS data could
be   integrated   into   the   Geographic
Information System (GIS) database system.

Goal    3-Land    Preservation     and
Restoration

Objective: Preserve Land

Pollution   prevention   activities   entail
coordination     with     other    Federal
departments/agencies,  such as  the General
Services  Administration   (use  of  safer
products for indoor painting  and  cleaning),
the Department of Defense  (DOD) (use  of
safer paving materials for parking lots), and
Defense Logistics Agency (safer  solvents).
The  program also works with the National
Institute of Standards and Technology, the
International  Standards  Organization,  and
other groups   to  develop   standards   for
Environmental Management Systems.

In addition to business, industry  and other
non-governmental organizations, EPA will
work with Federal, state,  Tribal,  and local
governments    to    encourage   reduced
generation as well as the  safe  recycling  of
wastes.  Frequently,   successful  programs
require  multiple  partners  to  address  the
multi-media  nature   of  effective   source
reduction  and recycling.  The Agency has
                                     Appendix - 11

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
brought together a range of stakeholders to
examine alternatives  in  specific industrial
sectors, and several regulatory changes have
followed which encourage hazardous waste
recycling. Partners in this effort include the
Environmental Council of States, the Tribal
Association on Solid Waste and Emergency
Response, and the Association  of State and
Territorial   Solid   Waste    Management
Officials.

As  Federal  partners,  EPA and the  United
States Postal Service (USPS) work together
on  several municipal solid  waste projects.
For instance, rather than dispose of returned
or  unwanted  mail,  EPA  and the  USPS
developed   and  implemented   successful
recycling  procedures  and  markets.   For
example,  unwanted  mail (advertisements,
catalogues, etc.) is being returned to the Post
Office for recycling rather than disposal by
the  recipient. In  addition, Integrated Solid
Waste  Management   Plans  are   being
implemented at  parks in  western  states
because of  Regional  offices'  assistance  to
the  National Park Service. EPA also works
with the Small Business Administration to
provide support to recycling businesses.

The Federal government is the single largest
potential source for "green"  procurement in
the  country for office products as  well  as
products for industrial use. EPA works with
other Federal agencies and  departments  in
advancing the purchase and use of recycled-
content and other  "green"   products.   In
particular, the Agency is currently engaged
with   other  organizations    within   the
Executive Branch to foster compliance with
Executive Order 13101 and  in  tracking and
reporting purchases of products made with
recycled contents.

In addition, the Agency is currently engaged
with the DOD, Education  and DOE, USPS,
and   other  agencies  to  foster   proper
management   of    surplus    electronics
equipment, with a preference for reuse and
recycling.  With  these agencies,  and  in
cooperation with the  electronics  industry,
EPA  participated in  developing  a draft
interagency memorandum of understanding
(MOU) which will  lead to increased reuse
and recycling of an array of computers and
other electronics hardware used by civilian
and  military  agencies.   Implementation  of
this MOU  will divert substantial quantities
of plastic,  glass, lead, mercury, silver, and
other materials from disposal.  Currently,
EPA  works with  USDA and FDA on  a
variety of issues  related to the  disposal  of
agricultural products (food and/or  animals),
contaminated with  chemical  or biological
pathogens.

Objective: Restore Land

Superfund Program

The    Superfund    Remedial    program
coordinates with  many  other Federal and
state agencies in accomplishing its mission.
Executive  Order  12580 delegates  certain
authorities  for implementing  Superfund  to
other Federal agencies.  Many  of these
agencies perform, in close consultation and
coordination with EPA,  the actual cleanup
and  essential  services in areas where  the
Agency  does  not possess the  specialized
expertise.    Currently,  EPA   has  active
interagency agreements  with  the  National
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration
(NOAA), the Department of Interior (DOI),
the   Occupational   Safety    and   Health
Administration    (OSHA),    the   Federal
Emergency Management Agency  (FEMA),
and the United States Coast Guard (USCG).

These agencies provide numerous Superfund
related services such as providing  technical
support  during   hazardous   waste  site
investigations and identifying and evaluating
the  severity   of  risks  posed  to  natural
resources  from  hazardous   waste  sites;
providing  scientific  support  for  response
operations   in  EPA's  regional   offices;
supporting  the national  response system by
providing emergency preparedness  expertise
                                     Appendix - 12

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
and administrative  support to the national
response team and  the  regional  response
teams; assisting in the coordination among
Federal and  state natural  resource trustee
agencies;   conducting outreach  to  states,
Indian Tribes and Federal  natural resource
trustee officials regarding  natural resource
damage      assessments;      conducting
compliance assistance visits to review  site
safety  and  health  plans  and developing
guidelines for assessing safety and health at
hazardous  waste  sites;   supporting   the
Superfund program in the management  and
coordination  of training programs for local
officials    through    the    Emergency
Management  Institute and the National Fire
Academy;  and responding  to   actual  or
potential releases of hazardous  substances
involving the coastal zones, including  the
Great  Lakes   and designated  inland  river
ports;  and, litigating and  settling cleanup
agreements and cost recovery cases.

In addition, the Agency coordinates with the
U. S. Army  Corp of Engineers (USAGE),
states,  and Tribes in the identification  and
cleanup  of  approximately  9,300 FUDS
nationwide.     Expectations  are  that  the
Agency will  play an even greater role at
these sites in the future.

USAGE  and  the  Bureau  of Reclamation
(BUREC)  contribute to  the  cleanup  of
Superfund  sites by providing  technical
support for the design and  construction of
many  remediation  projects  through  site-
specific  interagency  agreements.  These
Federal partners have the technical design
and construction expertise and contracting
capability needed to assist EPA regions in
implementing most of Superfund's high-cost
fund-financed  remedial   action   projects.
These  two agencies also provide technical
on-site support to regions in the enforcement
oversight of numerous construction projects
performed   by  Potentially  Responsible
Parties.

The   Superfund  response  and  Federal
Facilities   enforcement   programs   work
closely  with other Federal agencies (e.g.,
DOD,  DOE, DOI, etc.) to clean up their
facilities  under  the  Superfund program.
EPA also works with states and Indian tribes
as key  partners  in  the  cleanup decision-
making process at Superfund Federal sites.

The Agency also works in partnership with
state and  Tribal governments  to strengthen
their hazardous waste programs and improve
the  efficiency  and  effectiveness  of  the
nation's overall hazardous waste  response
capability.    EPA assists  the  states  in
developing their  CERCLA implementation
programs  through infrastructure  support,
financial  and  technical   assistance,   and
training.  Partnerships with states increase
the number of site cleanups, improve  the
timeliness  of  responses,  and make land
available   for   economic  redevelopment
sooner,  while allowing for more  direct local
involvement in the cleanup process.

EPA partners  with other Federal agencies,
state and  local governments, and private
industry  to   fulfill  Superfund  program
priorities  when  a  site  is  radioactively
contaminated.         Under    CERCLA,
radioactively   contaminated    sites    are
addressed  in a  manner consistent with how
chemically contaminated sites are addressed,
accounting for  the technical  differences.
The radiation program provides radiological
scientific   and  technical   expertise   and
leadership   in   evaluating   projects   and
providing  field and laboratory support.

Resource Conservation and Recovery Act

The  Agency maintains a close relationship
with the state agencies that are authorized to
implement the Resource Conservation  and
Recovery  Act  (RCRA) Corrective Action
program.  EPA expects states to achieve the
same level  of Federal  standards as  the
Agency, including annual performance goals
of  human  exposures   and  groundwater
releases controlled.   As  part of the state
                                     Appendix - 13

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
grant process,  Regional  offices  negotiate
with the states their progress in meeting the
corrective  action  environmental  indicator
goals.

Encouraging states to become authorized for
the  RCRA  Corrective   Action  program
remains a  priority.  Currently, thirty-nine
states and  territories have the authority to
implement  the program.  EPA expects two
additional states to gain authorization in the
next year.  EPA  also  encourages states to
use  alternate  (non-RCRA)   authorities to
accomplish  the goals  of the Corrective
Action  program.    These   include  state
Superfund and voluntary programs.

The RCRA Corrective  Action program also
coordinates  closely  with  other  Federal
agencies,  primarily the  DOD and  DOE,
which  have many  sites  in  the corrective
action  universe.     Encouraging  Federal
facilities  to meet environmental indicators
remains a top priority.

Leaking Underground Storage Tanks

EPA, with very few  exceptions,  does not
perform the cleanup of leaking underground
storage tanks (LUST).  States and territories
use the LUST Trust Fund to administer their
corrective   action   programs,   oversee
cleanups  by responsible  parties, undertake
necessary enforcement actions, and pay for
cleanups in cases  where a responsible party
cannot be found or is unwilling or unable to
pay for a cleanup.  More than 40 states have
their own  cleanup funds to pay for the
majority of owners' and  operators' cleanup
costs.  The vast majority  of LUST cleanups
are paid for by state  LUST  cleanup funds
and not by private parties; state funds are
separate from the Federal  LUST Trust Fund.

EPA, with very few  exceptions,  does not
perform the cleanup of leaking underground
storage tanks (LUST).  States and territories
use the LUST Trust Fund to administer their
corrective   action   programs,   oversee
cleanups by responsible  parties, undertake
necessary enforcement actions, and pay for
cleanups in cases where a responsible party
cannot be found or is unwilling or unable to
pay for a cleanup. Most states have cleanup
funds that cover the majority of owners and
operators' cleanup costs.  These state funds
are separate from the LUST Trust Fund.

State  LUST programs are key to achieving
the objectives and long-term strategic goals.
Except in Indian Country, EPA  relies on
state  agencies   to  implement  the  LUST
program, including  overseeing cleanups by
responsible  parties   and  responding  to
emergency   LUST    releases.     LUST
cooperative agreements awarded by EPA are
directly given to the states to assist them in
implementing     their    oversight    and
programmatic role.

Emergency Preparedness and Response

EPA plays a major role in reducing the risks
that accidental  and intentional  releases of
harmful substances  and oil pose to human
health and the  environment.  This requires
continuous coordination with many Federal,
state and local agencies. As the Federal on-
scene coordinator (OSC) in the inland zone,
EPA evaluates and responds to thousands of
releases  annually as  part  of the  National
Response Plan (NRP). The NRP is a multi-
agency    preparedness    and     response
mechanism that includes  the following key
components:  the National Response Center
(NRC); the National Response Team (NRT),
composed  of  16  Federal  agencies;  13
Regional  Response  Teams  (RRTs);  and
Federal OSCs.   These organizations  work
with state and local  officials to develop and
maintain contingency plans that will enable
the  Nation  to  respond   effectively  to
hazardous substance and oil emergencies.
EPA   chairs the  multi-agency   National
Response  Team  (NRT),   and  co-chairs
Regional  Response Teams (RRTs).    In
addition, the Agency plays a leadership role
in  crisis  management,  which   requires
                                     Appendix - 14

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
participation  on a  number  of interagency
committees and workgroups.  Building on
current   efforts   to   enhance   national
emergency response management, EPA and
its   role  on  the   NRT   will   continue
implementation of the new National Incident
Management System (NIMS)  and National
Response Plan (NRP).

The  NRP,  under  the  direction  of  the
Department  of Homeland Security (DHS),
provides  for  the   delivery  of  Federal
assistance to states  to help them  deal with
the consequences of terrorist events as well
as natural  and other significant  disasters.
EPA  has the  lead  responsibility  for  the
plan's    Emergency   Support   Function
covering hazardous materials and  inland
petroleum  releases.     Accordingly, EPA
participates   in  the  Federal  Emergency
Support  Function  Leaders  Group  which
addresses NRP planning and implementation
at the  operational  level.    Through  this
interagency  organization, Federal  agencies
handle  issue  formulation  and resolution,
review after-action reports, and evaluate the
need  for changes  to  NRP  planning and
implementation  strategies.     They  also
participate  in NRP exercises, training and
post  event evaluation actions, coordinating
these activities closely with the NRT.

EPA coordinates its preparedness activities
with the Department of Homeland Security
(DHS),   Federal  Emergency  Management
Administration  (FEMA), Federal Bureau of
Investigation (FBI), other Federal agencies,
and state and local governments.  EPA will
also   continue  to  clarify   its roles  and
responsibilities   to   ensure   that   Agency
security  programs are  consistent with  the
national homeland security strategy.

EPA provides staff support to the Homeland
Security Operations Center (HSOC) during
national disasters and emergencies, response
to terrorist  incidents  and other  responses
under the NRP.  EPA will also continue to
develop  and  participate in training courses
on     emergency     support     function
responsibilities, deliver presentations on the
NRP to national  forums and participate in
nationwide exercises to test and improve the
Federal  government's  preparedness  and
response system and its capabilities.

Under  the  Oil  Spill program,  EPA works
with other Federal  agencies  such  as  the
United  States  Fish &  Wildlife  Service,
National Oceanographic and  Atmospheric
Administration, United  States  Coast Guard
(USCG), FEMA, Department of the Interior,
Department of Transportation,  Department
of Energy, and other Federal agencies and
states,  as  well as  with local  government
authorities  to  develop  Area  Contingency
Plans.   The Department  of  Justice  also
provides assistance to agencies with judicial
referrals when enforcement of violations
becomes necessary.  EPA and the  USCG
work in coordination  with  other  Federal
authorities   to   implement  the  National
Preparedness for Response program.

USAGE and the  Bureau  of Reclamation
contribute to  the cleanup of Superfund  sites
by providing technical support for the design
and  construction  of   many   remediation
projects through  site-specific  interagency
agreements. These Federal partners have the
technical design and construction expertise
and contracting capability needed to assist
EPA  regions  in  implementing  most  of
Superfund's    high-cost    Fund-financed
remedial action projects. These two agencies
also  provide technical  on-site support  to
regions in the  enforcement  oversight  of
numerous  construction  projects performed
by PRPs.

The   Superfund   response   and   Federal
Facilities   enforcement   programs  work
closely  with  other  Federal  agencies (e.g.,
DOD,  DOE,  DOI,  etc.) to clean up their
facilities under  the  Superfund  program.
EPA also works with states and  Indian tribes
as key partners  in  the cleanup  decision-
making process at Superfund Federal sites.
                                     Appendix - 15

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA expends substantial effort coordinating
with other agencies, including work with the
Department  of  Defense  (DOD)  in  its
Strategic   Environmental  Research   and
Development Program  (SERDP)  and  the
Environmental     Security     Technology
Certification  Program, the Department of
Energy (DOE),  and the Office of Health and
Environmental Research. EPA also conducts
collaborative  field  demonstrations  (e.g.,
through    the     Superfund    Innovative
Technology  Evaluation  (SITE)  program)
and laboratory  research with DOD, DOE,
the Department of Interior (particularly  the
U.S. Geological Survey - USGS),  and  the
National    Aeronautics    and     Space
Administration    (NASA)    to   improve
characterization  and   risk   management
options   for   dealing   with   subsurface
contamination.

Other    research     efforts     involving
coordination include the unique controlled-
spill field research facility that was designed
in cooperation with  the  U.S. Bureau of
Reclamation.       Geophysical    reserch
experiments and  development  of software
for subsurface characterization and detection
of contaminants are being conducted with
the USGS  and DOE's Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory. The USGS also has a
number  of programs,  such  as the Toxic
Substances Hydrology Program, that support
studies related  to contamination of surface
water  and  groundwater  by  hazardous
materials.

The  Agency  is  also working  with  the
National Institute of Environmental Health
Sciences (NIEHS),  which manages a large
basic   research   program   focusing   on
Superfund  issues,  to  advance fundamental
Superfund research.  The Agency for Toxic
Substances and Disease Registry  (ATSDR)
also   provides    critical    health-based
information  to  assist  EPA  in  making
effective cleanup decisions. EPA works with
these  agencies on collaborative  projects,
information exchange, and identification of
research  issues. Additionally, the Interstate
Technology Regulatory Council (ITRC) has
proven an  effective forum for coordinating
Federal and state  activities and for defining
continuing  research needs through its teams
on topics including contaminated sediments,
permeable reactive barriers,   radionuclides,
and   Brownfields.  EPA   developed   a
Memorandum of  Understanding (MOU)18
with several other agencies  (DOE,  DOD,
Nuclear      Regulatory     Commission,
Department of the Interior - USGS, National
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration
(NOAA),    and    the    Department   of
Agriculture)   for   multimedia   modeling
research and development.

Goal   4-Healthy   Communities   and
Ecosystems

Objective:    Chemical,    Organism  and
Pesticide Risks

Coordination with State  lead agencies and
with the U.  S. Department of Agriculture
(USDA)  provides  added  impetus  to the
implementation  of the  Certification  and
Training  program.   States  also provide
essential   activities  in   developing  and
implementing the  Endangered Species and
Worker Protection programs.   States are
involved in numerous  special projects and
investigations,     including     emergency
response efforts.    The  Regions provide
technical guidance and  assistance to the
States and  Tribes in the  implementation of
all pesticide program activities.

EPA uses   a  range   of  outreach  and
coordination approaches for pesticide users,
agencies  implementing  various pesticide
programs  and  projects,   and the  general
public. Outreach and coordination activities
are essential to effective  implementation of
regulatory  decisions, protection  of workers
18 Interagency Steering Committee on Multimedia
Environmental Models MOU,
                                               http: //www. iscmem. org/Memorandum. htm
                                     Appendix - 16

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
and endangered species, training of pesticide
applicators,  promotion  of integrated  pest
management       and       environmental
stewardship,  and  support  for compliance
through EPA's regional programs and those
of the States and Tribes.

In addition to the training that EPA provides
to farm workers and restricted use pesticide
applicators,  EPA  works  with   the  State
Cooperative Extension  Services  designing
and   providing  specialized   training  for
various groups.   Such  training includes
instructing private  applicators on the proper
use of personal protective equipment and
application equipment  calibration, handling
spill  and injury  situations,   farm   family
safety, preventing  pesticide spray drift, and
pesticide  and container  disposal.    Other
specialized training  is provided  to public
works employees on grounds maintenance,
to pesticide  control  operators  on  proper
insect identification, and on weed control for
agribusiness.

EPA coordinates with and uses information
from   a  variety  of Federal,  State  and
international organizations  and agencies  in
our efforts to protect the safety of America's
health and environment from hazardous  or
higher risk pesticides.   In May  1991,  the
United  States Department of Agriculture
(USDA) implemented  the Pesticide Data
Program  (PDF) to  collect  objective and
statistically   reliable   data  on  pesticide
residues on food commodities.  This action
was in response  to public concern about the
effects of pesticides on human  health and
environmental quality.  EPA uses PDF data
to  improve  dietary  risk assessment  to
support the registration  of  pesticides  for
minor  crop  uses.   PDF  is  critical  to
implementing  the  Food Quality Protection
Act. The system  provides improved  data
collection of pesticide residues, standardized
analytical  and  reporting  methods,  and
sampling of foods  most likely consumed by
infants  and   children.     PDF   sampling,
residue,  testing  and  data  reporting  are
coordinated by the Agricultural Marketing
Service using cooperative agreements with
ten  participating  States  representing  all
regions of the country.  PDF  serves as  a
showcase for Federal-State  cooperation on
pesticide and food safety issues.

FQPA requires EPA to consult with other
government  agencies on  major  decisions.
EPA, USDA and FDA work closely together
using both a Memoranda of Understanding
and  working committees  to  deal  with  a
variety  of issues that affect the involved
agencies'  missions.   For  example,  these
agencies work together on residue testing
programs and on enforcement  actions that
involve pesticide residues on food,  and we
coordinate  our review  of antimicrobial
pesticides.  The Agency  coordinates with
USDA/ARS     in     promotion     and
communication of  resistance management
strategies.    Additionally,   we  participate
actively   in   the   Federal   Interagency
Committee   on  Invasive   Animals  and
Pathogens (ITAP) which includes members
from USDA, USDOL, DOD, DHS and CDC
to coordinate planning and  technical advice
among Federal entities involved in invasive
species research, control and management.

While   EPA  is  responsible  for  making
registration   and  tolerance  decisions,  the
Agency relies on others to carry out some of
the enforcement  activities.  Registration-
related  requirements  under  FIFRA   are
enforced by the States.  The Department of
Health and Human Services/Food and Drug
Administration enforces tolerances for most
foods and the United States Department of
Agriculture/Food   Safety   and  Inspection
Service enforces tolerances for meat, poultry
and some egg products.

Internationally,  the   Agency  collaborates
with  the  Intergovernmental  Forum  on
Chemical  Safety   (TFCS),   the CODEX
Alimentarius   Commission,   the   North
American  Commission  on Environmental
                                     Appendix - 17

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
Cooperation (NACEC), the Organization for
Economic  Cooperation and  Development
(OECD) and the North American Free Trade
Agreement (NAFTA) Commission.  These
activities  serve  to  coordinate   policies,
harmonize  guidelines,  share  information,
correct  deficiencies,  build  other  nations'
capacity to reduce risk, develop strategies to
deal with potentially harmful pesticides and
develop greater confidence in  the safety of
the food supply.

One of the Agency's most valuable partners
on pesticide issues is the Pesticide  Program
Dialogue Committee (PPDC), which brings
together    a   broad   cross-section   of
knowledgeable       individuals      from
organizations representing divergent views
to discuss pesticide  regulatory, policy and
implementation issues.  The PPDC consists
of    members    from     industry/trade
associations, pesticide user and commodity
groups, consumer and environmental/public
interest groups and others.

The   PPDC    provides    a   structured
environment  for  meaningful   information
exchanges    and    consensus    building
discussions,  keeping the public involved in
decisions that affect them.  Dialogue with
outside groups is essential if the Agency is
to remain responsive to the needs of the
affected  public,   growers  and   industry
organizations.

EPA relies on data from HHS to help assess
the risk of  pesticides  to  children.  Other
collaborative efforts  that go  beyond our
reliance on  the data they collect  include
developing  and   validating   methods  to
analyze  domestic   and  imported  food
samples for  organophosphates, carcinogens,
neurotoxins and other chemicals of concern.
These joint efforts protect Americans from
unhealthful pesticide residue levels.

EPA's  chemical  testing  data   provides
information for the Occupational Safety and
Health Administration's  (OSHA)  worker
protection programs, the National Institute
for  Occupational   Safety  and  Health
(NIOSH)  for research,  and the Consumer
Product  Safety  Commission  (CPSC)  for
informing   consumers    about   products
through labeling.  EPA frequently consults
with these  Agencies  on  project  design,
progress and the results of chemical testing
projects.

The  Agency works  with  a full  range of
stakeholders on  homeland security issues:
USDA,  CDC,   other  federal  agencies,
industry   and  the  scientific   community.
Review of the agents that may  be effective
against anthrax  has  involved  GSA,  State
Department,  UAMRIID,  FDA,   EOSA,
USPS,  and others, and this effort will  build
on this network.

The  Acute  Exposure  Guidelines  (AEGL)
program   is  a  collaborative   effort   that
includes ten Federal  agencies (EPA, DHS,
DOE,  DOD, DOT, NIOSH, OSHA, CDC,
AT SDR,  and   FDA),   numerous   State
agencies,   private   industry,   academia,
emergency medical associations, unions, and
other organizations in  the private sector.
The  program  also  has   been  supported
internationally by the OECD and includes
active  participation  by the Netherlands,
Germany and France.

The success  of EPA's lead program is due in
part  to effective coordination  with  other
Federal agencies, States and Indian Tribes
through  the President's  Task Force  on
Environmental  Health  Risks   and Safety
Risks to Children.  EPA will  continue to
coordinate with  HUD to  clarify  how new
rules may affect existing  EPA and HUD
regulatory programs, and  with  the Federal
Highway Administration of the  Department
of  Transportation and  the  Occupational
Safety  and Health Administration (OSHA)
of the  Department  of Labor  on worker
protection issues.   EPA  will  continue to
work  closely  with  State  and  Federally
recognized Tribes to  ensure that authorized
                                     Appendix - 18

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
State  and  Tribal  programs  continue  to
comply with requirements established under
TSCA,   that   the    ongoing   Federal
accreditation   certification   and   training
program    for   lead   professionals   is
administered effectively, and that the States
and  Tribes  adopt  the Renovation  and
Remodeling   and    the  Buildings   and
Structures Rules when these rules become
effective.

EPA has a  Memorandum of Understanding
(MOU) with HUD on coordination of efforts
on lead-based paint issues. As a result of the
MOU, EPA and HUD have co-chaired the
President's  Task Force  since 1997.   There
are 14  other Federal  agencies  including
CDC and the Department of Defense (DOD)
on the Task  Force.   HUD  and EPA also
maintain the  National  Lead  Information
Center  and  share  enforcement  of  the
Disclosure Rule.

Mitigation  of existing  risk is  a common
interest   for   other   Federal   agencies
addressing  issues  of asbestos  and PCBs.
EPA will continue to coordinate interagency
strategies   for  assessing   and  managing
potential risks  from asbestos and other
fibers. Coordination on safe PCB disposal is
an  area  of  ongoing  emphasis  with  the
Department  of  Defense   (DOD),   and
particularly with the  U.S. Navy, which has
special     concerns     regarding     PCBs
encountered during ship scrapping.   PCBs
and mercury  storage and safe  disposal are
also important issues requiring  coordination
with the Department of Energy and DOD as
they develop  alternatives and explore better
technologies for storing and disposing high
risk chemicals.

To effectively participate in the international
agreements on POPs, heavy metals and PIC
substances,    EPA   must   continue   to
coordinate with other Federal agencies  and
external stakeholders, such as Congressional
staff,  industry,  and environmental groups.
For  example,  EPA  has  an   interest  in
ensuring  that  the  listing  of  chemicals,
including  the application  of criteria  and
processes for evaluating future chemicals for
possible international  controls, is based on
sound  science.    Similarly,  the  Agency
typically  coordinates  with  the  Food  and
Drug   Administration   (FDA),   FDA's
National Toxicology Program, the Centers
for  Disease  Control/Agency  for  Toxic
Substances    and    Disease     Registry
(CDC/ATSDR),  the National Institute of
Environmental  Health  Sciences  (NIEHS)
and/or  the  Consumer  Product  Safety
Commission  (CPSC) on matters  relating to
OECD test guideline harmonization.

EPA's objective  is to  promote  improved
health  and environmental protection,  both
domestically and worldwide. The success of
this  objective is  dependent on  successful
coordination  not only with other  countries,
but   also   with   various   international
organizations such as the Intergovernmental
Forum  on  Chemical  Safety  (IFCS),  the
North     American     Commission     on
Environmental Cooperation  (NACEC), the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD), the United Nations
Environment Program  (UNEP)  and  the
CODEX Alimentarius Commission.    The
North American Free Trade Agreement and
cooperation  with  Canada and Mexico play
an integral part in the harmonization of data
requirements.

EPA's objective  is to  promote  improved
health  and environmental protection,  both
domestically and worldwide. The success of
this  objective is  dependent on  successful
coordination  not only with other  countries,
but with various international organizations
such as the  Intergovernmental  Forum  on
Chemical    Safety   (IFCS),  the  North
American  Commission  on  Environmental
Cooperation    (NACEC),    and    the
Organization for Economic Cooperation and
Development (OECD).

EPA is a leader in global  discussions on
                                     Appendix - 19

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
mercury   through  the   United   Nations
Environment Program (UNEP).  EPA was
instrumental  in  the  launch  of  UNEP's
Global  Mercury  Program,  and  we will
continue to work  with developing countries
and with other developed countries  in the
context of that program.  In addition, we
have   developed   a  strong  network  of
domestic partners interested  in working  on
this  issue,  including the  Department  of
Energy and the  United  States Geological
Survey.

EPA has developed cooperative efforts  on
POPs with key international organizations
and bodies, such as the United Nations Food
and Agricultural  Organization,  the United
Nations Environment  Program, the  Arctic
Council,  and  the World  Bank.   EPA is
partnering with domestic  and international
industry groups and foreign governments to
develop successful programs.

Objective: Communities

The Governments of Mexico and the United
States  agreed, in  November  1993,  to assist
communities  on both sides of the border in
coordinating and carrying out environmental
infrastructure  projects.    The agreement
between  Mexico   and  the  United  States
furthers the goals of the North American
Free  Trade  Agreement  and  the  North
American   Agreement  on  Environmental
Cooperation.      To  this  purpose,  the
governments  established  two  international
institutions,   the   Border   Environmental
Cooperation Commission  (BECC)  and the
North   American   Development   Bank
(NADBank),  which manages the  Border
Environmental  Infrastructure Fund (BEIF),
to support the financing and construction of
much need environmental infrastructure.

The  BECC,  with headquarters in  Ciudad
Juarez,  Chihuahua, Mexico, assists  local
communities    and   other   sponsors   in
developing and implementing environmental
infrastructure  projects.    The  BECC also
certifies projects as eligible for NADBank
financing.       The   NADBank,    with
headquarters  in San Antonio,  Texas, is
capitalized in  equal  shares  by the  United
States  and Mexico.   NADBank provides
new  financing  to   supplement  existing
sources of funds and foster the expanded
participation of private capital.

A significant number of residents along the
U.S.-Mexico border area are without basic
services   such  as   potable  water   and
wastewater treatment  and the problem has
become progressively worse in the last few
decades.  Over the  last several years,  EPA
has continued  to work with the U.S.  and
Mexican  Sections   of   the  International
Boundary and  Water Commission to further
efforts to improve  water and wastewater
services to communities within 100 km of
the U.S.-Mexico border.  Recently, EPA has
been involved  in efforts to plan, design and
construct   more   than    10  water   and
wastewater facilities in the border region.

EPA's environmental mandate and expertise
make it uniquely qualified to represent the
nation's  environmental   interests  abroad.
While  the  Department of  State (DOS) is
responsible for the conduct  of overall U.S.
foreign policy, implementation of particular
programs, projects, and agreements is often
the responsibility of other  agencies  with
specific technical expertise  and resources.
Relations between EPA and DOS cut across
several  offices  and/or   bureaus  in  both
organizations.

EPA works extensively with the Office of
the U.S.  Trade Representative (USTR), as
well as the USTR-chaired interagency Trade
Policy Staff Committee  (TPSC)  system, to
ensure that  U.S. trade and environmental
polices are mutually supportive. (The TPSC
system  consists  of  various interagency
workgroups that develop  trade policy for
political  level  review and  decision.)   For
example, through the Agency's participation
in the negotiation  of both regional  and
                                     Appendix - 20

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
bilateral  trade agreements  and the World
Trade Organization Agreements, EPA works
with USTR to ensure that U.S. obligations
under international trade agreements do not
hamper the ability  of  Federal  and  state
governments  to  maintain  high  levels  of
domestic environmental protection.

The  two  agencies  also work together to
ensure that new obligations are  consistent
with U.S. law and EPA's rules, regulations,
and programs.  In addition to the  work with
USTR,  EPA also  cooperates with  many
other Federal agencies in  the  development
and execution  of U.S. trade policy, and in
performing environmental  reviews  of trade
agreements, developing  and implementing
environmental    cooperation   agreements
associated  with   each   new  FTA,   and
developing and implementing the associated
environmental  capacity  building projects.
EPA   works  most  closely   with   the
Department of State, USAID and USTR in
the capacity  building area.   Finally,  the
Agency  also serves as  the co-lead (with
USTR) of the Trade and Environment Policy
Advisory Committee (TEPAC), a formally-
constituted  advisory  body  made  up  of
respected experts from industry, NGOs and
academia.

The Governments of Mexico and  the United
States agreed, in November 1993, to assist
communities on both sides of the border in
coordinating and  carrying out environmental
infrastructure  projects.    The  agreement
between  Mexico  and the United States
furthers the goals  of the  North  American
Free  Trade  Agreement  and  the North
American  Agreement on Environmental
Cooperation.   To   this   purpose,   the
governments  established  two  international
institutions,   the  Border  Environmental
Cooperation Commission (BECC)  and the
North    American   Development   Bank
(NADBank),  which manages  the  Border
Environmental Infrastructure Fund (BEIF),
to support the financing and construction of
much need environmental infrastructure.

The  BECC, with  headquarters in Ciudad
Juarez,  Chihuahua, Mexico, assists  local
communities   and   other   sponsors   in
developing and implementing environmental
infrastructure  projects.   The  BECC  also
certifies projects as eligible for NADBank
financing.       The   NADBank,    with
headquarters  in  San  Antonio,  Texas,  is
capitalized in  equal  shares  by  the  United
States  and Mexico.   NADBank provides
new   financing  to  supplement   existing
sources of funds and foster the expanded
participation of private capital.

A significant number of residents along the
U.S.-Mexico border area are without basic
services   such  as  potable  water  and
wastewater treatment and the problem has
become progressively worse in the last few
decades.  Over the  last several years,  EPA
has continued  to work with the U.S. and
Mexican  Sections  of   the International
Boundary and  Water Commission to further
efforts to improve water and  wastewater
services to communities within 100 km of
the U.S.-Mexico border.

Objective: Ecosystems

National Estuary Program

Effectively    implementing    successful
comprehensive management plans  for the
estuaries  in  the  NEP  depends  on  the
cooperation, involvement, and commitment
of Federal and  state  agency partners that
have   some   role   in  protecting   and/or
managing those estuaries.  Common Federal
partners include  NOAA,  the United States
Fish  and  Wildlife  Service  (USFWS), the
Army  Corps  of Engineers, and  USDA.
Other  partners  include   State  and   local
government agencies, universities, industry,
non-governmental  organizations  (NGO)s,
and members of the public.
                                     Appendix - 21

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
Wetlands

Federal agencies share the goal of increasing
wetlands   functions   and   values,   and
implementing a fair and flexible approach to
wetlands regulations.  In addition, EPA has
committed to working with ACOE to ensure
that  the Clean Water Act Section  404
program    is   more  open,  consistent,
predictable, and based on sound science.

Coastal America

In efforts to better leverage our collaborative
authorities to address coastal communities'
environmental  issues (e.g.,  coastal habitat
losses,    nonpoint    source   pollution,
endangered species,
invasive    species,    etc.),    EPA,    by
memorandum of agreement  in 2002 Multi-
agency   signatories.     November  2002.
Coastal  America  2002  Memorandum  of
Understanding.      Available  online  at
http://www.coastalamerica.gov/text/mou02.
htm

Great Lakes

Pursuant to the mandate in  Section 118 of
the Clean Water Act to "coordinate action of
the Agency with the actions of other Federal
agencies  and state and local authorities..."
Great  Lakes   National  Program  Office
(GLNPO)   is   engaged   in    extensive
coordination efforts with state,  Tribal, and
other Federal agencies, as well  as with our
counterparts in  Canada. EPA and its local,
state,  tribal   and   federal   partners   are
coordinating restoration of the Great Lakes
pursuant  to   a  Great  Lakes  Regional
Collaboration.   EPA  previously joined with
states,  Tribes,  and  Federal  agencies  that
have  stewardship  responsibilities   for  the
Lakes in developing the  new Great Lakes
Strategy.   In  addition to the  eight Great
Lakes States and interested Tribes, partners
include   the  Army  Corps   of Engineers
(Corps),  the  Coast  Guard,   the Fish  and
Wildlife  Service (USFWS), the  U.S. Office
of Geological Survey, the National Oceanic
and  Atmospheric Administration  (NOAA),
and  the Natural Resources Conservation
Service  (NRCS).     The   Strategy  joins
environmental  protection   agencies  with
natural  resource agencies  in  pursuit  of
common goals.  These organizations meet
semi-annually  as  the  Great  Lakes U.S.
Policy Committee to  strategically plan and
prioritize environmental  actions.   GLNPO
monitoring involves extensive coordination
among  these  partners, both in  terms  of
implementing the monitoring program, and
in utilizing results from the monitoring to
manage environmental programs. GLNPO's
sediments program works closely with the
states  and  the  Corps regarding  dredging
issues.  Implementation of the Binational
Toxics    Strategy    involves    extensive
coordination  with  Great   Lakes   States.
GLNPO works  closely with states,  tribes,
FWS,  and  NRCS  in  addressing  habitat
issues  in  the  Great   Lakes.   EPA also
coordinates  with these partners  regarding
development   and   implementation   of
Lakewide Management Plans for each of the
Great Lakes and for Remedial Action Plans
for the 31 U.S./binational Areas of Concern.

Chesapeake Bay

The  Chesapeake Bay Program has a Federal
Agencies  Committee,  chaired  by  EPA,
which  was  formed in  1984 and has met
regularly ever  since.   There are  currently
over 20 different Federal agencies actively
involved with the Bay Program through the
Federal Agencies Committee.  The Federal
agencies have worked  together over the past
decade to  implement  the commitments laid
out  in  the  1994  Agreement  of Federal
Agencies on Ecosystem Management in the
Chesapeake Bay and  the  1998  Federal
Agencies  Chesapeake Ecosystem  Unified
Plan (FACEUP).   The Federal  Agencies
Committee has  been  focusing  on how  its
members  can  help   to  achieve  the  104
commitments contained in  the  Chesapeake
                                     Appendix - 22

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
2000 agreement adopted by the Chesapeake
Bay Program in June 2000.   Through this
interagency  partnership  Federal  agencies
have contributed to some major successes,
such as the  U.S. Forest Service helping to
meet the year  2010 goal to restore 2,010
miles  of riparian forest buffers eight years
early; the National Park Service leading the
effort to establish  over 500  miles  of water
trails three years early; and the U.S. Fish and
Wildlife Service in reaching  the Program's
fish passage goal of reopening 1,357 miles
of formerly  blocked river habitat  in 2004.
Also in 2004, through the Federal Agencies
Committee,  the  members   sought  better
coordination of agency budgets and other
programs to  try  to  leverage maximum
benefit  to the  state, private,  and federal
efforts protect and restore the Bay.

Gulf of Mexico

Key to the continued progress of the Gulf of
Mexico  Program   is   a   broad   multi-
organizational   Gulf states-led partnership
comprised   of  regional;   business  and
industry;  agriculture;   State  and   local
government;  citizens;  environmental  and
fishery  interests;  and,  numerous Federal
departments   and  agencies.    This   Gulf
partnership is comprised of members of the
Gulf  Program's   Policy  Review  Board,
subcommittees,      and      workgroups.
Established  in  1988, the Gulf of Mexico
Program is designed to assist the Gulf states
and stakeholders in developing a  regional,
ecosystem-based framework  for  restoring
and protecting the  Gulf of Mexico through
coordinated  Gulf-wide as well  as priority
area-specific  efforts.    The   Gulf  states
strategically  identify the key  environmental
issues and work at the regional, state, and
local  level  to  define,  recommend,  and
voluntarily  implement   the   supporting
solutions.    To   achieve  the  Program's
environmental   objectives,  the partnership
must target specific Federal, state, local, and
private  programs,  processes,  and  financial
authorities in order to leverage the resources
needed  to  support  state and community
actions.

Objective: Enhance Science and Research

Several Federal  agencies sponsor research
on variability and susceptibility in risks from
exposure  to  environmental  contaminants.
EPA  collaborates with  a number of  the
Institutes within  the National Institutes  of
Health (NTH) and the  Centers for Disease
Control  and  Prevention   (CDC).    For
example,   the   National   Institute    of
Environmental  Health  Sciences  (NIEHS)
conducts   multi-disciplinary   biomedical
research    programs,    prevention    and
intervention  efforts,  and  communication
strategies. The NIEHS program includes an
effort to  study  the effects  of chemicals,
including  pesticides and other  toxics,   on
children. EPA collaborates  with NIEHS in
supporting   the   Centers  for  Children's
Environmental    Health    and   Disease
Prevention, which study whether and how
environmental  factors   play   a   role   in
children's health.

Other   coordination   and   collaborations
include the development of  a joint research
initiative with the  National  Institute  for
Child  Health  and  Human  Development
(NICHD)  and  the  Centers  for Disease
Control and Prevention  to conduct research
and  risk  assessment  for   the   National
Children's Study.

Research  in   ecosystems  protection   is
coordinated  government-wide through  the
Committee  on Environment  and Natural
Resources  (CENR).  EPA  is  an  active
participant in the CENR, and all work in this
objective    is    fully    consistent    and
complementary   with    other  Committee
member  activities.  EPA  researchers  work
within the  CENR  on  the  Environmental
Monitoring   and  Assessment   Program
(EMAP) and  other  ecosystems protection
                                     Appendix - 23

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
research including the restoration of habitats
and species, impacts of landscape change,
invasive   species    and   inventory   and
monitoring programs.

The    Mid-Atlantic   Landscape   Atlas
represents one of the EMAP's first regional-
scale   ecological  assessments,   and   was
developed  in  cooperation  with National
Oceanic  and  Atmospheric  Administration
(NOAA),  US  Fish  and Wildlife Service
(USFWS), the University of  Tennessee, and
the U.S.  Department of Energy's (DOE's)
Oak    Ridge     National     Laboratory.
Development  of   the   Networking   and
Information    Technology   Research   &
Development (NITR) Modeling System is
coordinated  with   the  Army  Corps  of
Engineers   (USAGE),   Department   of
Agriculture, and  DOE. Through interagency
agreements with  the U.S. Geological Survey
(USGS), EPA has worked to  investigate and
develop tools  for  assessing  the impact of
hydrogeology on riparian restoration efforts.
The  collaborative  work with the USGS
continues to play a vital role  in investigating
the impact and fate of atmospheric loadings
of nitrogen and nitrogen applications as part
of restoration technologies on terrestrial and
aquatic ecosystems. All of these efforts have
significant implications for risk management
in watersheds, total maximum  daily load
(TMDL)  implementation, and management
of non-point source pollutants.

The  Agency,  through  partnerships  with
private sector companies, non-profits, other
Federal agencies,  universities, and  states,
including  California EPA,  has  worked to
identify and  control  human  exposure to
methyl- mercury.    EPA has  also  been
working with the Department of Energy and
the U.S. Geological Survey  to address  risk
management issues associated with mercury
emissions from utilities.

EPA's Global  Change Research Program is
coordinated with the Committee on Climate
Change Science and Technology Integration
(CCCSTI).  Through its participation in the
Climate Change Science Program  (CCSP),
the Agency collaborates closely with other
CCSP member agencies (e.g., NOAA, DOE,
NASA, and  NSF),  to  ensure  appropriate
prioritization  and   efficiency,   to  avoid
duplication, and to ensure consistently high
standards of scientific review for all aspects
of supported studies and analyses.

Because the challenges of the computational
toxicology (CT) program are so large, EPA
is  working  with  a  number   of  external
partners in CT research.  Discussions and
collaborative activities are underway with
the following organizations:  1) The Joint
Genome  Institute (expertise   in  genome
sequencing and functional genomics); 2) the
Pacific Northwest National Laboratory - a
leader in the  development of metabonomics
(DOE); 3) the Sandia National Laboratories
-  leader  in the  field  of bioinformatics
(DOE); and  4)  the   National  Institute  of
Environmental  Health  Sciences.     Taken
together, these collaborations  constitute a
significant, critical new partnership between
EPA   and   external   entities.      These
partnerships are designed  to allow EPA to
leverage  its  core   intramural   research
program with the  scientific expertise  of
other agencies.

The  broad  nature  of  the  EDCs  issue
necessitates a coordinated effort on both the
national and  international levels.  EPA has
shown extensive leadership at both levels -
chairing the Committee on Environment and
Natural  Resources   (CENR)   interagency
working group  and  chairing  a  Steering
Group  on  Endocrine  Disrupters under the
auspices of the International Programme on
Chemical       Safety/World       Health
Organization/Organization  for   Economic
Cooperation       and       Development
(IPCS/WHO/OECD).  Due to the complex
nature   of  the   uncertainties  posed  by
endocrine   disrupting    chemicals,   the
                                     Appendix - 24

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
overlapping concerns of Federal  agencies,
and the resource constraints on the Federal
budget, close coordination  and cooperation
among Federal agencies are essential to the
resolution  of critical  research  questions.
While  the CENR provides the umbrella for
this  coordination,  individual  agencies are
responsible for the development of their own
independent research plans.

Homeland Security research is conducted in
collaboration   with   numerous   agencies,
enabling funding to be leveraged  across
multiple programs and producing synergistic
results.  EPA's National Homeland Security
Research Center  (NHSRC) works  closely
with the Department of Homeland Security
(DHS)  to  assure  that  EPA's efforts are
directly  supportive   of DHS  priorities.
Utilizing  experience   gained from  the
management of ORD's STAR program, EPA
is also working with DHS to provide support
and guidance to DHS in the startup of their
University  Centers of Excellence  program.
Recognizing that the  Department of Defense
has  significant   expertise   and  facilities
related to biological and chemical warfare
agents, the NHSRC works  closely with the
Edgewood  Chemical and Biological Center
(ECBC), the Technical  Support  Working
Group,  the Army Corps of Engineers, and
other Department of Defense organizations.
In conducting biological agent research, the
NHSRC is  also  collaborating with  the
Centers for Disease Control and Prevention
(CDC).   The  NHSRC works with  the
Department of Energy  (DOE)  to  access
research conducted  by DOE's  National
Laboratories,  as  well  as  to obtain data
related to radioactive materials.

In addition to these major collaborations, the
NHSRC has  relationships  with numerous
other Federal agencies, including the U.S.
Air Force,  U.S. Navy, the  Food and Drug
Administration, the U.S. Geological Survey,
and the National Institute of Standards and
Technology.  Also, the NHSRC is working
with state  and local emergency response
personnel to  understand  better their needs
and build relationships, which will enable
the quick deployment of NHSRC products.
In  the  water  infrastructure  arena,  the
NHSRC  is  providing information  to the
Water  Information Sharing  and Analysis
Center   (WaterlSAC)   operated  by  the
Association of Metropolitan Water Agencies
(AMWA).

Goal  5-Compliance  and  Environmental
Stewardship

Objective: Improve Compliance

The   Enforcement   and    Compliance
Assurance Program coordinates closely with
the Department of  Justice (DOJ)  on  all
enforcement  matters.    In  addition,  the
program  coordinates with other agencies on
specific environmental issues  as  described
herein.

The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance coordinates with  the  Chemical
Safety and Accident Investigation Board, the
Occupational    Safety    and    Health
Administration,  and  Agency  for  Toxic
Substances   and  Disease  Registry   in
preventing  and  responding  to  accidental
releases and  endangerment situations, with
the Bureau of Indian Affairs on tribal issues
relative to compliance with environmental
laws on  Tribal Lands, and with the Small
Business     Administration     on     the
implementation  of  the  Small  Business
Regulatory   Enforcement  Fairness   Act
(SBREFA).  OECA also shares information
with the  Internal Revenue Service (IRS) on
cases which require defendants to pay civil
penalties, thereby  assisting   the  IRS  in
assuring  compliance  with tax  laws.   In
addition,  it  coordinates  with the  Small
Business Administration  and  a number of
other federal  agencies in implementing the
Business Compliance One-Stop Project, an
"E-Government" project that  is part of the
                                     Appendix - 25

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
President's    Regulatory     Management
Agenda.   The Office  of Enforcement and
Compliance Assurance also works with a
variety  of federal  agencies  including the
Department  of  Labor and  the  Internal
Revenue  Service  to  organize  a Federal
Compliance  Assistance   Roundtable   to
address cross cutting compliance assistance
issues. Coordination also occurs with the
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers on wetlands.

Due to changes in the Food Security Act, the
U.S.  Department  of  Agriculture/Natural
Resources       Conservation      Service
(USDA/NRCS)   has   a  major   role   in
determining whether  areas  on agricultural
lands meet the definition of wetlands and are
therefore regulated  under  the  Clean  Water
Act.  Civil Enforcement  coordinates with
USDA/NRCS on these issues also.   The
program   coordinates   closely  with  the
Department   of   Agriculture   on   the
implementation  of the  Unified National
Strategy for Animal Feedlot Operations.

EPA's   Enforcement   and   Compliance
Assurance  program  also  coordinates with
USDA on food safety issues arising from the
misuse  of  pesticides, and  shares  joint
jurisdiction with Federal Trade Commission
(FTC) on pesticide labeling and advertising.
Coordination also occurs with Customs on
pesticide imports.  EPA and the Food and
Drug   Administration    (FDA)    share
jurisdiction      over      general-purpose
disinfectants  used on  non-critical surfaces
and  some  dental  and medical  equipment
surfaces (e.g., wheelchairs).   The Agency
has   entered  into  a  Memorandum   of
Understanding  with  the  Department   of
Housing     and     Urban    Development
concerning lead poisoning.

The   Criminal    Enforcement   program
coordinates   with   other   federal   law
enforcement  agencies  (i.e.  FBI,  Customs,
U.S. Department of Labor,  U.S.  Treasury,
U.S. Coast Guard, DOJ) and with state and
local law enforcement organizations in the
investigation    and     prosecution    of
environmental crimes. EPA also actively
works with DOJ to establish task forces that
bring together federal, state and  local law
enforcement   organizations   to    address
environmental  crimes.   In  addition,  the
National Enforcement Training Institute has
an   Interagency  Agreement   with  the
Department  of  Treasury   to    provide
specialized criminal environmental training
to  federal,  state,  local, and  tribal  law
enforcement personnel at the Federal Law
Enforcement Training Center  (FLETC) in
Glynco, GA.

Under   Executive  Order 12088,  EPA is
directed  to provide technical assistance to
other Federal agencies to help ensure their
compliance  with all  environmental  laws.
The Federal Facility Enforcement Program
coordinates  with other  Federal  agencies,
states,   local,  and  tribal governments to
ensure compliance by federal agencies with
all environmental laws.

The Office of Enforcement and Compliance
Assurance  collaborates with the states and
tribes.   States perform the vast majority of
inspections, direct  compliance  assistance,
and enforcement actions.  Most EPA statutes
envision a partnership between EPA and the
states under which  EPA develops national
standards  and   policies  and  the  states
implement the  program under  authority
delegated by EPA.  If a state does not seek
approval   of   a  program,  EPA   must
implement  that  program  in   the  state.
Historically, the  level  of  state approvals has
increased as programs  mature   and state
capacity expands, with  many of the key
environmental    programs    approaching
approval in nearly  all  states.   EPA  will
increase its  effort to coordinate with states
on training,  compliance assistance, capacity
building  and  enforcement.   EPA  will
continue to enhance the network of state and
tribal compliance assistance providers.
                                     Appendix - 26

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
EPA  works  directly  with  Canada  and
Mexico  bilaterally and  in  the trilateral
Commission for Environmental Cooperation
(CEC).   EPA's  border  activities  require
close   coordination with  the  Bureau  of
Customs and Border Protection, the Fish and
Wildlife Service, the Department of Justice,
and the States of Arizona, California, New
Mexico, and Texas.

Objective: Build Tribal Capacity

EPA  is involved  in  a broad  range  of
pollution prevention (P2) activities  which
can yield reductions in waste generation and
energy consumption in both the public and
private  sectors.  For   example,  the  EPP
initiative,  which  implements  Executive
Orders  12873  and 13101, promotes  the use
of cleaner products by  Federal  agencies.
This is aimed at stimulating demand for the
development of such products by industry.

This   effort   includes  a   number   of
demonstration projects with other  Federal
Departments  and  Agencies,  such  as the
National  Park  Service   (to   use   Green
Purchasing  as  a  tool  to   achieve  the
sustainability   goals    of   the   parks),
Department   of   Defense    (use    of
environmentally   preferable   construction
materials),  and Defense  Logistics Agency
(identification of  environmental  attributes
for products in its purchasing system). The
program is also  working within EPA to
"green" its own  operations. The program
also works with the National  Institute for
Standards and Technology to develop a life-
cycle   based  decision  support  tool  for
purchasers.

Under the Suppliers'  Partnership  for the
Environment  program  and  its  umbrella
program, the GSN, EPA's P2 Program is
working closely with the National Institute
of  Standards  and  Technology and  its
Manufacturing    Extension    Partnership
Program to provide technical  assistance to
the process  of "greening"  industry supply
chains.  The EPA is also working with the
Department    of    Energy's    Industrial
Technologies  Program  to  provide energy
audits  and  technical  assistance  to these
supply chains.

The   Agency   is   required   to  review
environmental  impact statements  and other
major  actions impacting the  environment
and public health proposed by all federal
agencies, and make recommendations to the
proposing  federal   agency  on   how  to
remedy/mitigate  those  impacts.   Although
EPA is required under § 309  of the Clean
Air Act (CAA) to review and comment on
proposed  federal   actions,   neither  the
National Environmental Policy Act nor §
309 CAA require a federal agency  to modify
its   proposal   to   accommodate  EPA's
concerns.  EPA  does have authority under
these  statutes  to refer major disagreements
with other federal agencies to the Council on
Environmental Quality.  Accordingly, many
of the  beneficial environmental changes or
mitigation that EPA recommends must be
negotiated with  the  other  federal  agency.
The majority of the actions EPA reviews are
proposed by the Forest Service, Department
of   Transportation   (including    Federal
Highway   Administration   and    Federal
Aviation Administration), Army  Corps of
Engineers,  Department  of   the   Interior
(including Bureau of  Land  Management,
Minerals Management Service and National
Park   Service),   Department   of  Energy
(including Federal Regulatory Commission),
and Department of Defense

EPA  and the Department  of Interior are
coordinating    an   Interagency    Tribal
Information    Steering   Committee  that
includes  the   Bureau   of  Reclamation,
Department  of   Energy,   Department  of
Housing and  Urban  Development,  U.S.
Geological  Survey,   Federal   Geographic
Data Committee, Bureau of Indian  Affairs,
Indian Health Service,  Department of the
                                     Appendix - 27

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
Treasury, and Department of Justice.  This
Interagency effort is aimed to coordinate the
exchange of selected sets of environmental,
resource,  and  programmatic  information
pertaining to Indian Country among Federal
agencies  in  a   "dynamic"   information
management system that is continuously and
automatically updated and refreshed, to be
shared equally among  partners and  other
constituents.

Under a two-party interagency  agreement,
EPA  works  extensively with the Indian
Health Service to cooperatively address  the
drinking water and wastewater infrastructure
needs of Indian tribes.  EPA is  developing
protocols  with the Indian  Health  Service
Sanitation Facilities  Construction  Program
for integration of databases of  the  two
agencies, within the framework of the Tribal
Enterprise Architecture.

EPA has organized a Tribal Data Working
Group under the  Federal Geographic Data
Committee, and, along with BIA, is the  co-
chair  of this  group.  EPA will play a lead
role in establishing common geographic data
and metadata standards for Tribal data, and
in establishing protocols for exchange of
information among Federal, non-Federal and
Tribal cooperating partners.

EPA  is  developing  protocols with   the
Bureau  of Reclamation, Native American
Program, for integration of databases of the
two agencies, within the framework of the
Tribal Enterprise Architecture. EPA is also
developing agreements to share information
with the Alaska District, U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers.

Objective: Enhance Science and Research

The forensic  program works with the state,
local and tribal agencies, providing technical
assistance,  and  on-site  investigation  and
inspection  activities  in  support  of  the
Agency's civil program.  The program also
coordinates with the Department of Justice
and  other  federal,  state  and  local  law
enforcement  organizations  in  support  of
criminal investigations.

As part of its pollution prevention research,
EPA joined with USD A, DOC, DOD, DOE,
NASA, NUTs National Institute of  General
Medical  Sciences (NIGMS), and NSF on a
metabolic engineering research solicitation.
EPA  is  also  coordinating  with  DOD's
Strategic  Environmental  Research   and
Development  Program  (SERDP)  in   an
ongoing partnership, especially in the areas
of  pollution   prevention  research   and
incorporation of materials lifecycle  analysis
into the manufacturing process for weapons
and military  equipment.   The agency has
also  made  contact with USD A regarding
lifecycle   analysis  of   biologically-  and
genetically-altered products.  EPA  and  the
Army  Corps  of  Engineers will address  the
costs   and  benefits  associated  with new
engineering  projects  and  technologies  in
order to respond to the economic impacts of
environmental innovation.

EPA  co-funds  performance  evaluation  of
ballast water  treatment  technologies  and
mercury   continuous   emission  monitors
through memoranda of agreement with  the
Coast Guard and the State of Massachusetts.
The  agency  also  coordinates  technology
verifications  with NOAA (multiparameter
water  quality   probes);  DOE  (mercury
continuous        emission       monitors);
DOD (explosives monitors, PCB detectors,
dust    suppressants);    USDA   (ambient
ammonia    monitors);    Alaska     and
Pennsylvania (arsenic   removal);  Georgia,
Kentucky,   and   Michigan (storm   water
treatment);  and  Colorado  and New  York
(waste-to-energy             technologies).
                                     Appendix - 28

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
             COORDINATION WITH OTHER AGENCIES

                         ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office  of  the  Chief Financial  Officer
(OCFO)

EPA will develop and issue guidance for
executive agencies to use when purchasing
goods and services in response to Executive
Order  13101  to  show a  preference  for
"environmentally  preferable"  products and
services.

To   achieve  its  mission,  OCFO  has
undertaken specific coordination efforts with
Federal  and  state agencies and departments
through  two  separate  vehicles:  1) the
National     Academy      of     Public
Administration's Consortium on Improving
Government   Performance;   2)   active
contributions  to   standing  interagency
management   committees,   including  the
Chief Financial  Officers Council  and the
Federal  Financial Managers' Council. These
groups are focused on improving resources
management and accountability throughout
the   Federal  government.   OCFO   also
coordinates appropriately with Congress and
other Federal agencies, such as Department
of  Treasury,  Office  of Management  of
Budget, and the General Accounting Office.

Office  of   Environmental  Information
(OEI)
EPA works with its state partners under the
State/EPA    Information    Management
Workgroup  and  the  Network  Steering
Board.  This workgroup has created action
teams to jointly  develop  key information
projects.   Action  teams  consist  of EPA,
state,   and  Tribal   members.  They  are
structured to result in consensus solutions to
information management issues which affect
states,  tribes,   and  EPA,  such  as  the
development and use of environmental data
standards,  and  implementation  of  new
technologies for  collecting  and reporting
information.

EPA   also   participates   in   multiple
workgroups with  other  Federal  agencies
including  the  United  States  Geological
Survey (USGS), Federal  Geographic Data
Committee  (FGDC),  and  CIO  Council
(http ://www. cio.gov/).    The  Agency  is
actively involved with several agencies in
developing government-wide e-government
reforms,  and  continues to participate with
the  Office  of  Homeland  Security   and
national  security  agencies  on  homeland
security.  These  multi-agency  workgroups
are   designed   to   ensure    consistent
implementation    of    standards     and
technologies  across  Federal  agencies  in
order to support efficient data sharing.

EPA will continue to coordinate with  key
Federal data sharing partners including the
USGS, Bureau of Indian  Affairs, and  the
Fish and Wildlife  Service as well as state
and local data sharing partners in  public
access information initiatives. With respect
to    community-based     environmental
programs,  EPA  coordinates  with  state,
Tribal,   and   local  agencies,  and  with
non-governmental  organizations, to  design
and implement specific projects.

The nature and degree of EPA's interaction
with other entities varies widely, depending
on  the   nature  of  the  project  and  the
location(s) in which it is implemented. EPA
is working closely with the FGDC and the
USGS  to  develop   and  implement  the
infrastructure for national  spatial data. EPA
is coordinating its program with other state
                                     Appendix - 29

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
and  Federal  organizations,  including  the
Council for Environmental Quality and the
Environmental Council  of States, to insure
that  the appropriate context  is represented
for  observed  environmental  and human
health conditions.

EPA will  continue to coordinate with other
Federal agencies on  IT infrastructure and
security  issues  by  participating  on  the
Federal CIO  Council.  For example, EPA
(along   with  the  Department  of Labor)
recently co-chaired a Federal  government
committee on security.  EPA will continue
to   participate   on  the   CIO   Council
committees on  security,  capital planning,
workforce  development,  interoperability,
and  e-Gov, and will  engage with  other
Federal    agencies   in   ensuring    the
infrastructure for homeland security.

EPA is a  leader in  many areas,  such  as E-
dockets.  EPA has a modern well-supported
system that can host other Agencies' docket
systems, thereby reducing their  costs  to
develop or deploy such a system.  EPA will
also  continue  to  coordinate  with  state
agencies on IT  infrastructure and  security
issues  through  state organizations  such  as
the   National    Association   of   State
Information Resources  Executives.     In
addition,  EPA,  along with  other  Federal
agencies, is involved in the OMB led e-Gov
initiatives.  As  part  of  this  effort,  EPA,
OMB,  the Department  of Transportation,
and  ten   other  Federal   agencies   are
examining  the   expansion   of  EPA's
Regulatory  Public   Access   System,   a
consolidated  on-line  rule-making   docket
system providing a single point of access for
all Federal rules. EPA is also coordinating
efforts  with  the  National  Archives  and
Records  Administration   on an  e-records
initiative. This effort is aimed at establishing
uniform   procedures,  requirements,  and
standards  for electronic  record keeping  of
Federal e-Gov records.

Office of the Inspector General (OIG)

The EPA Inspector General  is  a member of
the President's  Council   on Integrity  and
Efficiency    (PCIE),    an    organization
comprised  of Federal Inspectors General
(IG).   The PCIE coordinates and improves
the   way   IGs   conduct   audits   and
investigations, and  completes  projects  of
government-wide interest.  The EPA IG
chairs    the    PCIE's    Environmental
Consortium, GPRA Roundtable, and Human
Resources  Committee.    The  Consortium,
which  seeks  effective solutions  to cross-
cutting   environmental  issues,  currently
includes representatives from  19  executive
agencies and GAO.   The  OIG  Computer
Crimes Unit coordinates activities with other
law  enforcement  organizations that have
computer crimes units such as the  Federal
Bureau of Investigation, the Secret Service,
and the Department of Justice.  In addition,
the OIG  participates  with various inter-
governmental  audit  forums,  professional
associations, and other cross-governmental
forums to exchange  information, share best
practices, and directly collaborative efforts.
                                     Appendix - 30

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                MAJOR MANAGEMENT CHALLENGES
EPA continues to strengthen its management
practices to achieve  results  and maintain
public confidence.  In FY 2004, for the third
consecutive year, EPA reported no material
weaknesses  under  the Federal  Managers
Financial Integrity Act (FMFIA).   During
the year, the Agency resolved three of its
less  severe, internal  Agency weaknesses,
which are reportable  conditions that merit
the attention of the Administrator.

OMB continues  to recognize  EPA's efforts
to   maintain    effective   and   efficient
management controls.   Since June 2003, the
Agency has maintained  its  "green" status
score for Improved Financial Performance
under the President's  Management Agenda
(PMA).  Following are discussions of the
Agency's management challenges and the
progress made in addressing them.

Challenges in Addressing the Air  Toxics
Regulatory Program Goals

Challenge:   While EPA  has achieved its
Phase I goal of issuing  technology-based
standards, there are concerns about EPA 's
efforts to  assess and  implement Phase 2,
residual risk  standards,  as  well  as the
accuracy  of  air   toxics  data  used  in
measuring progress.

Agency Response:  Since the  passage of the
Clean Air Act (CAA) Amendments of 1990,
the Agency has worked  to  target  its Air
Toxics Program resources to  sources with
the  greatest  emissions  and   risks.   The
Agency completed  a  key provision of the
CAA that addresses major stationary  sources
of  air  toxics  by  issuing  96  Maximum
Achievable  Control  Technology (MACT)
standards  that  apply  to 174   industrial
categories.   This effort resulted in annual
reductions of  1.5 million tons of toxic  air
emissions and  will  achieve even  greater
reductions by 2007, when all sources must
fully comply.   Although the  Agency has
made  great  progress,  it  must  prioritize
resources  in order to fully  implement the
remaining CAA requirements and maximize
risk  reduction.   To date, the  Agency has
completed 15 area source standards  and is
developing standards  for  an additional 25
area   source  categories,   projected  for
completion in 2008. Once completed, these
40  standards will  address  well  over 90
percent of the toxicity-weighted emissions
from area sources.  EPA recently proposed
its first residual risk standard for coke ovens
and  is  developing  rules  for  seven  other
industrial categories.  EPA will continue to
develop  tools   for   risk  screening  and
assessment  and  to  train   states,   local
agencies,  and tribes  in  implementing the
Residual Risk Program effectively. To track
progress and ensure measurable reductions
in air toxics, EPA is improving its air toxics
monitoring network and  is continuing to
update the toxics inventory and  exposure
and risk estimates through the National Air
Toxics Assessment every 3 years.

Rather than expending resources now on the
last  30  area  source  categories,   which
represent only 10 percent of the area  source
toxicity-weighted emissions,  EPA's strategy
is first to address o  pportunities for more
significant   toxic   emission   reductions.
Communities with numerous sources of air
toxics   may  experience  disproportionate
risks. Because communities may be able to
reduce some toxic sources more quickly and
effectively  through local  initiatives than
through  national  regulations,  the   CAA
requires  that the  Area  Source  Program
include a community support  component.
EPA has been providing funding, tools, and
training to communities and tribes to address
                                     Appendix - 31

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
their  unique air toxic  issues.   EPA  has
aggressively   addressed  mobile   sources
through   reformulated   gasoline,   engine
standards, and  other  regulatory efforts, as
well as through a voluntary diesel retrofit
program.  Based on 1990 levels, we expect a
90 percent reduction in diesel emissions and
a  60  percent  reduction  in other mobile
source air toxics by 2020.

EPA has  developed and is implementing a
comprehensive  strategy  for  achieving toxic
risk reductions  and intends to work with its
authorization and appropriations committees
on these issues.  EPA  will also adjust its
strategy   as  necessary  to  reflect  legal
constraints  and  maximize  air toxic   risk
reductions.

Recent Accomplishments:
   •   Developed the   Human  Exposure
       Model  as  a  tool to  improve  the
       quality of risk predictions for major
       point sources of air toxics.
   •   Developed the Total  Risk Integrated
       Methodology to aid in multi-pathway
       risk characterizations.
   •   Revised   air   toxics  performance
       measures  to   report  reductions  in
       toxi city-weighted    emissions    of
       hazardous  air   pollutants,   more
       clearly linking program performance
       to environmental outcomes.

Plans for Further Improvements:
   •   Develop an innovative  approach to
       assess low-risk facilities quickly and
       exempt them from future regulations.
   •   Develop an innovative  approach to
       assess impacts from  entire facilities,
       thus   addressing  together  several
       source categories.
   •   Continue to improve the quality and
       timeliness  of air toxic  emissions
       inventories  using   the   National
       Emission  Inventory to estimate the
       tons of emissions reduced.
    •  Develop an  air  toxics  monitoring
       network to supplement the "toxicity-
       weighted emissions" measure of risk
       reduction progress.

Reduce the Backlog of National Pollutant
Discharge Elimination  System (NPDES)
Permits1

Challenge:      OIG  is   assessing   the
environmental   impact  of  the   NPDES
backlog,  how  well  the  backlog measures
reflect environmental  impacts  of delayed
permit reissuance  or  issuance, and  how
successful  EPA and states have  been in
managing the backlog.

Agency  Response:   The  NPDES permit
backlog  was  identified   as   a   material
weakness,  via  the FMFIA  process, in FY
1998 and reduced to an Agency weakness in
FY 2002.  Based on November 1998 Permit
Compliance  System (PCS)  data,   only 74
percent  of  expired  permits  for major
facilities and 52 percent  of expired permits
for minor facilities had been reissued in  a
timely manner.  Expired  NPDES permits
may not reflect the  most recent applicable
effluent limitations guidelines, water quality
standards, or Total Maximum Daily Loads.
Without  timely issuance  of high  quality
permits  reflecting  changed  requirements,
necessary  improvements  in water  quality
will be delayed.

EPA has  made good progress in reducing
the permitting  backlog and has accelerated
efforts to complete  remaining actions  and
validate success. At the end of FY 2004, 85
percent  of  major  facilities had  current
permits and  87 percent  of minor facilities
were covered  by  current  permits (in  FY
1998 the  percentages  were 74  and  52,
respectively).      Issuing   major   permits
1 U.S. EPA, Office of Water, National Pollutant Discharge
Elimination System (NPDES), Backlog Reduction.
Available at
http://cfpub.epa.gov/npdes/permitissuance/backlog.cfm.
                                     Appendix - 32

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
continues to  present  challenges  due to
competing  priorities  and  the  increasing
complexity of permitting  in  a watershed
context.  The Permitting for Environmental
Results  initiative,  designed  to focus  on
permits  expected  to  produce  the  most
significant environmental results, is helping
to address these challenges. An increasing
number of states are  issuing permits on a
watershed  basis  and  incorporating  other
innovative techniques, such as water quality
trading, to address the NPDES backlog and
reduce  or  eliminate  discharges   into the
Nation's waters.    As EPA continues to
implement  the  revised  combined animal
feeding operations regulation, and  focus on
the   most   environmentally    significant
permits, reductions in pollutant loadings are
expected to increase.

In FY 2005,  the Agency  will validate the
effectiveness   of  the  backlog  reduction
strategy  through  data analysis, using  data
systems and new oversight tools to provide
quarterly monitoring of permit  status and
trends in related aspects of water programs.

Recent Accomplishments:
   •   Developed and began implementing
       (in   2003)   the    Permitting  for
       Environmental   Results   (PERS)
       initiative  to  focus  scarce permit
       writing resources on environmentally
       significant   permits, improve  the
       quality of national  data on permit
       issuance, and reduce the backlog of
       NPDES permits.   Over the past  5
       years,  state  and regional efforts to
       implement EPA's   permit  issuance
       strategy have  significantly reduced
       the permit backlog.
   •   Worked  with  states  to  develop
       permit  issuance plans that focus on
       environmentally significant permits
       and ensure  that the core  NPDES
       permit program is implemented.
   •   Improved  efficiency by developing
       tools  to  streamline  the  NPDES
       permitting process (i.e., encouraging
       states to use  general  permits  and
       automating  the   permit   writing
       process).
   •   Developed  and demonstrated an E-
       NPDES  tool  to  generate  higher
       quality permits and reduce errors in
       developing   water   quality-based
       effluent limits in permits.

Plans for Further Improvements:
   •   Work with 40 states to modernize the
       Agency's    Permit    Compliance
       System  (PCS) to be  more user-
       friendly and provide states and EPA
       with better program data.
   •   Continue to conduct NPDES Permit
       Writers'  courses  for  regions  and
       states  to  promote  awareness  of
       regulatory requirements.
   •   Develop  state  profiles  that identify
       the strengths and innovations of each
       State  program that can  be shared
       with other States,  as well as needed
       program  enhancements  that   will
       improve the quality and/or integrity
       of the State's NPDES program.
   •   Conduct   additional   data   quality
       assurance  reviews  to   eliminate
       incorrect and outdated records from
       PCS and increase the percentage of
       permit records with locational data,
       thus   allowing   EPA    to   better
       characterize   the   environmental
       impact of backlog.

Management of Biosolids

Challenge:   Although  EPA  is directing
renewed attention  to  biosolids, the Agency
needs  to  strengthen  the  science,   and
establish strong enforcement  to meet the
CWA   requirements  to  reduce  risks  and
ensure biosolids are managed in compliance
with all applicable laws and requirements.

Agency Response: OIG is  concerned that
"biosolids" will pose  a potential risk until
                                     Appendix - 33

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
the Agency  can adequately implement a
national biosolids  program  and obtain  the
scientific  information  it  needs  to  make
informed decisions about biosolids.  EPA
continues  to  meet its  statutory obligations
under the  CWA pertaining to biosolids  (40
CFR Part 503) as well as maintain an active
presence  in  biosolids   compliance  and
enforcement activities.   To  prevent risk to
human  health  and  the  environment,  the
Agency is addressing  concerns about  the
adequacy   of  the   sewage  sludge  rule,
expanding  biosolids-related research,  and
actively addressing biosolids violations and
proper land-application.

EPA's   enforcement    and   compliance
activities  are  tracked  in  the  Integrated
Compliance  Information  System   (ICIS)
database and include  enforcement actions
also  entered  into   the   CWA  Permit
Compliance  System  (PCS).    The  ICIS
database reports for FY 1995-2003, include
over 500 federal enforcement actions  taken
to address  violations of Part  503,  sewage
sludge standards. In December 2003, EPA
published   a   Federal   Register   notice
presenting  14 activities the Agency expects
to begin or complete  within the next  2-3
years to strengthen the sewage sludge  use
and disposal program (see highlights below
for examples)

To assist states and regions in their oversight
of the biosolids program, the  Agency has,
either in place  or in development, tools to
assist   and  promote   compliance  with
biosolids regulatory requirements (e.g.,  on-
line training which includes a  segment on
conducting sewage  sludge inspection).   In
the compliance monitoring and compliance
assistance  areas, a number of  activities  are
completed  or are  ongoing  to respond  to
concerns raised by the OIG. The ICIS/PCS
database includes  494  regional and state
biosolids inspections for  FY  2000 to  FY
2003,  which   demonstrates  a  significant
inspection presence.  A number of states are
not covered by the ICIS/PCS information for
biosolids inspections, so the actual  number
of  biosolids  inspections  is  likely  even
greater.  Part  of the PCS Modernization
effort is to  include  data entry from  more
states in the system.

Recent Accomplishments:
    •   Produced Clean Water Act / NPDES
       Computer-Based Inspector Training
       which   includes  a  segment  on
       conducting     Sewage     Sludge
       (Biosolids) inspections.
    •   As part  of the PCS modernization, a
       separate workgroup (including both
       states and EPA) was  devoted to
       defining  the  data   needs   of  the
       biosolids program.  The roll out of
       the modernized PCS, which includes
       standardized  data elements  for  use
       by the  states, will  be staged over
       several   years,  with   the   initial
       availability for direct user states and
       follow-on availability  for   indirect
       user  states  who will  batch  load
       information to the system.
    •   Publication in the Federal Register,
       at 68 FR 75531, of the  14  -  point
       action plan which includes: biennial
       review of the Part 503 Standards for
       the   potential   addition   of  new
       pollutants; field  studies on the land
       application of  sewage sludge; and
       development  of improved analytical
       methods for  the quantification of
       microbial   pollutants  in   sewage
       sludge.  The other parts of the action
       plan  can be  found  in the  Federal
       Register.

Plans for Further Improvements:
    •   EPA  plans  to  monitor  scientific
       findings  in this area and  will  re-
       evaluate    its   compliance   and
       enforcement approach as needed.

Superfund    Evaluation    and   Policy
Identification
                                     Appendix - 34

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
Challenge:    OIG  believes  EPA faces
significant challenges in its ability to meet
effectively  current  and future Superfund
needs and must  establish a strong working
relationship between states  and tribes  in
order to achieve its environmental goals.

Agency Response:   In an April 21, 2004
memorandum  on EPA 's Key Management
Challenges,  OIG  stated  that  EPA  faces
significant  challenges  in  managing  the
Superfund program now and in the future.
EPA  acknowledges its  fiscal  and  program
management challenges, some of which are
beyond   the  Agency's  control,   and  is
working  to  address them.   The Superfund
program   is  inherently  complicated  and
complex, dealing with cleanup requirements
that   have  been  changing  almost  since
inception  24 years ago.  However, despite
the program's complexity and its unique
administrative  structure, it  has made and
continues to make significant progress  in
cleaning  up Superfund sites and  reducing
risks to human health and the environment.

Subject to the same budget constraints as are
other federal programs, Superfund program
for the past 2 years has been unable to fully
fund  all  of the sites  in  the  queue  for
construction.    Although  the  President
requested a $150 million budget increase in
FY   2004  and  2005   to  begin   new
construction projects at sites throughout the
country  the increase was not  funded by
Congress in either year. Also, over the past
10 years EPA Superfund appropriation has
remained  level, (roughly between  $1.1 and
$1.4  billion  per year)  while costs have
increased.    To  promote  program  cost-
effectiveness,  the  Agency  has  initiated
several  efforts, including prioritizing  sites
for listing on the National  Priorities List
(NPL), reviewing remedy options  for  sites
over  $30  million,   and   establishing   a
nationwide  priority   setting  process  for
remedial action.   The  Superfund  Pipeline
Management Review ensures that Superfund
resources  are  distributed  throughout  the
Superfund "pipeline" to optimize results:  a
panel reviews risks  and other factors and
alternatives and sets  site priorities for NPL
listing and construction funding.

While the OIG suggested that EPA needs to
determine  potential  future financial  and
environmental liability  from possible  new
sites, the Agency  does not  maintain  an
inventory of sites that have not yet entered
the Superfund program.  Likewise, it keeps
no  inventory  of companies with  financial
problems    that     might     also    have
environmental   liabilities.       Extensive
research is required  to  identify  potentially
responsible  parties  or  other  sources  to
finance  site   cleanups.    Through EPA's
Environmental Financial Advisory Board,
the Agency has undertaken  a major effort to
better   understand   financial   assurance
mechanisms and how they might be applied
in waste management programs.

OIG recognizes that the fundamental pieces
of the tribal program already exist, and that
EPA has made significant efforts to enhance
the role of tribes in the  Superfund program.
OIG  states that the  Agency's three major
initiatives since 1998 have produced  some
positive results and lessons that have been
incorporated   into  the   Agency's  current
strategy for managing the role of tribes.  The
Agency will  continue  to  coordinate with
tribes and  EPA regions  to  complete  the
remaining key actions of the strategy.

Recent Accomplishments:
    •  Initiated and  completed an internal
       review of  the  Superfund  Program
       (120   Day   Study)   to   identify
       opportunities      for      program
       efficiencies that would enable  the
       Agency to  begin  and  ultimately
       complete  remedial   actions  with
       current resources.
                                     Appendix - 35

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
   •   Completed   data  collection   and
       analysis    on   hazardous    sites
       impacting Indian country.
   •   Established the EPA tribal forum to
       work   collaboratively   on   issues
       involving tribes.
   •   Worked  through  the  FY   2005
       planning process to identify regional
       resource needs related to cleanup of
       contaminated sites.
   •   Worked to  increase oversight of the
       Tribal  Association on  Solid  Waste
       and      Emergency       Response
       (TASWER) cooperative agreement,
       in  accordance with commitments to
       OIG.

Plans for Further  Improvements:
   •   Continue  work  with  the regions to
       allocate  resources  and   maximize
       results.
   •   Finalize an  OSWER Tribal Strategy
       that  will   require  completing the
       Superfund   Tribal   Strategy   and
       implementation plan.
   •   Review,   implement,  and   track
       progress  of recommendations from
       the 120-Day Study on Superfund to
       identify opportunities for program
       efficiency.

Information System Security

Challenge:  Due to the dynamic  nature of
information security, EPA needs to continue
its  emphasis  and  vigilance  on   strong
information security.

Agency Response:   OIG  believes  EPA
needs  to   take  additional  actions   (e.g.,
systematic  monitoring   and   evaluation
programs,    implementation   of   training
programs)  to  protect its  information and
systems.   While the Agency agrees  that it
needs to continue its emphasis and vigilance
on   strong   information   security,   EPA
believes   it has  addressed  the  specific
management   control  issues  related  to
information systems security.  In FY 2001,
EPA acknowledged this topic as an Agency
weakness  under  FMFIA.    The  Agency
completed  the   corrective  actions   and
validated   the    effectiveness    of   its
comprehensive strategy  to  systematically
address security  related deficiencies in FY
2002.

EPA continues to improve the management
and  oversight of the  Agency information
security  program  and  has  successfully
demonstrated a high level of security for its
information  resources and  environmental
data.    In  FY  2004,  EPA  established
management   controls to  ensure   that  it
collects data  of sufficient quality to verify
Agency-wide   implementation   of   the
program;  information  security  staff  is
adequately  trained; and  security practices
are in place throughout the entire life cycle
of information systems.  Additionally, for
the first time,  EPA earned  a  "green" status
score under PMA for E-Government for its
information  security  management  controls
and  processes that  are  in  place  at  the
Agency.

Recent Accomplishments:
   •   Established  and   implemented   a
       testing and  evaluation  process  to
       develop information  sufficient  to
       verify the  effectiveness of Agency-
       wide Information  Security Program
       implementation.
   •   Developed       and       ensured
       implementation   of   a   training
       program   to   provide information
       security training to  EPA  employees
       with significant information security
       responsibilities.
   •   Established policy and management
       framework to  support development
       and testing of up-to-date contingency
       plans   for   Agency  information
       systems.
                                     Appendix - 36

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
Plans for Further Improvements:
    •   Continue  to  verify  Agency-wide
       implementation.
    •   Ensure incorporation of information
       security  into  Agency  information
       system life cycle.
    •   Review   Agency   systems    for
       conformance      to      security
       requirements of revised System Life
       Cycle  Policy  through the  Capital
       Planning  and  Investment Control
       (CPIC) process.
    •   Continue to  require systems without
       up-to-date tested  contingency  plans
       to submit milestones to be tracked in
       the   Agency's   central   POA&M
       project management system.

Information   Resources   Management
(IRM) and Data Quality

Challenge:    EPA  faces  a  number  of
challenges    (e.g.,    implementing    data
standards   to  facilitate  data   sharing;
establishing quality assurance practices to
improve  the   reliability,  accuracy,   and
scientific basis of environmental data) with
the data it uses  to  make decisions and
monitor  progress  against environmental
goals.

Agency  Response:     EPA  has   made
significant  progress in addressing its data
management  challenges.    The Agency
acknowledged Laboratory Quality Systems
Practices and  Data Management Practice?,
as Agency weaknesses under FMFIA in FY
2001   and   has made  great  progress  in
addressing these issues over the past several
years.   EPA  has  addressed all  corrective
actions  related  to  Laboratory Quality
Systems Practices and is currently validating
the approach and newly established controls
put  in  place  to  address   the   Data
Management Practice?, issue.

EPA continues to improve data management
and use by planning and providing tools for
sharing data  effectively,  integrating  data,
and identifying key data gaps. EPA has also
implemented improvements to assure that
environmental data  used to support EPA's
decisions are of documented quality.  In FY
2004, EPA developed guidance on the use of
administrative control designations to  help
staff recognize the type of information that
must   be  protected   from   unauthorized
disclosures.       To   further    improve
environmental information management, the
Agency  will  focus  on  developing  and
implementing appropriate data management
policies and procedures and creating  a plan
for addressing data gaps.

Recent Accomplishments:
   •   Completed version 1.0 of the Agency
       Enterprise  Architecture  (EA),  of
       which  the   data  architecture  is  a
       component.
   •   Developed   a   policy   and  is
       implementing procedures to support
       the   development  of  a  metadata
       management  program  within the
       Agency that requires the Agency's
       data to be sufficiently documented.
   •   Established   the   technical    and
       business  guidelines for the use of
       standard data elements.2
   •   Launched     the     Environmental
       Indicators Initiative, which carries
       out the first  objective under Goal 1
       of the EPA Strategic Information
       Plan  (i.e., the  need to identify key
       data gaps and for the Agency to fill
       the gaps).
   •   Completed   the   EPA   Strategic
       Information Plan:  A Framework for
       the Future.

Plans for Further Improvements:
•      Develop  a  process  for  identifying
       key data gaps.
•      Facilitate further  discussion within
       the   Agency  and   with  Federal
2 U.S. EPA, Business rules for the use of standard data
elements in the EDR. Available at
http://oaspub.epa. gov/edr/epastd$. startup .
                                     Appendix - 37

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
       partners on the data gaps  identified
       in   the  Draft   Report   on  the
       Environment 2003. 3
       Work with states and tribes to further
       expand the National  Environmental
       Information  Exchange  Network to
       streamline  reporting and  improve
       data sharing.
       Develop an executive-summary-level
       report to validate the completion of
       each corrective action.
Human
Capital
Strategy
Implementation/Employee Competencies

Challenge:  While EPA is making progress
on human capital efforts, it must continue
developing and implementing  its Human
Capital Strategy and focus on accountability
and   better  communication  of planned
strategies.

Agency  Response:     OMB   and  OIG
acknowledge the Agency has made progress
in the area of human capital. In FY 2004,
EPA   achieved  "green"   progress   and
"yellow"  status  scores  for  successfully
implementing the human capital  component
of the PMA.  However, EPA continues to
face  significant challenges in maintaining a
workforce with the highly specialized skills
and knowledge required to  accomplish its
work.  For example, retirement  projections
for FY 2004 through FY 2007 indicate that
27 percent of the EPA workforce will be
eligible  to  retire  within the  next 5  years,
including  26   percent  of  the   scientific-
technical workforce and 54  percent of the
Senior Executive  Service. EPA  is working
to  develop  a   systematic   approach  to
workforce planning, based on reliable and
valid  workforce   data   that ensures  the
Agency can  continue  to fulfill  its legal,
regulatory, and fiduciary responsibilities.
3 U.S. EPA, EPA Draft Report on the Environment 2003
(EPA-260-R-02-006). Available at
http://www.epa.gov/indicators/roe/index.htm
To ensure that the Agency's Human Capital
activities support the agency mission and are
in  compliance  with  the  merit  system
principles, the Agency completed a Human
Capital   Strategy  (HCS)  and  created  a
National Human Capital Strategy Office.
The HCS is designed around four key areas:
Strategic Alignment, Program Effectiveness,
Operational  Efficiency,  and  Measures of
Legal Compliance.   Additionally, in FY
2004  the Agency  began  documenting the
relationship between every employee's work
and the  Agency's  strategic goals to fulfill
Agency  commitment  to  the  Office  of
Personnel Management (OPM)  and OMB.

EPA has taken the crucial steps in the areas
of    workforce    planning    and   staff
development,  with  particular  emphasis on
management development.  EPA continues
to invest in the development of its workforce
with the implementation of the Workforce
Development    Strategy    (WDS),    a
comprehensive  set   of   developmental
programs.  The  WDS is designed to link
needed   competencies  to  mission  needs,
along core business lines,  and aligns with
the  core competencies identified by  OPM
for   senior  executives.    EPA  offers  a
developmental program that addresses the
needs of all employees from administrative
personnel to executive staff.

Recent Accomplishments:
   •  Upgraded  PeopleSoft  to  the  web-
      enabled version and implemented the
      automated time-keeping and payroll
      processes.
   •  Completed  the  advertisement  and
      screening of EPA's seventh Intern
      Program  class.    Via   this  highly
      successful program, EPA is poised to
      hire up to  25  new candidates this
      year  to infuse  new talent into the
      Agency.  Over the past 6 years, EPA
      has hired 191 highly  qualified and
      diverse interns.
                                     Appendix - 38

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
•  Conducted a human resources (HR)
   assessment  for  Headquarters  HR
   professionals  to  identify   current
   skill/competency requirements  and
   determine    existing    proficiency
   levels.  This was a first step towards
   implementing the HR  Certification
   Program and training that will focus
   on    current    skill   gaps    and
   development needed to  support the
   changing role of HR professionals.
•  Reorganized  the  human resources
   program and created the "National
   Human  Capital  Strategy  Office."
   The new office is  responsible for
   implementation   of  the  Agency's
   Human Capital  Strategy.
•  Provided    on-going      learning
   opportunities    and   just-in-time
   training to all EPA employees.  Go-
   Learn    on-line    courses    allow
   employees to focus on the specific
   developmental    skills    in    an
   environment and at a pace best suited
   for their learning needs.
•  Facilitated  a  two-day   leadership
   workshop   for  EPA    employees
   interested  in  pursuing  a  formal
   leadership role  in the Agency.   The
   course  includes  an  advanced  360
   assessment  tool,  information   on
   various leadership roles available in
   the Agency,  and tools  and tips on
   enhancing critical leadership skills.
•  Implemented     five     Mid-level
   Development workshops  that focus
   on  the  core  competency  groups
   necessary  for  success  in  a work
   environment.   The workshops are
   designed to help employees  be more
   creative in their approach to working
   with  others,  projects, process,  and
   change,   while   enhancing   their
   professional results.
•  Continued to offer  a four  (4)  day
   supervisory training program to new
   and   existing    supervisors    and
       managers.   This  course  focuses  on
       the   critical   non-technical   skill
       development     necessary     for
       successfully  partnering  with  their
       employees.  Employees take part in
       hands   on  exercises   relating  to
       diversity,   self-awareness,   conflict
       management,   coaching,    human
       resources, and other areas.
    •  Completed  a  strategic  workforce
       analysis of workforce requirements
       at the macro, Agency, level.
    •  Launched     an      Agency-wide
       succession management strategy.

Plans for Further Improvements:
    •  Focus   efforts on  generating   an
       Agency-level view of our workforce
       needs  complemented  with  "local"
       strategic workforce planning data.
    •  Continue    to   invest    in   the
       development of an internal  coaching
       cadre   which  offers   one-on-one
       coaching for our SES Candidates and
       for managers  after  completion of a
       360 Assessment.
    •  Implement  an  Agency-wide  mentoring
       program  to  provide  the  support  and
       nurturing  required   ensuring  that  our
       workforce  can  fully  develop  to their
       maximum potential.

Agency  Efforts in Support of Homeland
Security   (formerly.   Protecting   Critical
Infrastructure from Non-traditional Attacks}

Challenge:  EPA  needs  to develop  better
processes for ensuring security at Nationally
Significant Events, assess vulnerability  of
water  utilities   and  determine  how  to
measure  water security improvements, and
better define the Agency's role in protecting
air from  terrorist threats.

Agency  Response:   OIG  commends EPA
for its  efforts to enhance homeland security
and its  quick  response to  incidents,  but
believes  the Agency needs to effectively
                                  Appendix - 39

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
coordinate  at all  levels of government and
industry.  EPA is working to increase its
policy leadership and  development  of key
Homeland Security Programs in response to
Homeland  Security Presidential  Directives
taskings, by  building  upon existing water
security  plans,  effective  decontamination
efforts, and timely and accurate lab capacity
support.   These important efforts promote
the Agency's role in protecting the nation
from terrorist threats.

Since its inception in February 2003, EPA's
Office   of   Homeland   Security   has
coordinated  and  led   homeland  security
activities  and  policy  development  across
program areas  and  government-wide  (e.g.,
serves  as  the  point  of  contact  for the
Department of Homeland Security  (DHS)
and the  White House  Homeland Security
Council (HSC) and represents the  Agency
on Homeland Security issues).  EPA  led a
collaborative effort  (with the White House
HSC, DHS and OMB) to revise the  EPA
Homeland  Security  Strategic  Plan.    The
revised   Plan  identifies  the   range  of
homeland  security  activities  the  Agency
conducts,  taking into account the evolving
role of the DHS.  The Agency  also  spent
considerable  time and  effort  mapping out
responsibilities  and  strategies to  address
recently issued Presidential Directives.4

To help improve processes for cross-agency
Homeland   Security   coordination,   EPA
established  and  convened the  Homeland
Security Policy  Coordination  Committee
(PCC).   The PCC  serves as  an executive
committee that  can be activated in the event
of a  homeland  security-related attack and
acts  to ensure  that the Agency's senior
political  leadership  is  brought together to
provide policy direction to responders.
4 The White House Office of the Press Secretary,
Homeland Security Presidential Directives, (December 17,
2003), available at
http://www.whitehouse.gov/news/releases/2003/12/200312
17-5 .html
Recent Accomplishments:
•  Established  the  Homeland  Security
   Collaborative Network to coordinate and
   directly  address  high   priority,  cross-
   Agency  technical  and  policy  issues
   related to homeland security programs.
•  Implemented  key  homeland security
   efforts  including  budget planning  and
   implementation at EPA.
•  Supported   federal   law   enforcement
   Agencies   at   Nationally   Significant
   Events  (e.g.,  U.S.  Secret  Service  and
   FBI during the G-8 Nations Summit).
•   Participated  in  over  150  training
   exercises to improve homeland security
   readiness, including a  field exercise at
   Ft. Leavenworth, KS  that tested  the
   Agency's ability to respond to multi-state
   radiological   contamination   resulting
   from a downed satellite.
•  Provided tools,  training, and  technical
   assistance   to   drinking   water   and
   wastewater   utilities,   specifically  the
   9,000 drinking water systems that have
   assessed  the  vulnerabilities  and  are
   preparing or  revising  their emergency
   response plans  in accordance with the
   Bioterrorism Act.

Plans for Further Improvements:
•  Prepare  the  Agency  to  fulfill   its
   responsibilities  under  new Homeland
   Security Presidential Directives.
•  Establish    function-specific    liaison
   responsibilities    to    enhance    the
   effectiveness  of communication  across
   EPA.
•  Develop    a     homeland   security
   information management system.

Linking Mission and Management

Challenge:  OIG believes that while EPA
has begun linking  costs to goals, it must
continue to work with its partners to develop
appropriate    outcome    measures    and
accounting systems that track environmental
                                      Appendix - 40

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
and  human  health  results  across  the
Agency's   new   goal  structure.     This
information must then become an  integral
part  of  the  Agency's   decision-making
process.

Agency Response:   OIG  noted that EPA's
reliance  on  output  measures  makes  it
difficult to  provide  regions  and  states the
flexibility they need to direct  resources to
their highest priority activities and to assess
the impact  of Agency's  work on human
health and the environment.  EPA believes
that  its   program   goals,    performance
objectives, and measures of effectiveness are
connected,  and  the Agency continues  to
make  progress in  linking assessments  of
program   performance    with   resource
decisions;   developing   outcome-oriented
goals and measures; and providing managers
with  timely,  reliable,  and consistent cost
information.

EPA    has   been    recognized   across
government for  its efforts to  improve the
way the Agency manages for results and
uses   cost  performance   information  in
decision making.    In  2003,  the  Agency
received the President's Quality Award for
significant  accomplishments  in  financial
performance.  Since  June  2003, the Agency
has maintained a "green" status score for
Improved  Financial  Performance.     In
addition, since June 2002  EPA has earned a
"green"  progress  score  for Budget and
Performance   Integration    under    the
President's Management Agenda  for all but
one quarter.5

Recent   Accomplishments:   Developed
Regional Plans that link EPA's regional

environmental priorities  to  the  Agency's
  EPA selected as finalist for the 2002 Presidential Quality
Award in Area of Budget and Performance Integration,
news release. Available at
http://www.whitehouse.gOV/news/releases/2002/l 1/200211
25-2.html.
five strategic goals.
•   Increased the percentage of annual goals
    classified as outcomes from 44 percent
    of the total in FY 2004 to 62 percent for
    FY2005.
•   Increased the percentage of performance
    measures classified as outcomes from 51
    percent in FY 2004 to 64 percent for FY
    2005.
•   Completed  PART assessments  for  32
    programs covering over 60 percent of
    the  Agency's budget.  OMB  approved
    efficiency measures  for  22 of  the  32
    programs assessed with the PART.
•   Launched a business  reporting  tool,
    ORBIT,  which  allows  easy  access  to
    financial   and   budget   information.
    ORBIT  currently has over 360 users
    Agency-wide.
•   Implemented a newly developed Annual
    Commitment System  to foster discussion
    and  agreement  between  regional and
    national program offices  on FY 2005
    regional performance commitments.

Plans for Further Improvements:
•   Enhance   ORB IT's   functionality   by
    expanding   the   programmatic  and
    performance  reporting  capability and
    adding additional data sources.
•   Begin  the  process   of  revising  the
    Agency's Strategic Plan
                                Use   of
Grants   Management   and
Assistance Agreements
Challenge:  EPA needs to improve oversight
for awarding and administering assistance
agreements  to ensure effective and efficient
use  of resources.   Recent  OIG and GAO
audits continue  to identify problems in the
use of assistance agreements.

Agency Response:  Assistance  agreements
6 U.S. EPA, Regional Plans. Available at
http://www.epa.gOV/ocfopage/regionplans/regionalplans2.h
tm
                                      Appendix - 41

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
are one of EPA's primary mechanisms for
carrying  out  its mission to  protect human
health  and the  environment.   The Agency
awards approximately half of its budget to
organization through assistance agreements.
Thus it is  imperative that the Agency use
good management practices in awarding and
overseeing these agreements to ensure they
contribute  cost  effectively  to  attaining
environmental goals.

EPA acknowledges OIG and GAO concerns
regarding the  management of  assistance
agreements, and  tracks  this  issue  as  an
Agency weakness in the FMFIA process
.The Agency has made significant progress
in   developing  and   implementing   a
comprehensive   system  of   management
controls  to  correct  grants   management
problems.  EPA issued its first long-term
Grants Management Plan,7  with  associated
performance measures, in April 2003.  The
plan,   which   GAO  recognizes   as   a
comprehensive  and  coordinated plan  to
strengthening grants management,  outlines
an aggressive approach to  ensure  that the
commitments are fully implemented and that
employees  are  held   accountable  for
managing grants  effectively.  Also,  EPA
established a Grants Management Council,
composed  of  EPA's   Senior  Resource
Officials   to   provide  the   leadership,
coordination, and   accountability need to
implement the plan.

Recent Accomplishments:
•  Revised the Grants Competition Policy
   to lower the competition threshold and
   increase   the   number   of   grant
   competitions
•  Issued    EPA    Order    5700.6,    a
   comprehensive  post-award  monitoring
   policy that requires base line monitoring
   on  all active awards and establishes an
   advance    monitoring     performance
   requirement of 10 percent of all EPA's
   active grantees and mandatory reporting
   of the reviews in a Grantee Compliance
   Database.
•  Instituted a new  approach  to internal
   reviews that provides EPA with an early
   warning system to detect emerging grant
   weaknesses.
•  Conducted classroom training  sessions
   for non-profit and Tribal recipients to
   educate   them   about  their   grants
   management responsibilities.
•  Issued guidance requesting that EPA's
   Senior  Resource Officials  review and
   revise   all    non-SES   performance
   standards and  position descriptions to
   ensure that they accurately reflect grants
   management responsibilities.
•  Issued the Grants Management Training
   Plan  which requires expanded training
   for project officers, grant specialists, and
   potential  grant   recipients   in   areas
   identified  in  OIG  and  GAO  audits
   reports and EPA's own internal reviews.
•  Issued  a  Roles  and  Responsibilities
   policy  for  grants  management  which
   clarifies the duties of program offices
   and grants management offices.
•  Developed   an   EPA   Order   on
   environmental  results under  assistance
   agreements  designed to  make  grants
   more outcome-oriented and  linked to
   EPA's  Strategic Plan.   The  Order is
   effective January 2005.
•  Deployed   the    Integrated    Grants
   Management  System  (IGMS)  to the
   Regions  and   automated  the   grants
   process.

Plans for Further Improvements:
•  Issue a new EPA  Order on  pre-award
   reviews  to help ensure that  non-profit
   applicants have the administrative and
   programmatic   capabilities  to  manage
   EPA grant funds. (March 2005).
7 U.S. EPA, EPA Grants Management Plan. Available at
http://www.epa.gov/ogd/EO/finalreport.pdf
                                     Appendix - 42

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                 FY 2006 Annual Plan
Deploy  IGMS in EPA Headquarters to
leverage  technology   and   improve
program performance.
Expand   the   Grantee   Compliance
Database to include more information on
OIG   and   GAO   reports,   Agency
advanced   monitoring  reviews,   and
significant compliance actions taken by
the Agency to improve the  ability  to
identify systematic issues early and take
appropriate corrective action.
Conduct grants management training for
managers and supervisors.
                                 Appendix - 43

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         EPA USER FEE PROGRAM
In FY 2006, EPA will have several user fee
programs  in operation.   These  user fee
programs and proposals are as follows:

Current Fees

•  Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee

   Since 1989, this fee has been collected
   for the review and processing of new
   chemical            Pre-Manufacturing
   notifications  (PMN) submitted to  EPA
   by the chemical industry. These fees are
   paid at the time of submission of the
   PMN for review  by  EPA's Office  of
   Prevention,    Pesticides    and   Toxic
   Substances.  PMN Fees are authorized
   by the Toxic Substances Control Act and
   contain a cap on the amount the Agency
   may charge for a PMN review.   EPA
   expects to collect $1,800,000 in PMN
   Fees in FY 2006.   The removal of the
   statutory  fee  cap  is discussed below
   under User Fee Proposals.

•  Lead Accreditation and Certification
   Fee

   The  Toxic Substances Control Act, Title
   IV,  Section   402(a)(3),  mandates  the
   development of a schedule of fees for
   persons operating lead training programs
   accredited  under the  402/404 rule and
   for lead-based paint contractors certified
   under this  rule.  The  training  programs
   ensure that lead paint  abatement is done
   safely.  Fees  collected for this activity
   are deposited in the U.S. Treasury.  EPA
   estimates that less than $500,000 will be
   deposited in FY 2006.

•  Motor Vehicle and Engine
   Compliance Program Fee

   This fee is authorized by the Clean Air
   Act of 1990  and is managed  by the
   Office  of  Air  and  Radiation.   Fee
   collections began in  August 1992. This
   fee is imposed on manufacturers of light-
   duty vehicles, light and heavy trucks and
   motorcycles. The fees cover EPA's cost
   of  certifying new engines and vehicles
   and monitoring compliance  of in-use
   engines and vehicles.   In 2004,  EPA
   promulgated a rule that updated existing
   fees  and  established fees for  newly-
   regulated vehicles and engines. The fees
   established    for    new   compliance
   programs  are  also imposed  on heavy-
   duty, in-use,  and nonroad  industries,
   including large diesel and gas equipment
   (earthmovers,     tractors,     forklifts,
   compressors, etc), handheld  and  non-
   handheld  utility engines  (chainsaws,
   weed-whackers,           leaf-blowers,
   lawnmowers, tillers,  etc.), marine  (boat
   motors,   tugs,   watercraft,   jet-skis),
   locomotive,  aircraft and  recreational
   vehicles     (off-road     motorcycles,
   snowmobiles).    In  FY  2006,  EPA
   expects to collect $18,000,000 from this
   fee.

Current Fees: Pesticides

The  FY 2006  President's Budget  reflects
implementation of the new fee structure for
the Pesticides Programs, as enacted by the
Pesticides Registration  Improvement  Act
(PRIA) of 2003. The new structure includes
an extension to the Maintenance Fee for
older pesticide review, and a new Enhanced
Registration  Services Fee, which  supports
accelerated  review  of new  registration
actions for pesticides.

•  Pesticides Maintenance Fee Extension

   The Maintenance Fee provides funding
   for both the Tolerance Reassessment and
                                     Appendix - 44

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                     FY 2006 Annual Plan
   the   Reregi strati on   programs.   PRIA
   extended   the  authorization   of  the
   Maintenance  Fee  through 2008.   The
   existing tolerance reassessment program
   is slated for completion in 2006,  under
   the   FQPA   statute,   and  the   final
   reregi strati on decisions are scheduled for
   2008. The tolerance reassessment and
   reregi strati on  activities   will  continue
   under the to-be-established Registration
   Review  program.   In  FY  2006, the
   Agency expects to collect $27,000,000
   in Maintenance fees.

•  Enhanced Registration Services

   PRIA enacted a new fee specifically for
   accelerated     pesticide     registration
   decision   service.   This  new  process
   should  encourage  the  introduction  of
   new  pesticides to  the  market   more
   quickly.  These fees will be  paid  to the
   Agency  at the  time  the   registration
   action request is submitted. In FY 2006,
   Agency expects to collect $15,000,000
   in Enhanced Registration Service fees.

User Fee Proposals

•  Removal of the Statutory Cap on the
   Pre-Manufacturing Notification Fee
   Language will be submitted to remove
   the statutory cap in the Toxic Substances
   Control   Act   on  Pre-Manufacturing
   Notification (PMN) Fees and  to  allow
   the increase in fees to  be  used  as  a
   discretionary offset.  Under  the current
   fee structure,  the Agency would collect
   $1,800,000 in FY 2006.  The increase in
   PMN fees  will be  deposited into  a
   special fund in the U.S. Treasury and
   available  to  the  Agency,  subject  to
   appropriation.   After  the  anticipated
   rulemaking,   the   Agency   estimates
   collections of an additional  $4,000,000
   in FY 2006.

•  Pesticides Registration Fee

   Language will be submitted to eliminate
   the prohibition on collecting the existing
   pesticides  Registration  fee  originally
   codified in  1988 (40 CFR 152 subpart
   U) and to allow the fees to be used as a
   discretionary offset.   The authority to
   collect  these fees  has been  blocked
   through appropriations  acts since  1989.
   Most recently, provisions in the FY 2004
   Consolidated Appropriations  Act (P.L.
   108-199)   extended   the   prohibition
   through 2010.  FY 2006 collections are
   estimated to be $26,000,000.

•  Tolerance Fee Rule

   Language will be submitted to eliminate
   the prohibition  on collecting  pesticide
   Tolerance fees and to allow the fees to
   be used as  a discretionary offset.  The
   collection of this fee has been blocked in
   appropriations   acts  since  2001.Most
   recently,  provisions  in the  FY  2004
   Consolidated Appropriations  Act (P.L.
   108-199)   extended   the   prohibition
   through 2008.    EPA will  update the
   tolerance  fee rule to eliminate overlap
   with  other   authorized  fees  and will
   promulgate  the  final  Tolerance  fee rule
   in 2005.  The Tolerance fee collections
   for  FY  2006  are  estimated  to  be
   $20,000,000.
                                      Appendix - 45

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        WORKING CAPITAL FUND
In FY 2006, the Agency begins its tenth year
of operation of the Working Capital Fund
(WCF). It is a revolving fund authorized by
law to finance a cycle of operations, where
the costs of goods and services provided are
charged to  users on a fee-for-service basis.
The  funds  received  are  available without
fiscal year limitation, to continue operations
and to replace capital  equipment.  EPA's
WCF was implemented under the authority
of   Section   403   of   the  Government
Management  Reform  Act  of  1994  and
EPA's  FY   1997  Appropriations   Act.
Permanent WCF authority was contained in
the Agency's FY 1998 Appropriations Act.

The  Chief Financial  Officer initiated  the
WCF in FY 1997 as part of an effort to:  (1)
be accountable to Agency offices, the Office
of  Management  and   Budget,  and  the
Congress; (2) increase the efficiency of the
administrative  services provided to program
offices; and (3) increase customer service
and  responsiveness.   The Agency has  a
WCF  Board  which provides  policy  and
planning oversight and  advises  the CFO
regarding the WCF financial position.  The
Board,  chaired  by  the Associate  Chief
Financial Officer, is  composed of eighteen
permanent  members  from   the  program
offices and the regional offices.

Two Agency Activities begun in FY 1997
will continue into FY 2006.   These  are the
Agency's   information   technology   and
telecommunications operations, managed by
the Office of Environmental  Information,
and Agency postage costs, managed by the
Office of Administration.  The Agency's FY
2006  budget request  includes resources for
these   two  Activities  in  each  National
Program  Manager's   submission,  totaling
approximately  $184.0  million.    These
estimated  resources  may  be increased to
incorporate  program  office's  additional
service needs during the operating year.  To
the extent that these increases are subject to
Congressional  reprogramming notifications,
the Agency will  comply with all  applicable
requirements.  In FY  2006, the Agency will
continue   to   market   its   information
technology  services   to   other  Federal
agencies in an effort to deliver high  quality
services external to EPA, which will result
in  lower   costs   to  EPA  customers.
                                     Appendix - 46

-------
 U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
CARRYOVER AND OUTLAYS
By Appropriation Accounts
Dollars in Millions


APPROPRIATION
STAG
B&F
EPM
SF
LUST
IG
OIL
S&T
WCF
TOTAL
2004
END OF YEAR
CARRYOVER
$1,453
$4
$255
$837
$6
$13
$57
$269
$11
$2,906

NET
OUTLAYS
$3,904
$37
$2,167 1
$1,468
$72
$35
$11
$731
$4
$8,429
2005
END OF YEAR
CARRYOVER
$1,443
$3
$298
$919
$2
$12
$53
$253
$10
$2,993

NET
OUTLAYS
$3,592
$38
$2,171
$1,257
$72
$37
$12
$746
$15
$7,940
2006
END OF YEAR
CARRYOVER
$1,217
$3
$247
$985
$2
$11
$58
$300
$36
$2,859

NET
OUTLAYS
$3,722
$41
$2,319
$1,289
$78
$38
$15
$806
$2
$8,310
Includes $3 million in discretionary outlays for Pesticide Registration Fund (020-00-5374) and $15 million in receipts from Registration service fees (020-00-537410)
                                                                      Appendix - 47

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


Clean Air and Global Climate Change

Protect and improve the air so it is healthy to breathe and risks to human health and the environment are reduced. Reduce greenhouse
gas intensity by enhancing partnerships with businesses and other sectors.

       OBJECTIVE: HEALTHIER OUTDOOR AIR

       Through 2010, working with partners, protect human health and the environment by attaining and maintaining health-based air-
       quality standards and reducing the risk from toxic air pollutants.

       Reduce Air Toxic Emissions

       In 2006      Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional
                   2% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a cumulative reduction of 40%.

       In 2006      Complete the phase out of leaded gasoline in 20 countries in Africa through the partnership for clean fuels and
                   vehicles.

       In 2005      Air toxics emissions nationwide from stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by an additional
                   1% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons for a cumulative reduction of 38%.

       In 2004      The Agency is currently working on updating the NEI and expects to have FY 2004 results in the last quarter of
                   FY2012.

       In 2003      End-of-year- FY 2003 data will be available in late 2009  to verify that air  toxics emissions  nationwide from
                   stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by  an additional 1% of the updated 1993 baseline of 6.0
                   million tons for a cumulative reduction 35%.

       In 2002      End-of-year FY 2002 data will be available in late 2004  to verify that air toxics emissions  nationwide from
                   stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by  1.5% from 2001 for a cumulative reduction of 33.5%
                   from the 1993 baseline of 6.0 million tons per year.


                                                    Appendix - 48

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                         FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      In 2001       End-of-year FY 2001 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that air toxics emissions nationwide from
                    stationary and mobile sources combined will be reduced by 5% from 2000 (for a cumulative reduction of 35%
                    from the 1993 level of 4.3 million tons.)
Performance Measures

Number of countries completing phase out of leaded
gasoline
Total Cumulative reductions in Air Toxics
Emissions (% reductions from baseline).
Annual percentage of combined stationary and
mobile source reductions in air toxic emissions.
Mobile Source Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
Major Stationary Source Air Toxics Emissions
Reduced
Area and All Other Air Toxics Emissions Reduced
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
 Data Lag   Data Lag   Data Lag
FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
                        20     countries

               1         40     Percent


                         2      Percent

              .80        .89     Million Tons

             1.59       1.64     Million Tons

             +.14       +.15     Million Tons
      Baseline:      The baseline begins in 1993. This is the year before the first MACT (Maximum Achievable Control Technology)
                    and mobile source regulations developed under the Clean Air Act were to be implemented.  Air toxics emissions
                    data are revised every three years to generate inventories for the National Emissions  Inventory (NEI), which
                    replaced the National Toxics Inventory (NTI).  In intervening years between updates of the NEI, the model EMS-
                    HAP (Emissions Modeling System for Hazardous Air Pollutants) is used to estimate and project annual emissions
                    of air toxics. As new inventories are completed and improved inventory data is added, the baseline (or total tons
                    of air toxics) is adjusted.  The next run of the EMS-HAP, using the final 1999 NEI data, is scheduled  for Fall
                    2004.  After that,  actual numbers will be available for FY 2000 and 2001 respectively. The toxicity-weighted
                    emission inventory will also utilize the NEI for air toxics along with the Agency's  compendium of cancer and
                    noncancer health risk criteria to develop a risk metric that can be tabulated and tracked on an annual basis. The
                    baseline is based on emission inventory data from 1990-1993.

      Air Toxicity-Weighted

      In 2006       Reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted for cancer and non-cancer emissions of air toxics from 1993 baseline.

                                                      Appendix - 49

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Reduction in tons toxicity-weighted (for cancer risk)
emissions of air toxics from 1993 baseline.
Reduction in tons of toxicity-weighted (for
noncancer risk) emissions of air toxics from 1993
baseline.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
22
55
Percentage
Percentage
      Baseline:     The toxicity-weighted emission inventory  will also utilize the NEI for  air toxics along with the Agency's
                   compendium of cancer and noncancer health risk criteria to develop a risk metric that can be tabulated and
                   tracked on an annual basis. The baseline is based on emission inventory data from 1990-1993.

      Reduce SO2 Emissions

      In 2006      Keep annual emissions below level authorized by  allowance holdings and make progress towards achieving the
                   year 2010 SO2 emissions cap for utilities.  Annual emissions reduction target is T.Omillion tons from the 1980
                   baseline.

      In 2005      Keep annual emissions below level authorized by  allowance holdings and make progress towards achieving the
                   year 2010 SO2 emissions cap for utilities.  Annual emissions reduction target is 6.9 million tons from the 1980
                   baseline.

      In 2004      Although data is not available for FY 2004, EPA has continued to meet and exceed this goal for the previous 3
                   years.  FY 2004 data will be available in the last quarter of 2005 to verify that annual emissions reduction of
                   approximately 5 millions tons from utility sources were maintained or increased during 2004.

      In 2003      SO2 emissions were reduced by approximately 39  percent (6.8 million tons) from the 1980 level of 17.4 million
                   tons, approaching the 50 percent reduction goal from 1980 level by 2010.

      In 2002      SO2 emissions were reduced by approximately 40 percent (7 million tons) from the 1980 level of 17.4 million
                   tons, approaching the 50 percent reduction goal from 1980 level by 2010.

      In 2001      Approximately 5 million tons of SO2 emissions from utility sources were reduced from the 1980 baseline.
                                                     Appendix - 50

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005     FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Actuals     Pres. Bud.    Request
SO2 Emissions Reduced                         6,670,000   7,000,000  6,800,000  Data avail.   6,900,000    7,000,000   Tons
                                                                                 05                              Reduced

      Baseline:     The base of comparison for assessing progress on the annual performance goal is the 1980 emissions baseline.
                   The 1980 SO2 emissions inventory totals 17.4 million  tons for electric utility  sources. This  inventory was
                   developed by National Acid Precipitation Assessment Program (NAPAP) and used as the basis for reductions in
                   Title IV of the Clean Air Act Amendments.   This data  is also contained in EPA's  National Air Pollutant
                   Emissions Trends Report.  Statutory SO2 emissions cap for year 2010 and later is at 8.95 million tons which is
                   approximately  8.5 million tons below  1980 emissions  level.   "Allowable SO2 emission level"  consists of
                   allowance allocations granted to sources each year under several provisions of the Act and additional allowances
                   carried over, or banked, from previous years.

      Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM-10

      In 2006      The number of people living in areas with monitored  ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
                   10 standard will increase by 4% (relative to 2005) for  a cumulative total of 11% (relative to 1992).

      In 2005      The number of people living in areas with monitored  ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
                   10 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2004) for  a cumulative total of 7% (relative to 1992).

      In 2004      EPA is not on track to meet its goal.

      In 2003      Maintained healthy air quality for 6.1  million  people living in monitored areas attaining the PM standards;
                   increased by 228 thousand the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have  newly attained
                   the standard.

      In 2002      Maintained healthy air quality for 3.4 million people living in monitored areas  attaining the PM  standards; and
                   increased by 2.7 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the
                   standard.

      In 2001      EPA maintained healthy air quality for 1.189 million people living in 9 areas attaining  the PM standards and

                                                     Appendix - 51

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                           FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                     increased by 2.249 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained
                     the standard.
Performance Measures

Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
People who Live in Areas with Ambient PM-10
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQSas
Compared to  1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas
with Ambient PM-10 Concentrations Below the
Level of the NAAQSas Compared to 1992
Total number of people who live in areas measuring
clean air for PM-10
Areas measuring clean air for PM-10
Additional people living in new areas measuring
clean air for PM-10

Total Number of People who Live in Areas
Designated in Attainment with Clean Air Standards
forPM

Areas Designated to  Attainment for the PM-10
Standard
Additional People Living in Newly Designated
Areas with Demonstrated Attainment of the PM
Standard
PM-10 Reduced from Mobile Sources
PM-2.5 Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
  22,000
  16,500
FY 2003
Actuals
   6%
                        50%
FY 2004
Actuals
 Data avail.
    05
                      Data avail.
                          05
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
     7
                            50
3,438,000   6,086,500   6,200,000   120,700,000   122,308,000
2,249,000   2,686,500    228,000
  23,000
  17,250
  25,000
  18,000
  126,000



   18,000
   13,500
  1,549,648



   62,161
   61,217
FY2006
Request
    11       Percent
    130      Percent


126,400,000   People


    38       Areas
 5,500,000    People


             People



             Areas

             People


  74,594     Tons

             Tons
       Baseline:      The 1992 baseline for population is the population in areas not classified or designated as attainment for the clean
                     air national ambient air quality standards. The 1992 baseline for areas is those areas that are designated as non-
                     attainment of the NAAQs but not meeting the standard (50 areas).  Through FY 2003, 120,279,036 are  living in
                                                        Appendix - 52

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    areas designated to attainment; 5 areas are designated to attainment for this/these pollutants. The 1995 baseline
                    for PM-10 reduced from mobile sources is 880,000 tons.   Beginning in FY 2005, the 2000 Mobile6 inventory is
                    used as the baseline for mobile source emissions.  The 2000 baseline for PM-10 from mobile source is 613,000
                    tons.

       Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy CO, SO2, NO2, Lead

       In 2006      The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NO2,  SO2, or Pb concentrations below the
                    NAAQS will increase by less than 13% (relative to 2005) for a cumulative total of 66% (relative to 1992).

       In 2005      The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient CO, NO2,  SO2, or Pb concentrations below the
                    NAAQS will increase by less than 1% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 53% (relative to 1992).

       In 2004      Based on  available data, EPA is not on track to meet its goal.  EPA maintained healthy air quality for  173M
                    people living in 122 monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2 or Pb standards falling slightly short of its goal
                    of 174M.
       In 2003      Maintained healthy air quality for 53 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and
                    Lead standards; increased by .74 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have
                    newly attained the standard.

       In 2002      Maintained healthy air quality for 36.7 million people living in monitored areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and
                    Lead standards; and increased by 16.5 million, the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that
                    have newly attained the standard.

       In 2001      EPA maintained healthy air quality for 36.3 million people living in 56 areas attaining the CO, SO2, NO2, and
                    Lead standards and  increased by 418,000 the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have
                    newly attained the standard.

Performance Measures                           FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004     FY 2005      FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Actuals      Pres. Bud.     Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of                                         Data avail      53          66      Percent
People who Live in Areas with Ambient CO, SO2,                                         05
NO2, or Pb Concentrations Below the Level of the
NAAQS as Compared to 1992

                                                      Appendix - 53

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas
with Ambient CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb Concentrations
Below the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to
1992

Total number of people who live in areas measuring
clean air for CO, SO2, NO2, or Pb.
FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003    FY 2004     FY 2005
Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Actuals      Pres. Bud.
                                   Data avail.      77
                                      05
                                               FY 2006
                                               Request
                                                  111     Percent
                                                             189.7     People
Areas measuring clean air for CO,SO2,NO2 or Pb
Additional people living in new areas measuring
clean air for CO, SO2,NO2, or Pb

Total Number of People Living in Areas Designated
in Attainment with Clean Air Standards for CO,
SO2, NO2, and Pb

Areas Designated to Attainment for the CO, SO2,
NO2, and Pb Standards
Additional People Living in Newly Designated
Areas with Demonstrated Attainment of the CO,
SO2, NO2, and Pb Standards
CO Reduced from Mobile Sources
Total Number of People Living in Areas with
Demonstrated Attainment of the NO2 Standard
36,721,000   53,190,000  53,700,000  173,300,000
               12
                           14
10,672,000
14,944,000
11,002,000
14,944,000
12,636,000
                                   174,222,00
                                       0
 418,000    16,490,000   740,000    5,400,000     209,991
-841,971

  n/a
                                                           15,500,00
                                                               0
-1.01 M
Areas
People

People


Areas

People


Tons
People
       Baseline:      The 1992 baseline for population is the population in areas not classified or designated as attainment for the clean
                     air national ambient air quality standards.  The 1992 baseline for areas is those areas that are designated as non-
                     attainment of the NAAQS but not meeting the standard (119 areas).  Through FY 2003,  167 million people are
                     living in areas designated to attainment: 108 areas are designated to attainment for this/these pollutants. The 1995
                     baseline for mobile source CO emissions was 70.9M tons. Beginning in FY 2005, the 2000 Mobile6 inventory is
                     used as the baseline for mobile source emission.  The 2000 baseline was 79.2M  tons  for mobile source CO
                     emissions.  While on-road CO emissions continue to decrease, there is an overall increase in mobile source CO
                                                       Appendix - 54

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                        FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                   emissions due to a growth in nonroad CO.

      Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 8 Hour

      In 2006      The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 8-
                   hour ozone standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 7% (relative to 2001).

      In 2005      The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 8-
                   hour ozone standard will increase by 4% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 7% (relative to 2001).

      In 2004      EPA  designated the  attainment status  in FY 2004 for areas  meeting the  8-hour  ozone standard, thereby
                   establishing the baseline to monitor progress.

      In 2003      EPA met its goal of approximately 834,400 additional people living in healthier residential indoor environments,
                   based on information from the Indoor Environment Partner Network, which includes traditional  partners and
                   grantees; analysis of various  results data efforts including public  service announcements and outreach, and
                   information from the National Association of Home Builders and radon mitigation fan sales.

      In 2002      EPA met its goal of approximately 834,400 additional people living in healthier residential indoor environments,
                   based on information  gathered from homebuilders and manufacturers outreach.
Performance Measures

Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
People who Live in Areas with Ambient 8-hour
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
Compared to 2001
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of Areas
with Ambient 8-hour Ozone Concentrations Below
the Level of the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
VOCs Reduced from Mobile Sources
NOx Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
834,400
FY 2003
Actuals
834,400
FY 2004
Actuals
Data avail
05
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
  Data
Avail 05
<1
                      1.03 M
                      2.03 M
Percent




Percent



Tons
Tons
                                                     Appendix -55

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      Baseline:     EPA will designate the attainment status for areas in April 2004.  With that data, we will have the population
                   baseline as well as the number of areas that are not in attainment for the 8-hour ozone standard.  The  1995
                   baseline was 8.1M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and  12.OM tons for mobile source NOx emissions.
                   Beginning in FY 2005, the Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline year for mobile source emissions. The 2000
                   baseline was 7.7M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and  11.8M tons for mobile source NOx emissions.
                   The 1-hour ozone standard is in the process of being phased out and revoked.

      Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy Ozone Levels - 1 Hour

      In 2005      The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient ozone concentrations below the NAAQS for the 1-
                   hour ozone standard will increase by 4% (relative to 2004) for a cumulative total of 53% (relative to 1992).

      In 2004      EPA is not on track to meet this goal based on available data.  EPA maintained healthy air quality for 165.4
                   million people living in 53 areas designated as attaining the 1-hour ozone standard (falling short of its goal by 1.9
                   M people) and certified that 3 out of a target of 5 of the remaining 48 non-attainment areas have attained the 1-
                   hour NAAQS for ozone, thereby increasing the number of people living in areas with healthy air by 3.9M in lieu
                   of the 5.8M target.

      In 2003      Maintained healthy air quality for approx. 41.7 million people  living in monitored areas attaining the ozone std;
                   certified that 5 areas of the remaining 54 nonattainment areas  have attained the 1-hour NAAQS for ozone thus
                   increasing the no. of people living in areas with healthy air by 5.8 million.

      In 2002      Maintained healthy air quality for 41.7 million people living in  monitored areas  attaining the ozone standard; and
                   certified 1 area of the remaining  55 nonattainment areas attained the  1-hour NAAQS for ozone, thus increasing
                   the number of people living in areas with healthy air by 326,000.

      In 2001      EPA maintained healthy air  quality for 38.2 million people  living  in 43 areas attaining the ozone  standard,
                   increased by 3.5 million the number of people living in areas with healthy air quality that have newly attained the
                   standard by certifying that 3 new areas have attained the 1-hour  standard.

Performance Measures                       FY2001    FY 2002     FY 2003    FY 2004     FY 2005    FY 2006
                                          Actuals     Actuals      Actuals     Actuals      Pres. Bud.   Request
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of                               42%      Data Avail       53                Percent

                                                     Appendix - 56

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                            FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

People who Live in Areas with Ambient 1 -hour
Ozone Concentrations Below the Level of the
NAAQS as Compared to 1992
Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
Areas with Ambient 1-hour Ozone
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS
as Compared to 1992

Total Number of People who Live in Areas
Designated to Attainment of the Clean Air
Standards for Ozone
Areas Designated to Attainment for the Ozone
Standard
Additional People Living in Newly Designated
Areas with Demonstrated Attainment of the
Ozone Standard
VOCs Reduced from Mobile  Sources
NOx Reduced from Mobile Sources
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
41,679,000    42,026,000
 3,475,000



 1,659,000
 1,189,000
  326,000



  1,755,000
  1,319,000
FY2003
Actuals
                          Data Lag
 1,900,000
 1,400,000
FY 2004
Actuals
    05
                         Data avail
                             05
                           173.30
 2,040,000
 1,653,000.
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
                            40
                        174,562,00
                            0
            3,900,000     7,276,790
  855,624
 1,693,259
FY2006
Request
          Percent




          People



          Areas

          People



          Tons
          Tons
      Baseline:      The 1992 baseline for population is the population in areas not classified or designated as attainment for the clean
                    air national ambient air quality standards.  The 1992 baseline for areas is those areas that are designated as non-
                    attainment of the NAAQs but meeting the standard (54 areas).  Through FY 2003, 161.5 M are living in areas
                    designated to attainment; 51 areas are designated to attainment for this/these pollutants.  The 1995 baseline was
                    8.1M tons for mobile source VOC emissions, and 12.OM tons for mobile source NOX emissions.  Beginning in
                    FY 2005, the Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline year for mobile source emissions.  The 2000 baseline was
                    7.7M tons for mobile source VOC  emissions, and 11.8M  tons for mobile source NOx  emissions.  The 1-hour
                    ozone standard will be revoked in FY 2005 due to the designation of all areas with respect to the 8-hour ozone
                    standard.
                                                      Appendix - 57

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                 FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      Reduce Exposure to Unhealthy PM Levels - PM- 2.5
      In 2006
      In 2005
      In 2004
The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
2.5 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2005) for a cumulative total of less than 1% (relative to 2001).

The number of people living in areas with monitored ambient PM concentrations below the NAAQS for the PM-
2.5 standard will increase by 1% (relative to 2003) for a cumulative total of less than 1% (relative to 2001).
EPA designated attainment status for PM2.5 in December.
Performance Measures

Cumulative Percent Increase in the Number of
People who Live in Areas with Ambient PM-2.5
Concentrations Below the Level of the NAAQS as
Compared to 2001
Percent Increase in the Number of Areas with
Ambient PM-2.5 Concentrations Below the Level of
the NAAQS as Compared to 2001
PM-2.5 Reduced from Mobile Sources
                         FY2001
                         Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
   Data        1         <1
 avail. 05
                                                           Data        1
                                                          avail. 05
                                             <1
                                                                                        Percent
                                          Percent
                                                                               73,460   Tons
      Baseline:
      Acid Rain

      In 2006


      In 2006
EPA will designate the attainment status for areas in FY 2005.  With that data, we will have the population
baseline as well as the number of areas that are not in attainment for the PM-2.5 standard.  Beginning in FY 2005,
the 2000 Mobile6 inventory is used as the baseline for mobile source emissions. The 2000 baseline for PM 2.5
from mobile sources is 613,000 tons.
Reduce total annual average nitrogen deposition and ambient nitrate concentrations 5% from baseline. Baseline
for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.

Reduce total annual average sulfur deposition and ambient sulfate concentrations 27% from baseline. Baseline
for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
                                  Appendix - 58

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                         FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2005      Reduce total annual average nitrogen deposition and ambient nitrate concentrations 5% from baseline. Baseline
                   for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.

      In 2005      Reduce total annual average sulfur deposition and ambient sulfate concentrations 27% from baseline. Baseline
                   for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.

      In 2004      The new Acid Rain measure was developed as a result of the OMB PART analysis of the program in FY 2005
                   budget process.   Reduce total annual average nitrogen deposition and ambient nitrate concentrations 5% from
                   baseline. Baseline for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.

      In 2004      The new annual  Acid Rain measure was developed as a result of the OMB PART analysis of the program in FY
                   2005.   Reduce  total annual average sulfur deposition and ambient sulfate concentrations 27% from baseline.
                   Baseline for annual targets up through 2010 is 1990 monitored levels.
Performance Measures

Total annual average nitrogen deposition and mean
ambient nirtate concentrations reduced.
Total annual average sulfur deposition and mean
ambient sulfate concentrations reduced.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
Data
avail. 05
Data
avail. 05
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
5

27

FY 2006
Request
5

27

                                                                Percentage

                                                                Percentage
      Baseline:      Sulfur and nitrogen deposition contribute to acidification of lakes and streams, making them unable to support
                    fish and other aquatic life. Reductions in both total sulfur and nitrogen deposition are critical to reducing the
                    number  of chronically acidic water bodies.    Ambient sulfate and ambient nitrate ("acid rain" paniculate")
                    contributes to  unhealthy  air and  respiratory  problems in humans, especially children  and other sensitive
                    populations.  The baseline is established from monitored site levels based on consolidated map  of 1989-1991
                    showing   a   three    year   of   deposition    levels   produced   from    the   CASTNET    sites
                    (http://www.epa.gov/castnet/sites.htmn.
                                                      Appendix - 59

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      OBJECTIVE: HEALTHIER INDOOR AIR

      By 2008, 22.6 million more Americans than in 1994 will be experiencing healthier indoor air in homes, schools, and office
      buildings.

      Healthier Residential Indoor Air

      In 2006      850,000 additional people will be living in homes with healthier indoor air.

      In 2005      843,300 additional people will be living in homes with healthier indoor air.

      In 2004      EPA is currently analyzing the information gathered through the survey instrument.

      In 2003      End-of-year FY 2003 data will be available in late 2004 to verify that 834,400 additional people were living in
                   healthier residential indoor environments.

      In 2002      On track to ensure that 834,400 additional  people will be living in healthier residential indoor environments.

      In 2001      An additional 890,000 additional people are living in healthier residential indoor environments.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
People Living in Healthier Indoor Air                890,000   Data Lag   Data Lag     Data      843,300    850,000   People
                                                                            avail. 05

      Baseline:     This performance measure includes EPA radon, ETS,  and asthma work.  1.  By 2006,  increase the number of
                   people living in homes built with radon reducing features to 4,785,612 from 1,826,280 in 1994 (cumulative). * 2.
                   By 2006, decrease the number of children exposed to secondhand smoke from 7.4 million (27% of children ages
                   6 and under) in 1994 to an estimated 4.0 million (14.5% of children ages 6 and under) (cumulative).  3. By 2006,
                   increase by 500,000 the number of people with asthma and their caregivers who are  educated about indoor air
                   asthma triggers.
                                                     Appendix - 60

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      Healthier Indoor Air in Schools

      In 2006       630,000 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality (IAQ) in their schools.

      In 2005       1,312,500 students, faculty and staff will experience improved indoor air quality in their schools.

      In 2004       The Agency expects to meet its goal by  reaching  3000 schools with  an  average  of approximately 525
                    students/staff per school in adopting an indoor air quality management plans.

      In 2003       Based on  review and  analysis  of partner/grantees'  reports and  consulting with partners  of EPA's Indoor
                    Environment Network, EPA is confident that more than 1 million students and staff are experiencing improved
                    IAQ in schools.

      In 2002       Based on information gathered from a number of schools and school systems/districts that  receive Tools for
                    Schools kits, EPA met  the goal  of improved air quality for approximately an additional  1.2 million students,
                    faculty, and staff.

      In 2001       An additional 1,930,000 students, faculty and  staff are experiencing improved indoor air quality in their schools.

Performance Measures                           FY2001   FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Students/Staff Experiencing Improved IAQ in        1,930,000   1,200,000  1,050,000    Data     1,312,500    630,000   Students/Staff
Schools                                                                       avail. 05

      Baseline:      The nation has approximately 117,000* schools with an average of 525 students, faculty, and  staff for a total
                    baseline population of 61,425,000.  The IAQ  "Tools for Schools" Guidance implementation began in 1997. For
                    FY 2006, the program projects an  additional 1200 schools will implement the guidance.  Results from a 2002
                    IAQ  practices in  schools survey suggest that approximately 20% of U.S. schools report an adequate IAQ
                    management plan that is in accordance with EPA guidelines.

      Healthier Indoor Air in Workplaces

      In 2006       240,000 additional office workers will experience improved air quality in their workplaces.

                                                      Appendix - 61

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


      In 2005      150,000 additional office workers will experience improved air quality in their workplaces.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Additional office workers will experience improved                                              150,000    240,000    People
air quality in their workplaces.

      Baseline:     There are approximately 750,000 office buildings with 12 billion square feet. There are approximately 24 million
                   office workers with the mean worker density at 1 office worker per 500 square feet.  Our 2008 goal is to get an
                   additional 3% of all office buildings to adopt good IAQ measures translating to 720,000 office workers.

      OBJECTIVE: PROTECT THE OZONE LAYER

      By 2010, through worldwide action, ozone concentrations in the stratosphere will have stopped declining and slowly begun the
      process of recovery, and the risk  to human health  from overexposure to  ultraviolet (UV)  radiation, particularly among
      susceptible subpopulations, such as children, will be reduced.

      Restrict Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs

      In 2006      Restrict domestic annual consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs)
                   and restrict domestic exempted production and import of newly produced  class I CFCs and halons below 10,000
                   ODP MTs.

      In 2005      Restrict domestic annual consumption of class II HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs)
                   and restrict domestic exempted production and import of newly produced  class I CFCs and halons below 10,000
                   ODP MTs.

      In 2004      Progress on restricting domestic exempted consumption of Class I CFCs and  halons is tracked by monitoring
                   industry reports of compliance with EPA's CAA phase out regulations and US obligations under the Montreal
                   Protocol.

      In 2003      End of year FY 2003  data will be available in late 2004 to verify restriction of domestic consumption  of class II

                                                    Appendix - 62

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                       ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                   HCFCs below 9,906 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and restriction of domestic exempted production
                   and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 10,000 ODP MTs.

      In 2002       On track to restrict domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP
                   MTs) and restrict domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below
                   60,000 ODP MTs.

      In 2001       Restricted domestic consumption of class II HCFCs below 15,240 ODP-weighted metric tonnes (ODP MTs) and
                   restricted domestic exempted production and import of newly produced class I CFCs and halons below 60,000
                   ODP MTs.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005   FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Domestic Consumption of Class II HCFCs           12,087    On Track   Data Lag      Data      <9,906     <9,906    ODP MTs
                                                                           avail. 05
Domestic Exempted Production and Import of         3,062    On Track   Data Lag      Data     <10,000   <10,000   ODP MTs
Newly Produced Class I CFC s and Halons                                         avail. 05

      Baseline:     The base of comparison for assessing progress on the 2005 annual performance goal is the domestic consumption
                   cap of class II HCFCs as set by the Parties to the Montreal Protocol. Each Ozone Depleting Substance (ODS) is
                   weighted based on the damage it does  to the stratospheric ozone - this is its ozone-depletion potential (ODP).
                   Beginning  on January 1, 1996, the cap  was set at the sum of 2.8 percent of the domestic ODP-weighted
                   consumption of CFCs in 1989 plus the ODP-weighted level of HCFCs in 1989. Consumption equals production
                   plus import minus export.

      OBJECTIVE: RADIATION

      Through 2008, working with partners, minimize unnecessary releases of radiation and be prepared to minimize impacts  to
      human health and the environment should unwanted releases occur.

      Ensure WIPP Safety

      In 2006       Certify that 45,000 55-gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 135,000 curies) shipped by
                   DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.

                                                    Appendix - 63

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


      In 2005      Certify that 40,000 55-gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 120,000 curies) shipped by
                   DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.

      In 2004      Through FY 2004, EPA has certified as properly disposed approximately 109,000 drums of transuranic waste
                   equivalent to approximately 321,000 millicuries.

      In 2003      36,041  drums (55 gallon)  of radioactive  waste shipped by DOE to  the  Waste Isolation Pilot Plant were
                   permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.

      In 2002      EPA certified that 22,800 55 gallon drums of radioactive waste (containing approximately 68,400 curies) shipped
                   by DOE to the Waste Isolation Pilot Plant are permanently disposed of safely and according to EPA standards.

Performance Measures                           FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Number of 55-Gallon Drums of Radioactive Waste               22,800     36,041      36,500     40,000     45,000   Drums
Disposed of According to EPA Standards

      Baseline:     The Waste Isolation Pilot Plant (WIPP) near Carlsbad, NM was opened in May 1999 to accept radioactive
                   transuranic waste.  By the end of FY 2004, approximately 109,000 (cumulative) 55 gallon drums will be safely
                   disposed.  In FY 2006, EPA expects that DOE will ship an  additional 45,000 55- gallon drums of waste.  Through
                   FY 2006, EPA expects that DOE will shipped safely and according to EPA standards, approximately 23% of the
                   planned waste volume, based on disposal of 860,000 drums over the  next 40 years.  Number of drums shipped to
                   the WIPP facility on an annual basis is dependent on DOE priorities and funding. EPA volume estimates are
                   based on projecting the average shipment volumes over 40 years with an initial start up.

      Build National Radiation Monitoring System

      In 2006      EPA will purchase 51  additional state of the art monitoring units and initiate deployment to sites selected based
                   on population and geographical coverage.

      In 2005      EPA will purchase 60  additional state of the art monitoring units and initiate deployment to sites selected based
                   on population and geographical coverage.   All old sampling will be replaced and population coverage will be

                                                     Appendix - 64

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    expanded to 60%.

      In 2004       EPA did not meet its FY 2004 target of purchasing and deploying 60 state of the art radiation monitoring units.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Purchase and Deploy State-of-the Art Monitoring                                        0         60        51     Units
Units                                                                                                      Purchased

      Baseline:      The current fixed monitoring system, part of the Environment Radiation  Ambient Monitoring System, was
                    developed in the 1960s for the purpose of monitoring radioactive fallout form nuclear weapons testing.  The
                    system  currently consists of 52  old low-tech air participate samplers which provide coverage in cities which
                    represent approximately 24% of the population. The current system air samplers will be retired from service due
                    to age.  As the system comes on line, EPA's schedule for estimated monitor deployment and population coverage
                    is as follows: FY 2005: 11 monitors deployed - 22.8%; FY 2006;  71 monitors deployed- for population coverage
                    of approximately 67.7%; FY 2009: 172 cumulative monitors deployed - for population coverage of approximately
                    69.4%.   The purchase  schedule is based primarily upon contract pricing terms and the deployment schedule
                    reflects a best estimate of our ability to get the monitors sited and out in the field.

      Homeland Security - Readiness & Response

      In 2006       Verify that 60 percent of EPA's Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT) members meet scenario-based
                    response criteria.

      In 2005       Verify that 50 percent of EPA's Radiological Emergency Response Team (RERT) members meet scenario-based
                    response criteria.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Percentage of EPA RERT members that meet                                                      50         60     Percent
scenario-based criteria

      Baseline:      EPA assesses RERT readiness based on the ability of the RERT to: 1. provide effective field response, as defined
                    today, 2. support coordination centers; and 3. provide analytical  capabilities throughout as needed to support a

                                                     Appendix -  65

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                single small-to-medium scale incident. These evaluation criteria will be reevaluated and revised in response to
                the Department  of Homeland  Security development of criteria  for  the Nuclear Incident  Response Team
                established under the Homeland Security Act of 2002, which includes EPA RERT assets.

    OBJECTIVE: REDUCE GREENHOUSE GAS INTENSITY

    Through EPA's voluntary  climate protection  programs, contribute  45  million metric tons of carbon equivalent  (MMTCE)
    annually to the President's 18 percent greenhouse gas intensity improvement goal by 2012.  (An additional 75 MMTCE to result
    from the  sustained  growth in  the climate programs are  reflected  in  the Administration's  business-as-usual  projection for
    greenhouse gas intensity improvement.)

    Reduce Greenhouse Gas Emissions

    In 2006      Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 102 MMTCE per year through
                EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.

    In 2005      Greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced from projected levels by approximately 90 MMTCE per year through
                EPA partnerships with businesses, schools, state and local governments, and other organizations.

    In 2004      Data will be available in FY 2005.

    In 2003      EPA met its goal  for its Climate Change Programs by GHG emissions by 82.4 MMTCE.

    In 2002      EPA's Climate Change  programs  reduced GHG emissions by 71 MMTCE in  2002 which is the equivalent of
                eliminating emissions from more than 28 million cars.

    In 2001      EPA's Climate Protection Programs reduced greenhouse gas emissions by 65 million metric tons of carbon
                equivalent in 2001. EPA estimates that due to investments already made through EPA's technology deployment
                programs, greenhouse gas emissions will be reduced by more than 500 MMTCE through 2012.
                                                 Appendix - 66

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Annual Greenhouse Gas Reductions - All EPA
Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Buildings
Sector Programs (ENERGY STAR)

Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial
Efficiency/Waste Management Programs
FY      FY2002     FY 2003     FY 2004
2001
Actuals   Actuals      Actuals      Actuals
   65      71,000,000   82,400,000

  16.6     19,600,000   23,000,000


   5.8      6,900,000    7,400,000
FY 2005    FY 2006

Pres. Bud.   Request
   90.2        102     MMTCE
             26.5     MMTCE
              9.0     MMTCE
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial     16
Methane Outreach Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's Industrial    22.8
HFC/PFC Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's             1.9
Transportation Programs
Greenhouse Gas Reductions from EPA's State and     1.9
Local Programs
          15,900,000   17,900,000
          24,500,000   29,800,000
          2,100,000    2,300,000
          2,000,000    2,000,000
   19.1

   34.4


   2.9

   2.0
20.1

41.0


 3.3

 2.0
MMTCE

MMTCE


MMTCE

MMTCE
      Baseline:     The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence
                   of the U.S. climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S.
                   climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline
                   data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and
                   from EPA's Integrated Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector.  Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide
                   (CO2) emissions,  including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
                   Baseline   information   is   discussed  at   length  in   the   U.S.   Climate   Action   Report  2002
                   (www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html),  which  provides  a discussion of  differences in
                   assumptions between the  1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which  portion of energy efficiency
                   programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
                   information from  partners and other sources.  EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well  as update
                                                     Appendix - 67

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                   methodologies as new information becomes available.

      Reduce Energy Consumption

      In 2006      Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 145 billion kilowatt hours (kWh), contributing to
                   over $8.5 billion in energy savings to consumers and businesses.

      In 2005      Reduce energy consumption from projected levels by more than 120 billion kilowatt hours, contributing to over
                   $8.5 billion in energy savings to consumers and businesses.

      In 2004      Data will be available in 2005.

      In 2003      EPA's Climate Change Programs significantly exceeded its goal by reducing energy use by 122.8 billion kWh.
                   EPA estimates that from investments made due to EPA's technology deployment programs, businesses and
                   consumers will realize energy bill savings of more than $85 billion through 2012  (net of investment in energy-
                   efficiency technologies).

      In 2002      EPA's  Climate Change Programs reduced energy use by 100 billion kWh hours.   EPA estimates  that from
                   investments made due to EPA's technology deployment programs, businesses and consumers will realize energy
                   bill savings of more than  $70 billion through 2012 (net of investment in energy- efficient technologies).

      In 2001      EPA's Climate Protection Programs reduced energy use by 84 billion kilowatt hours in 2001.
Performance Measures

Annual Energy Savings - All EPA Programs
FY2001
Actuals
84

FY 2002
Actuals
100 B
kWh
FY 2003
Actuals
122.8 B
kWh
FY 2004
Actuals
Data
avail. 05
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
120

FY 2006
Request
145

       Billion kWh
      Baseline:     The baseline for evaluating program performance is a projection of U.S. greenhouse gas emissions in the absence
                   of the U.S. climate change programs. The baseline was developed as part of an interagency evaluation of the U.S.
                   climate change programs in 2002, which built on similar baseline forecasts developed in 1997 and 1993. Baseline
                   data for carbon emissions related to energy use is based on data from the Energy Information Agency (EIA) and
                   from EPA's Integrated Planning Model of the U.S. electric power sector. Baseline data for non-carbon dioxide
                   (CO2) emissions, including nitrous oxide and other high global warming potential gases are maintained by EPA.
                   Baseline  information  is   discussed   at  length  in   the   U.S.   Climate   Action   Report   2002

                                                     Appendix - 68

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
                       ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                   (www.epa.gov/globalwarming/publications/car/index.html),  which  provides  a discussion  of differences in
                   assumptions between the  1997 baseline and the 2002 update, including which portion of energy efficiency
                   programs are included in the estimates. EPA develops the non-CO2 emissions baselines and projections using
                   information from partners and  other sources. EPA continues to develop annual inventories as well as update
                   methodologies as new information becomes available.

      OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH

      Through 2010, provide and apply sound science to support EPA's goal of clean air by conducting leading-edge research and
      developing a better understanding and characterization of environmental outcomes under Goal 1.

      Clean Automotive Technology

      In 2006       Transfer hybrid powertrain components,  originally  developed for passenger car  applications, to meet size,
                   performance, durability, and towing requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications
                   with an average fuel economy improvement of 35% over the baseline.

      In 2005       Transfer hybrid powertrain components,  originally  developed for passenger car  applications, to meet size,
                   performance, durability, and towing requirements of Sport Utility Vehicle and urban delivery vehicle applications
                   with an average fuel economy improvement of 30% over the baseline.

      In 2004       The average fuel economy of the typical SUV with EPA-developed hybrid technology represents a 25% increase
                   over the baseline of 20.2 mpg.

Performance Measures
Fuel Economy of typical SUV with EPA-
developed hybrid technology over EPA Driving
Cycles Tested
FY2001
Actuals


FY 2002
Actuals


FY 2003
Actuals


FY 2004
Actuals

25.20
FY 2005
Pres.
Bud.
26.3
FY 2006
Request

27.3
       MPG
      Baseline:     The average fuel economy of all  SUVs sold in the US in 2001 is 20.2 mpg.  Values for 2004, 2005, and 2006
                   represent 25%, 30%, and 35% improvements over this baseline, respectively.
                                                    Appendix - 69

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      Research

      PM Effects Research

      In 2006       BY 2006, develop and  report on new data on the effects of different PM sizes or components to improve
                    understanding of the health risks associated with short-term  exposure to PM in healthy and select susceptible
                    populations  so that, by  2010,  OAR has improved assessments of health risks to develop  PM standards that
                    maximize protection of human health, as determined by independent expert review.

Performance Measures                           FY2001   FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                              Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Integrated report on the health effects of different                                                               1      Report
particle sizes or particle components in healthy and
select susceptible subgroups.

      Background:   The physical attributes of PM — size, surface area and number - influence PM deposition, penetration, and
                    persistence in the lung,  as well as  the potential for transport within the body and the inherent toxicity of the
                    particle itself. Composition also varies by particle size, with products of combustion usually concentrated in fine
                    PM. Evidence from epidemiological studies suggest that small or "fine" particles  (PM with diameters less than
                    2.5 microns, or PM2.5)  are strongly associated with cardiovascular and respiratory effects.  Other studies have
                    shown that larger,  "coarse" particles (PM with diameters less than 10  microns, or PM10) may not contribute
                    significantly to an increased risk of adverse  health effects.  In addition, a few studies show correlations between
                    health outcomes and ultrafme (< 100 nm) ambient PM.   EPA is conducting research to determine the extent to
                    which adverse health effects can be attributed to PM belonging to a particular size class or chemical composition
                    of PM.    This  APG  will report on and integrate  information on the influence of  particle size and  certain
                    compositions on health effects in healthy and select susceptible subgroups.  Specific emphasis will be placed on
                    differential effects - in kind or intensity - for less studied particle sizes (i.e. ultrafmes and coarse particles). This
                    information will reduce uncertainties in risk assessment,  be used in the development of future PM standards, and
                    inform decision makers implementing PM reduction strategies.

                    Beginning in FY 2005,  regular evaluations by independent and external panels will  provide reviews  of EPA
                    research programs'  relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA  has
                    been successful in  meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research.  Recommendations and results
                    from these reviews  will improve the design and management of EPA research programs and help to measure their

                                                      Appendix - 70

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    progress under the Government Performance and Results Act.

      PM Measurement Research

      In 2006       Develop and transfer new data and tools needed by OAR and the states to predict, measure, and reduce ambient
                    PM and PM emissions to attain the existing PM NAAQS, as determined by independent expert review.

      In 2005       By FY 2005,  deliver and transfer improved receptor models and data on chemical compounds emitted from
                    sources so that, by 2006, EPA's Office of Air and Radiation and the states have the necessary new data and tools
                    to predict, measure, and reduce ambient PM and PM emissions to attain the existing PM National Ambient Air
                    Quality Standards (NAAQS) for the protection of public health.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Improved receptor models and data on chemical                                                  09/30/05              models/data
compounds emitted from sources
Synthesis report with improved information on PM                                                            1      Report
emissions and ambient concentrations for use in
preparation and evaluation of state implementation
plan development, application, and compliance

      Background:   The designation of non-attainment areas for the Particulate Matter National Ambient Air Quality Standards
                    (NAAQS) in 2005 will mean that states will need to immediately begin developing State Implementation Plans
                    (SIPs).  SIPs incorporate source emission reduction rules that once implemented lead to cleaner air and standards
                    attainment.  They are due to EPA three years after designation. SIP development is predicated on the availability
                    of recent  and  credible information  on state-wide and regional air quality, atmospheric chemistry, and processes
                    that transport  and transform source emissions leading to PM concentrations in excess of the PM NAAQS. The
                    national PM Supersites program has been applying the most sophisticated instruments and methods available over
                    the past four years in seven areas across the country to fully characterize PM, its composition and contributing
                    sources and atmospheric processes. Supersites have been located in Fresno, CA; Los Angeles, CA; Houston, TX;
                    St.  Louis, MO; Baltimore, MD;  Pittsburgh, PA; and New York, NY. These locations include those with the
                    highest annual and daily PM concentrations nationally.  The observational insights from these  Supersites will
                    provide specialized information not otherwise available for their host and adjoining states.  Information will be
                    provided  both as  detailed  area-specific information and as synthesis  of findings  on multiple scales.   This
                                                      Appendix - 71

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                information will provide inputs for receptor models, and confirm the emissions and chemical process information
                used in air quality models as part of a weight of evidence approach to be used by states to tag specific sources
                with reduction targets.

                Beginning in FY 2005, regular  evaluations by independent and external panels will provide reviews of EPA
                research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
                been successful in meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research.
                                                 Appendix - 72

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


Clean and Safe Water

Ensure drinking water is safe. Restore and maintain oceans, watersheds, and their aquatic ecosystems to protect human health, support
economic and recreational activities, and provide healthy habitat for fish, plants, and wildlife.

       OBJECTIVE: PROTECT HUMAN HEALTH

       Protect human health by reducing exposure to contaminants in drinking water (including protecting source waters), in fish and
       shellfish, and in recreational waters.

       Safe Drinking Water

       In 2006      75%  of community  water  systems  will provide drinking water that meets  health-based  standards with a
                   compliance date of January 2002 or later.

       In 2006      75% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
                   standards with a compliance date of January 2002 or later.

       In 2006      90% of the population served by community water systems in Indian country will receive drinking water that
                   meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards.

       In 2006      93% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets all applicable
                   health-based drinking water standards through effective treatment and source water protection.

       In 2006      94% of community water systems will  provide drinking water that meets health-based standards with which
                   systems need to comply as of December 2001.

       In 2006      94% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
                   standards with which systems need to comply as of December 2001.

       In 2005      75%  of community  water  systems  will provide drinking water that meets  health-based  standards with a
                   compliance date of January 2002 or later.

       In 2005      75% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
                   standards with a compliance date of January 2002 or later.


                                                     Appendix - 73

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      In 2005      90% of the population served by community water systems in Indian country will receive drinking water that
                   meets all applicable health-based drinking water standards.

      In 2005      93% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets all applicable
                   health-based drinking water standards through effective treatment and source water protection.

      In 2005      94% of community water systems will provide drinking water that meets health-based standards with which
                   systems need to comply as of December 2001.

      In 2005      94% of the population served by community water systems will receive drinking water that meets health-based
                   standards with which systems need to comply as of December 2001.

      In 2004      Data available in 2005.

      In 2004      Data available in 2005.

      In 2003      96% of the population served by community water systems received  drinking water meeting health-based
                   standards promulgated in or after 1998.

      In 2003      90% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based
                   standards in effect as of 1994, up from 83% in 1994.

      In 2002      94% of the population served by community water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based
                   standards in effect as of 1994.

      In 2001      91 percent of the population served by water systems received drinking water meeting all health-based standards
                   that were in effect as of 1994.
Performance Measures                           FY 2001
                                             Actuals
Percent of population served by community drinking     91
water systems with no violations during the year of
any Federally enforceable health-based standards
that were in place by 1994.
Population served by community water systems
providing drinking water meeting health-based
FY 2002
Actuals
94

FY 2003
Actuals
90

FY 2004
Actuals
Available
2005
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.


FY 2006
Request


96
Available
  2005
                                       % Population
% Population
                                                     Appendix - 74

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                           FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

standards promulgated in or after 1998.
Population served by community water systems that
receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with which systems need to comply as of
December 2001.
Population served by community water systems that
receive drinking water that meets health-based
standards with a compliance date of January 2002 or
later.

Percentage of community water systems that provide
drinking water that meets health-based standards
with which systems need to comply as of December
2001.

Percentage of community water systems that provide
drinking water that meets health-based standards
with a compliance date of January 2002 or later.

Percent of the population served by community
water systems in Indian country that receive
drinking water that meets all applicable health-based
drinking water standards.

% of population served by community water systems
that receive drinking water that meets all applicable
health-based drinking water standards through
effective treatment and source water protection.
FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003    FY 2004
Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Actuals
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
                                               94
                                               75
                                               94
                                               75
                                               90
                                               93
              94
% Population
              75      % Population
              94      % CWSs
              75      % CWSs
              90      % Population
              93      % population
      Baseline:     In 1998, 85% of the population that was served by community water systems and 96% of the population served
                    by non-community,  non-transient drinking water systems received drinking water for which no violations of
                    federally enforceable health standards had occurred during the year.   Year-to-year performance is expected to
                    change  as new standards take effect.  Covered standards include:  Stage 1 disinfection by-products/interim
                    enhanced surface water treatment rule/long-term enhanced surface water treatment rule/arsenic.
                                                       Appendix - 75

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      Drinking Water Small Systems

      In 2006      Reduce the number of households on Tribal lands lacking access to safe drinking water.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Number of household on Tribal lands lacking access                                                        30,800   Households
to safe drinking water.

      Baseline:     2003 Baseline:  In 2003, Indian Health Service indicates that 39,000 homes lack access to  safe drinking water
                   (12% of tribal homes nationwide).

      River/Lake Assessments for Fish Consumption

      In 2006      91% of the shellfish growing acres monitored by states are approved or conditionally approved for use.

      In 2006      At least 1%  of the water miles/acres identified by states or tribes as having a fish consumption advisory in 2002
                   will have improved water and sediment quality so that increased consumption offish and shellfish is allowed.

      In 2005      80% of the shellfish growing acres monitored by states are approved or conditionally approved for use.

      In 2005      At least 1%  of the water miles/acres identified by states or tribes as having a fish consumption advisory in 2002
                   will have improved water and sediment quality so that increased consumption offish and shellfish is allowed.

      In 2004      24%

      In 2003      Reduced consumption of contaminated fish by  increasing  the  information  available to States, Tribes, local
                   governments, citizens, and decision-makers.

      In 2002      14% of the nation's river miles and 28% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish
                   and shellfish that should not be eaten or should be  eaten in only limited quantities.

      In 2001      9% of the nation's river miles and 23% of nation's lake acres have been assessed to determine if they contain fish
                   and shellfish that should not be eaten or should be  eaten in only limited quantities.
                                                     Appendix - 76

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                         FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Lake acres assessed for the need for fish advisories
and compilation of state-issued fish consumption
advisory methodologies, (cumulative)
River miles assessed for the need for fish
consumption advisories & compilation of state-
issued fish consumption advisory methodologies.
(cumulative)
Percent of water miles/acres, identified by states or
tribes as having fish consumption advisories in
2002, where increased consumption of fish is
allowed.
Percent of the shellfish growing acres monitored by
states that are approved or conditionally approved
for use
FY2001
Actuals
   23
FY 2002
Actuals
   28
             14%
FY 2003
Actuals
   33
              15
FY 2004
Actuals
   35%
             24%
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
                                              80
                                            91 (FY
                                              08)
                     % Lake
                     acres

                     % River
                     miles
                                                                Miles/Acres
                                           % Areas
      Baseline:      In 1999, 7% of the Nation's rivers and 15% of the Nation's lakes were assessed to determine if they contained fish
                    that should not be eaten or should be eaten in only limited quantities.  In September 1999, 25 states/tribes are
                    monitoring and  conducting assessments based on the national guidance to establish nationally consistent fish
                    advisories. In the 2000 Report to Congress on the National Water Quality Inventory, 69% of assessed river and
                    stream  miles; 63% of  assessed lake, reservoir, and pond acres; and  53% of  assessed estuary  square  miles
                    supported their designated use for fish consumption. For shell fish consumption, 77% of assessed estuary square
                    miles met this designated use.

      Increase Information on Beaches

      In 2006       Coastal and Great Lakes beaches monitored by State beach safety programs will be open and safe for swimming
                    in over 94% of the days of the beach season.

      In 2006       Restore water quality to allow swimming in not less than 3% of the stream miles and lake acres identified by
                    states in 2000 as having water quality unsafe for swimming.
                                                      Appendix - 77

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                         FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      In 2005       Coastal and Great Lakes beaches monitored by State beach safety programs will be open and safe for swimming
                    in over 94% of the days of the beach season.

      In 2005       Restore water quality to allow swimming in not less than 2% of the stream miles and lake acres identified by
                    states in 2000 as having water quality unsafe for swimming.

      In 2004       Beach closure data for calendar year 2003 was provided  by 277 state agencies for 1,857 beaches. The goal to
                    have closure data for 2,823 beaches was not  met due to software compatibility issues with the old  and new
                    database systems.  EPA expects the new system to be fully operational in early 2005 so all states can report beach
                    closure information.

      In 2003       Reduced human exposure to contaminated recreation waters by increasing the information available to the public
                    and decision-makers.

      In 2002       Reduced exposure to contaminated recreation waters by providing monitoring  and closure data on 2,455 beaches
                    to the public and decision-makers.

      In 2001       Reduce exposure  to contaminated  recreation  waters  by  providing  information on  2,354 beaches for which
                    monitoring and closure data is available to the public and decision-makers.
Performance Measures

Beaches for which monitoring and closure data is
available to the public at
http://www.epa.gov/waterscience/beaches/.
(cumulative)

Restore water quality to allow swimming in stream
miles and lake acres identified by states

Days (of beach season) that coastal and Great Lakes
beaches monitored by State beach safety programs
are open and safe for swimming.
FY2001
Actuals
  2,354
FY 2002
Actuals
  2,445
FY 2003
Actuals
  2,823
FY 2004
Actuals
   1,857
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
                     Beaches
                                              94
                                              94
                                           Miles/Acres
                                           %
                                           Days/Season
      Baseline:      By the end of FY 1999, 33 states had responded to EPA's first annual survey on state and local beach monitoring
                    and closure practices and EPA made available to the public via the internet.  An average of 9 recreational contact
                    waterborne disease outbreaks reported per year by the Centers for Disease Control for the years 1994-1998, based
                                                      Appendix - 78

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan


                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                   on data housed in EPA/ORD internal database.  In 2002, monitored beaches were opened 94% of the days during
                   the beach season.

      Source Water Protection

      In 2006       20% of source water areas for community water systems will achieve minimized risk to public health.

      In 2005       20% of source water areas for community water systems will achieve minimized risk to public health.

      In 2004       13,891 community water systems (representing 42% of the population served by these systems) implemented best
                   management practices to address potential sources of contamination and further protect drinking water supplies.

      In 2003       6,570 community water systems (representing 25% of the population served by these  systems) implemented
                   source water protection programs.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Number of community water systems and percent of                         6,5707     13,8917                        %
population served by those CWSs that are                                   25%       42%                         pop/systems
implementing source water protection programs.

Percent of source water areas for community water                                                20         20     % Areas
systems that achieve minimized risk to public health


      Baseline:     EPA  defines "achieve minimized risk" as  substantial implementation of source water protection actions, as
                   determined by a State's  source water protection strategy. Approximately 268 million people are estimated to be
                   served by Community Water Systems (CWSs) in 2002.

      OBJECTIVE: PROTECT WATER QUALITY

      Protect the quality of rivers, lakes, and streams on a watershed basis and protect coastal and ocean waters.

      Watershed Protection

      In 2006       472 of the Nation's watersheds have water quality standards met in at least 80% of the assessed water segments.

                                                    Appendix - 79

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2006       Water quality standards are fully attained in over 25% of miles/acres of waters by 2012, with an interim milestone
                    of restoring 5% of these waters - identified in 2000 as not attaining standards - by 2005.

      In 2005       500 of the Nation's watersheds have water quality standards met in at least 80% of the assessed water segments.

      In 2005       Water quality standards are fully attained in over 25% of miles/acres of waters by 2012, with an interim milestone
                    of restoring 2% of these waters - identified in 2000 as not attaining standards - by 2005.

      In 2004       Available in 2005.

      In 2003       End of year FY 2003 data will be available in 2005 to verify if FY 2003, Water quality has improved on a
                    watershed basis such that 600 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater than 80  percent of assessed
                    waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.

      In 2002       This measure reflects states' biennial reporting under CWA 305(b), and  is not intended to be reported against
                    again until the FY2003 reporting cycle.

      In 2001       Water quality improved on a watershed basis  such that 510 of the Nation's 2,262 watersheds will have greater
                    than 80 percent of assessed waters meeting all water quality standards, up from 500 watersheds in 1998.
Performance Measures

Watersheds that have greater than 80% of assessed
waters meeting all water quality standards.
Waterbodies (river miles and lake acres) identified
in 2000 as not attaining Water quality standards, are
fully attained.
FY2001
Actuals
510

FY 2002
Actuals
510
(FYOO)
FY 2003
Actuals
453

FY 2004
Actuals
Available
2005.
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
   500       472
       8-digitHUCs
       Miles/Acres
      Baseline:      As of 2002 state reports 453 watersheds had met the criteria that greater than 80% of assessed waters met all
                    water quality standards.  For a watershed to be counted toward this goal, at least 25% of the segments in the
                    watershed must be assessed within the past 4 years consistent with assessment guidelines developed pursuant to
                    section 305(b) of the Clean Water Act.  In 2002, 0% of the 255,408 miles/and 6,803,419 acres of waters identified
                                                       Appendix - 80

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    on 1998/2000 lists of impaired waters developed by States and approved by EPA under section 303(d) of the
                    Clean Water Act.
      Dredged Material/Ocean Disposal

      In 2006       Improve ratings reported on the national  "good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal Condition Report for:
                    coastal wetlands loss  by at least 0.2 point; contamination of sediments in coastal waters by at least 0.7 point;
                    benthic quality by at least 0.5 point; & eutrophic condition by at least 1.2 point

      In 2006       Scores for overall aquatic system health of coastal waters nationally,  and in each coastal region, is improved on
                    the (good/fair/poor) scale of the National Coastal Condition Report by at least 0.1 point

      In 2005       Improve ratings reported on the national  "good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal Condition Report for:
                    coastal wetlands loss  by at least 0.1 point; contamination of sediments in coastal waters by at least 0.1 point;
                    benthic quality by at least 0.1 point; & eutrophic condition by at least 0.1 point

      In 2005       Scores for overall aquatic system health of coastal waters nationally,  and in each coastal region, is improved on
                    the "good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal Condition Report by at least 0.1 point
Performance Measures

Score for overall aquatic system health of coastal
waters nationally, and in each coastal region, is
improved (cumulative).
Maintain water clarity and dissolved oxygen in
coastal waters at the national levels reported in the
2002 National Coastal Condition Report
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for coastal wetlands loss
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for contamination of sediments in
FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Pres. Bud.   Request
                                               2.5
2.7
Scale score
                                             4.3 / 4.5     4.3 / 4.6    Scale score
                                               1.5
                                               1.4
1.7
2.1
Scale score
Scale score
                                                       Appendix - 81

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

coastal waters
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for benthic quality
Improve ratings reported on the national
"good/fair/poor" scale of the National Coastal
Condition Report for eutrophic condition
FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003   FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
                                              1.5
2.0
                                                         3.0
Scale score
        Scale score
      Baseline:      National rating of "fair/poor" or 2.4 where the rating is based on a 5-point system where 1 is poor and 5 is good
                    and is expressed as an aerially weighted mean of regional scores using the National Coastal  Condition Report
                    indicators  [i.e.,  water  clarity,  dissolved  oxygen,  coastal wetlands  loss,  eutrophic  conditions,  sediment
                    contamination, benthic health, and fish tissue contamination].   The 2002 National  Coastal  Condition Report
                    indicated 4.3 for water clarity and 4.5 for dissolved oxygen, 1.4 for coastal wetlands loss; 1.3  for contamination
                    of sediments in coastal waters; 1.4 for benthic quality; & 1.7 for eutrophic condition.

      State/Tribal Water Quality Standards

      In 2006       In coordination  with other federal partners reduce,  by 17%, households on tribal  lands lacking access  to basic
                    sanitation.

      In 2006       Water quality in Indian country will be improved at not less than 50 monitoring stations in tribal waters for which
                    baseline data are available (i.e., show at least a 10% improvement for each of four key parameters: total nitrogen,
                    total phosphorus, dissolved oxygen, and fecal coliforms.)

      In 2005       In coordination  with other federal partners reduce,  by 11%, households on tribal  lands lacking access  to basic
                    sanitation.

      In 2005       Water quality in Indian country will be improved at not less than 35 monitoring stations in tribal waters for which
                    baseline data are available (i.e., show at least a 10% improvement for each of four key parameters: total nitrogen,
                    total phosphorus, dissolved oxygen, and fecal coliforms.)
                                                      Appendix - 82

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2004
25
      In 2003       Assured that States and Tribes had effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance
                    with the Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.

      In 2002       Assure that 25  States and 22 Tribes have effective, up-to-date water  quality  standards programs adopted in
                    accordance with the Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.

      In 2001       21 States and 19 Tribes have  effective, up-to-date water quality standards programs adopted in accordance with
                    the Water Quality Standards regulation and the Water Quality Standards program priorities.
Performance Measures                           FY 2001
                                              Actuals
States with new or revised water quality standards        21
that EPA has reviewed and approved or disapproved
and promulgated federal replacement standards.
Tribes with water quality standards adopted and
approved (cumulative).
                              19
                                     FY 2002
                                     Actuals
                                        25
22
       FY 2003
       Actuals
           28
23
       FY 2004
       Actuals
           27
25
       FY 2005
       Pres. Bud.
FY 2006
Request
                             States
           Tribes
Number of monitoring stations (for which baseline
data on 4 key parameters are available) where water
quality is improved.
Number of households on tribal lands lacking access
to basic sanitation.
                                                                         35
                                                                         11
                                           50
                                           17
                                        Stations
                                        %
                                        Households
      Baseline:      The performance measure  of state submissions (above) thus represents a "rolling annual total"  of updated
                    standards acted upon by EPA, and so are neither cumulative nor strictly incremental.  EPA must  review and
                    approve or disapprove state revisions to water quality standards within 60-90 days after receiving the state's
                    package. In 2002, there will be four key parameters available at 900 sampling stations in Indian country.  In
                    2002,  Indian Health Service indicates that 71,000 households on Tribal lands lack access to basic sanitation.
                                                       Appendix - 83

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH

      Provide and apply a sound scientific foundation to EPA's goal of clean and safe water by conducting leading-edge research and
      developing a better understanding and characterization of the environmental outcomes under Goal 2.

      Research

      Scientific Rationale for Surface Water Criteria

      In 2006       By 2006, provide demonstrations of bioassessment methods for Mid-Western U.S. rivers, so that,  by 2010, the
                    Office  of Water, states, and tribes have approaches and  methods to develop and apply  criteria for habitat
                    alteration,  nutrients,  suspended  and bedded  sediments,  pathogens,  and toxic chemicals  that  will support
                    designated uses for aquatic ecosystems, as determined by independent expert review.

      In 2005       By 2005, provide methods for developing water quality criteria so that, by 2008, approaches and methods are
                    available to States and Tribes for their use in  developing and applying criteria for habitat alteration, nutrients,
                    suspended and bedded sediments, pathogens and toxic chemicals that will support designated uses for aquatic
                    ecosystems and increase the scientific basis for listing and delisting impaired water bodies under Section 303(d)
                    of the Clean Water Act.

Performance Measures                           FY2001   FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                              Actuals    Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Methods for developing water quality criteria based                                              09/30/05              methods
on population-level risks of multiple stressors to
aquatic life and aquatic-dependent wildlife.
Report on bioassessment methods for a range of                                                               1      Report
designated uses in freshwater systems within Mid-
Western U.S. rivers

      Background:   Under the Clean Water Act (CWA), the Office of Water is charged with setting criteria for states and tribes to use
                    in establishing standards for identifying and restoring impaired  waters and  maintaining  designated  uses.
                    Biological criteria have  proven to be a more  accurate way to measure  ecological condition of waterbodies
                    compared to traditional chemical and physical criteria. Bioassessment methods are used to develop and apply

                                                      Appendix - 84

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    biocriteria.  The historical focus of detection and monitoring has been on smaller, wadeable streams and rivers
                    (where inputs are likely to have noticeable impacts), but the rise in awareness of the substantial role of non-point-
                    source  pollution has led to an increased interest  in assessment of large rivers.  Biological communities  and
                    habitats change with increasing stream size, so this research will provide river assessors with clear and consistent
                    methods for conducting bioassessments for large rivers. Since different assessment methods use different scales
                    of biological data (e.g., bioassays use species data and various bioassessments use community level data),  this
                    research will also compare the different levels of  protection provided by different assessment methods. States
                    and tribes are  also faced with limited monitoring  resources to meet their obligations for CWA 305b and 303d
                    reporting and to meet Total Maximum Daily Load (TMDL) requirements.  Until  recently, the majority of state
                    biomonitoring datasets were generated from targeted sampling designs and thus may have introduced a level of
                    bias  in some analyses.  This research will provide states and tribes with guidance on balancing potential bias
                    associated with the site selection approach with the monitoring objectives and the  costs associated with  a purely
                    random sampling design.Beginning in FY 2005,  regular evaluations  by independent and external  panels will
                    provide reviews of EPA research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date.

      Drinking Water Research

      In 2006       By 2006, provide results of full-scale treatment demonstration projects and evaluations of other approaches for
                    managing arsenic in drinking water, so that by 2010, the Office of Water, states, local authorities and utilities
                    have scientifically sound data and approaches to manage risks to human health posed by exposure to arsenic, as
                    determined by independent expert review.

Performance Measures                           FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                              Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Final reports of full-scale demonstrations of arsenic                                                             3        Reports
treatment technologies

      Background:  A final drinking water standard for arsenic often parts per billion (10 ppb) was established by EPA in 2001, with
                    an effective date for compliance of 2006. Nearly 97 percent of the water systems  affected by this rule are small
                    systems that serve less than 10,000 people each. These small systems have limited  resources and need more cost-
                    effective technologies to  meet the new standard.   To  assist small communities, EPA has conducted a series of
                    full-scale,  long-term, on-site  demonstrations  of  arsenic removal technologies, process  modifications  and
                    engineering approaches.   In addition, EPA has provided technical assistance and training to operators  of small

                                                       Appendix - 85

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                water treatment systems. Accomplishment of the FY 2006 APG will provide states, local authorities, and utilities
                across the country with cost-effective technologies and technical information that can be used to  successfully
                implement the new arsenic standard.

                Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will  provide reviews of EPA
                research programs' relevance, quality, and successful  performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
                been successful in meeting its annual and long-term  commitments for research.  Recommendations and results
                from these reviews will improve the design and management of EPA research programs and help to measure their
                progress under the Government Performance and Results Act (GPRA).
                                                 Appendix - 86

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


Land Preservation and Restoration

Preserve and restore the land by using innovative waste management practices and cleaning up contaminated properties to reduce risks
posed by releases of harmful substances.

      OBJECTIVE: PRESERVE LAND

      By 2008, reduce adverse effects to land by reducing waste generation, increasing recycling, and ensuring proper management of
      waste and petroleum products at facilities in ways that prevent releases.

      Municipal Solid Waste Source Reduction

      In 2006      Divert 33.4% (80 million tons)  of municipal solid waste from  land filling and combustion, and maintain per
                   capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.

      In 2005      Divert an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 35% or 81 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land
                   filling and combustion, and maintain per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day.

      In 2004      End of year 2004 data will be available in 2006 to verify diversion of 33.4% (80 million tons) of municipal solid
                   waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain the national average municipal solid waste generation rate
                   at no more than 4.5 pounds per person per day.

      In 2003      End of year FY 2003 data will be available in 2006 to verify that an additional 1% (for a cumulative total of 32%
                   or 74 million tons) of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion, and maintain per capita generation
                   of RCRA municipal solid waste at 4.5 pounds per day was diverted.

      In 2002      FY 2002  data is currently not  available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from  land filling  and
                   combustion or maintaining per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste.  Analysis of FY 2002 data is
                   anticipated by September 2004.

      In 2001      FY 2001 data is not available for the diversion of municipal solid waste from land filling and combustion or
                   maintaining per capita generation of RCRA municipal solid waste.  Analysis of FY 2001 data is anticipated by

                                                     Appendix - 87

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
              FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                   September 2003.

Performance Measures                           FY 2001
                                             Actuals
Millions of tons of municipal solid waste diverted.        68

Daily per capita generation of municipal solid waste.      4.5
FY 2002
Actuals
Not
available
Not
available
FY 2003
Actuals
Data Lag

Data Lag

FY 2004
Actuals
0

0

FY 2005   FY 2006
Pres. Bud.  Request
   81         80
   4.5
4.5
million tons

Ibs. MSW
      Baseline:     An analysis conducted in FY  2001 shows approximately 68 million  tons (29.2%) of municipal solid waste
                   diverted and 4.4 Ibs of MSW per person daily generation. While data indicates that the growth in recycling rates
                   has slowed, EPA has maintained the goal of a 35% recycling rate as part of the FY 2003-2008 Strategic Plan.

      Waste and Petroleum Management Controls

      In 2006       Reduce releases to the environment by managing hazardous wastes and petroleum products properly.

      In 2005       Reduce releases to the environment by managing hazardous wastes and petroleum products properly.

      In 2004       In FY 2004, 72% of UST facilities were in significant operational compliance with release detection requirements
                   (a decrease of-4%  from the target of 76%) and 79% of UST facilities were in significant operational compliance
                   with release prevention requirements (a decrease of-6% from the target of 83%). In FY 2004, States and regional
                   offices reported that 64% of UST facilities were in compliance with the new UST measure.  Between FY 1999
                   and FY 2004, confirmed UST releases averaged 12,641, and the annual number of confirmed releases in FY 2004
                   was 7,848.  The RCRA program exceeded its FY 2004 goal by establishing permits or approved controls at an
                   additional 3.7% of regulated facilities.

      In 2003       For UST facilities, 72% are in operational compliance with leak detection, and 79% are in operational compliance
                   with spill prevention requirements. An additional 4.1% of the RCRA facilities have permits or approved controls,
                   and 600 oil facilities are in compliance with spill requirements.

      In 2002       1.8% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 580 oil
                   facilities were in compliance with spill prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution
                   regulations.
                                                     Appendix - 88

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2001       9.1% of RCRA hazardous waste management facilities received permits or other approved controls, and 593 oil
                    facilities were in compliance with spill prevention, control and countermeasure provisions of the oil pollution
                    regulations.
Performance Measures

Percent increase of RCRA hazardous waste
management facilities with permits or other
approved controls.
Number of confirmed UST releases nationally.

Percentage of UST facilities in significant
operational compliance with release detection
requirements.
Percentage of UST facilities in significant
operational compliance with release prevention
(spill, overfill and corrosion protection) regulations.

Percent increase of UST facilities that are in
significant operational compliance with both release
detection and release prevention (spill, overfill, and
corrosion protection requirements).
FY2001
Actuals
  9.0%
FY 2002    FY 2003
Actuals     Actuals
  4.5%       4.1%
                          807
                          /O
                         -6%
FY 2004
Actuals
   3.7%
                        7,848
                         -4%



                         -6%
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
  2.8%
FY 2006
Request
  2.5%
              Not
           applicable


              Not
           applicable


              1%
percentage
pts.
                                             <10,000     <10,000    UST releases
                                                          1%
           percentage
           pts.

           percentage
           pts.

           percent
      Baseline:     FY 2004 marked the first baseline year that states and regional offices reported the percentage of UST facilities,
                    out of a total estimated universe of approximately 256,000 facilities, that are in significant operational compliance
                    with both release detection and release prevention (spill, overfill, and corrosion protection) requirements. At the
                    end of FY 2004, the national compliance rate was 77 percent for  release prevention, 72 percent for release
                    detection, and 64 percent for the combined compliance measure.  Between FY 1999 and FY 2004, confirmed
                    UST releases averaged 12,641, and the annual number of confirmed releases in FY 2004 was 7,848.  The RCRA
                    program exceeded its FY 2004 goal by  establishing  permits  or approved controls at an additional  3.7% of
                    regulated facilities.
                                                       Appendix - 89

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      OBJECTIVE: RESTORE LAND

      By 2008, control the risks to human health and the environment by mitigating the impact of accidental or intentional releases and
      by cleaning up and restoring contaminated sites or properties to appropriate levels.

      Superfund Cost Recovery

      In 2006      Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when
                   EPA expends trust fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations
                   (SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.

      In 2005      Ensure trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when
                   EPA expends trust fund monies. Address cost recovery at all NPL and non-NPL sites with a statute of limitations
                   (SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.

      In 2004      EPA achieved its goal of addressing through enforcement, settlement or compromise/write-off all of the pending
                   cost recovery cases with outstanding unaddressed past costs greater than $200,000 and pending SOL concerns.

      In 2003      Ensured trust fund stewardship by getting PRPs to initiate or fund the work and recover costs from PRPs when
                   EPA expends trust fund monies.   Addressed cost recovery at  all  NPL and non-NPL sites with a  statute of
                   limitations (SOL) on total past costs equal to or greater than $200,000.

      In 2002      The goal was met. Cost recovery was addressed at 204 NPL and non-NPL sites of which 101  had total past costs
                   greater than or equal to $200,000 and potential statute of limitations (SOL) concerns. EPA secured cleanup and
                   ocst recovery commitments from private parties in excess of $645 million.

      In 2001      None Provided

                                            FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006

Performance Measures
                                            Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Refer to DOJ, settle, or write off 100% of Statute of      97.8       100        100       100%        100        100     Percent
Limitations (SOLs) cases for SF sites with total
                                                     Appendix - 90

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                        FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

unaddressed past costs equal to or greater than
$200,000 and report value of costs recovered.
                                             FY2001
Actuals
           FY2002    FY2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
Actuals
Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
      Baseline:     In FY 98 the Agency will have addressed 100% of Cost Recovery at all NPL & non-NPL sites with total past
                   costs equal or greater than $200,000.

      Superfund Potentially Responsible Party Participant

      In 2005      Reach a settlement or take an enforcement action by the time of the Remedial Action start at 90 percent of non-
                   Federal Superfund sites that have viable, liable parties.

      In 2004      EPA reached a settlement or took an enforcement action by the start of remedial action at more than 98% of those
                   Superfund sites having known non-Federal, viable, liable parties.

      In 2003      Maximized all aspects of PRP participation which included maintaining PRP work at 87% of the new remedial
                   construction starts at non-Federal Facility Superfund, and emphasized fairness in the settlement process.

      In 2002      In FY 2002 the percentage of remedial construction starts initiated by responsible parties exceeded the target by
                   one percent.

      In 2001      None Provided
Performance Measures

PRPs conduct 70% of the work at new construction
starts
Percentage of Superfund sites at which settlement or
enforcement action taken before the start of RA.
FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003
Actuals     Actuals    Actuals
   67.3        71        87
                     FY 2004
                     Actuals
                                  98%
                     FY 2005   FY 2006
                     Pres. Bud.  Request
                                   90
                                   90
                                                    Percent
Percent
                                                     Appendix - 91

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

   Baseline:     In FY 98 approximately 70% of new remedial work at NPL sites (excluding Federal facilities) was initiated by
                 private parties. In FY2003, a settlement was reached or an enforcement action was taken with non-Federal PRPs
                 before the start of the remedial action at approximately 90 percent of Superfund sites.

   Assess and Cleanup Contaminated Land

   In 2006       Control  the risks to human health and the environment at  contaminated properties or sites  through cleanup,
                 stabilization, or other action, and make land available for reuse.

   In 2005       Control  the risks to human health and the environment at  contaminated properties or sites  through cleanup,
                 stabilization, or other action, and make land available for reuse.
   In 2004       In FY 2004, Superfund controlled human exposures at 83% (1,242 of 1,493) of eligible NPL sites and controlled
                 groundwater migration at 67% (875 of 1,306) of eligible NPL sites, completed construction at 62% (926 of 1,498)
                 of the eligible NPL sites,  selected final remedies at 67% (1,003 of 1,498) of the eligible NPL sites.  Of the 1,714
                 RCRA Corrective Action high priority facilities, 84% (1,440) have human exposures controlled and 70% (1,199)
                 have groundwater migration controlled, reflecting the strong EPA/state  partnership in this  program.    EPA
                 completed 317,405  leaking underground storage tank cleanups by the end of FY 2004.  The Agency has worked
                 with state partners to evaluate  multi-year cleanup goals in light of new pressures that have slowed the pace of
                 cleanup in recent years. The result of this process has been a reduction of multi-year goals to a target number that
                 better reflects the current challenges.

   In 2003       917 final Superfund site assessment decisions were made.

   In 2003       Superfund accomplished 380 removals, control of human exposures at 28 sites and groundwater migration at 54
                 sites, and  40 construction completions.  The RCRA program  controlled human exposures  at 230  sites  and
                 groundwater migration at 175 sites.  There were 18,518 LUST cleanups.

   In 2002       Human exposures to  toxins were controlled at  172 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were
                 controlled at 171 RCRA  facilities.   15.769 leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed,  and 42
                 Superfund construction completions were achieved.

   In 2002       Superfund initiated 426  removal actions  and  recorded 587 site assessment decisions, and the  Brownfields
                 program assessed 983 properties.

   In 2001       Human exposures to  toxins were controlled at  179 RCRA facilities and toxic releases to groundwater were
                 controlled  at 154 RCRA facilities,  19,074  leaking underground storage tank cleanups were completed,  and 47

                                                   Appendix - 92

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
  FY 2006 Annual Plan
ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Superfund construction completions were completed.
In 2001 Superfund initiated 302 removal response actions and recorded 931
Brownfields program assessed 730 properties.
Performance Measures FY2001 FY 2002 FY 2003
Actuals Actuals Actuals
Number of leaking underground storage tank 19,074 15,769 18,518
cleanups completed.
Number of Superfund final site assessment 931 587 917
decisions.
Number of Superfund construction completions. 47 42 40
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with 28
human exposures controlled.
Number of Superfund hazardous waste sites with 54
groundwater migration controlled.
Number of final remedies (cleanup targets) selected
at Superfund sites.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with 179 207 230
human exposures to toxins controlled.
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with toxic 154 174 175
releases to groundwater controlled.
Number of final remedies (cleanup targets) selected
at RCRA sites using 2005 baseline.
Percent of RCRA construction completions using
2005 baseline.
FY 2004
Actuals
14,285
548
40
15
18
30
195
150


site assessment decisions, and tl
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
21,000
500
40
10
10
20
225
203


FY 2006
Request
18,300
500
40
10
10
20


89
13

cleanups
assessments
completions
sites
sites
remedies
facilities
facilities
remedies
percent
Number of high priority RCRA facilities with
human exposures to toxins controlled using 2005
baseline.

Number of high priority RCRA facilities with toxic
releases to groundwater controlled using 2005
under    facilities
dev't


under    facilities
dev't
                                                          Appendix - 93

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                               FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
                                       FY2001
                                       Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
baseline.
FY 2006
Request
      Baseline:
             In FY 2004, Superfund controlled human exposures at 83% (1,242 of 1,493) of eligible NPL sites and controlled
             groundwater migration at 67% (875 of 1,306) of eligible NPL sites, completed construction at 62% (926 of 1,498)
             of the eligible NPL sites, selected final remedies at 67% (1,003 of 1,498) of the eligible NPL sites.  Of the 1,714
             RCRA Corrective Action high priority facilities, 84% (1,440) have human exposures controlled and 70% (1,199)
             have groundwater migration controlled, reflecting the strong EPA/state partnership in this program.  The  new
             performance measures for the RCRA program (with targets  under development) reflect a new facility baseline
             (1,968 facilities) established in October 2004.  In FY 2004, EPA completed 317,405 leaking underground storage
             tank cleanups by the end of FY 2004. The Agency has worked with state partners to evaluate multi-year cleanup
             goals in light of new pressures that have slowed the pace of cleanup in recent years. The result of this process has
             been a reduction of multi-year goals to a target number that better reflects the current challenges.

Prepare/Respond to Accidental/Intentional Release

In 2006      Reduce  and control the risks posed by accidental and intentional releases of harmful substances by improving our
             Nation's capability to prepare for and respond more effectively to these emergencies.

             Reduce  and control the risks posed by accidental and intentional releases of harmful substances by improving our
             Nation's capability to prepare for and respond more effectively to these emergencies.

             By the  end of FY 2004, there have been cumulative total  of over 8,280 Superfund removal response actions
             initiated since 1980.   EPA exceeded its FY 2004 expectations for readiness by  reducing the core emergency
             response readiness deficit  by 56%.  EPA was involved in 308  oil spill responses in FY 2004.  The Agency
             typically responds to or monitors 300 oil spill cleanups per year.
      In 2005
      In 2004
Performance Measures

Number of Superfund removal response actions
initiated.
Oil spills responded to or monitored by EPA.
Number of inspections and exercises conducted at
oil storage facilities that are required to have Facility
FY2001
Actuals
302
527

FY 2002
Actuals
426
203

FY 2003
Actuals
380
322

FY 2004
Actuals
385
308

FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
350
300
360
FY 2006
Request
350
300
100
                                                                                                      removals

                                                                                                      spills
                                                                                                      inspects/exer
                                                      Appendix - 94

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                        FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Response Plans.
Percentage of emergency response and homeland
security readiness improvement.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals

   56%
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.

  10%
FY 2006
Request

  10%
                                                               percent
      Baseline:     By the end of FY 2004, there have been cumulative total of over 8,280 Superfund removal response actions
                   initiated since 1980.  EPA exceeded its FY 2004 expectations for readiness by reducing the core emergency
                   response readiness deficit by  56%.  EPA was involved in 308  oil spill responses in FY 2004.  The Agency
                   typically responds to or monitors 300 oil spill cleanups per year.

      OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH

      Through 2008, provide and apply sound science for  protecting and restoring land by conducting leading-edge research and
      developing a better understanding and characterization of environmental outcomes under Goal 3.

      Research

      Scientifically Defensible Decisions for Site Clean

      In 2006      Document the performance, including cost savings,  of innovative characterization and remediation options, so
                   that newer approaches with cost or performance advantages are applied for Superfund and other cleanup projects.

      In 2005      In FY 2005, complete at least four SITE demonstrations, with  emphasis on NAPLs and sediments, in order to, by
                   2010, develop or evaluate 40 scientific tools, technologies, methods, and models, and provide technical support
                   that enable practitioners to 1) characterize the nature and extent of multimedia contamination; 2) assess, predict,
                   and communicate risks to human health and the environment; 3) employ improved remediation options; and 4)
                   respond to oil spills effectively.

      In 2004      Provided risk assessors and managers with site-specific data sets on three applications detailing the performance
                   of  conventional  remedies  for contaminated sediments to help determine the most effective techniques for
                   remediating contaminated sites and protecting human health and the environment.
                                                     Appendix - 95

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

       In 2003       Delivered state-of-the-science report and methods to EPA and other stakeholders for risk management of fuel
                    oxygenates; organic and inorganic contamination of sediments, ground water and/or soils; and oil spills to ensure
                    cost-effective and technically sound site clean-up.

       In 2002       EPA  provided evaluation  information on six innovative approaches that reduce human health and ecosystem
                    exposure from dense nonaqueous phase liquids (DNAPLs) and methly tertiary butyl-ether (MTBE)  in soils and
                    groundwater, and from oil and persistent organics in aquatic systems.

       In 2001       EPA provided technical  information to support scientifically  defensible and cost-effective decisions for clean-up
                    of complex sites, hard-to-treat wastes, mining, oil spills near shorelines, and Brownfields to reduce risk to human
                    health and the environment.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Deliver the Annual SITE Program Report to             0                                                           report
Congress.
Complete draft of the FY 2002 Annual SITE Report                 1          1                                      draft report
to Congress.
Reports on performance data for conventional                                         3 reports                        reports
sediment remedies for three sites.
SITE demonstrations completed                                                                  4                 demonstrations
Draft of FY05 Annual SITE Report to Congress                                                                1      Report

       Background:  Barriers to cleaning up contaminated sites  include uncertainty and high  cost in either characterizing the site or
                    implementing a remedy.  Problematic issues include dense non-aqueous  phase liquids,  contaminated sediments,
                    and contaminated ground water.  Underestimation of the extent of contamination can lead to cost  overruns or
                    significant technical changes during remediation.  For some sites, the available remedies are not able to achieve
                    cleanup targets or costs are high.  Site managers  are reluctant to try new approaches  without an independent
                    assessment of their performance.  Documenting the results of SITE demonstrations can accelerate the application
                    of new technologies in the field, resulting in improvements in quality, timeliness, and/or cost of clean up.
                                                       Appendix - 96

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


Healthy Communities and Ecosystems

Protect,  sustain, or restore the health of people, communities, and ecosystems using integrated and comprehensive approaches and
partnerships.

      OBJECTIVE: CHEMICAL, ORGANISM, AND PESTICIDE RISKS

      Prevent and reduce pesticide, chemical, and genetically engineered biological organism risks to humans, communities, and
      ecosystems.

      Decrease Risk from Agricultural Pesticides

      In 2006      Ensure new pesticide registration actions (including new active ingredients, new uses) meet new health standards
                   and are environmentally safe.

      In 2006      Percentage of acre treatments that will use applications of reduced-risk pesticides

      In 2005      Ensure new pesticide registration actions (including new active ingredients, new uses) meet new health standards
                   and are environmentally safe.

      In 2005      Percentage of acre treatments that will use applications of reduced-risk pesticides

      In 2004      Decreased adverse risk from agricultural uses from 1995 levels.

      In 2003      Adverse risk from agricultural pesticides was decreased to ensure that new pesticides entering the market are safe
                   for humans and the environment.

      In 2002      In FY 2002, EPA continued to register pest control products, including  "safer" pesticides,  thus ensuring that
                   growers have an adequate number of pest control options available to them.

      In 2001      The Agency registered 9 new chemicals, exceeding its target by 2, and 267 new chemicals, underperforming its
                   target by 83.

                                                     Appendix - 97

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Register safer chemicals and biopesticides

New Chemicals (Active Ingredients)

New Uses

Percentage of acre-treatments with reduced risk
pesticides
Maintain timeliness of S18 decisions
Reduce registration decision times for new
conventional chemicals
Reduce registration decision times for reduced risk
chemicals
FY2001
Actuals


53

1896





FY 2002
Actuals
107

60

2329

7.5%



FY 2003
Actuals
124

72

425

8



FY 2004
Actuals
143

79

3,142

Data Lag



FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
135

84

3479

8.7%

45
7%
FY 2006
Request
143

94

3879

9%

45
10%


Regist.
(Cum)
Regist.
(Cum)
Actions
(Cum)
Acre-
Treatments
Days
Reduction
                                                                        3%
3.5%
Reduction
      Baseline:      The baseline for registration of reduced risk pesticides, new chemicals, and new uses, is zero in the year 1996 (the
                    year FQPA was enacted).  Progress is measured cumulatively since 1996. The baseline for acres-treated is 3.6%
                    of total acreage in 1998, when  the reduced-risk pesticide acres-treatments was  30,332,499 and total  (all
                    pesticides) was 843,063,644 acre-treatments.  Each year's total acre-treatments, as reported by Doane Marketing
                    Research, Inc.serves as the basis for computing the percentage of acre-treatments using reduced risk pesticides.
                    Acre-treatments count the total number of pesticide treatments each acre receives each year. As of 2003, there
                    are no products registered for use  against other potential bio-agents (non-anthrax).  Conventional pesticides FY
                    2002 baseline for reducing decision  time is  44 months; reduced risk pesticides FY 2002 baseline for reducing
                    time is 32.5 months.  The 2005 baseline for expedited new active ingredient pesticides is 4.  The  S18 2005
                    baseline is 45 days.

      Reduce use of highly toxic pesticides

      In 2006
      In 2005
Decrease occurrence of residues of carcinogenic and cholinesterase-inhibiting neuortic pesticides on foods eaten
by children from their average 1994-1996 levels

Decrease occurrence of residues of carcinogenic and cholinesterase-inhibiting neuortic pesticides on foods eaten
                                   Appendix - 98

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    by children from their average 1994-1996 levels

      In 2004       34% of samples of foods eaten by children showed occurrence of residues for carcinogenic or cholinestherase-
                    inhibiting pesticides.

      In 2003       34.3%  of samples of foods eaten by children showed occurrence of residues of carcinogenic or cholinesterase
                    inhibiting neurotoxic pesticides.

Performance Measures                           FY2001   FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005   FY 2006
                                              Actuals    Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Reduce occurrence of residues on a core set of 19                            34.3%       34%       27%       14%    Red.
foods eaten by children relative  to detection levels                                                                     Occurrence
for those foods reported in 1994-1996.

      Baseline:      Percent occurrence of residues of FQPA priority pesticides (organophosphates and carbamates) on samples of
                    children's foods in  baseline years  94-96.  Baseline percent is  33.5% of composite sample of children's foods:
                    apples,  apple juice, bananas, broccoli, carrots, celery, grapes, green beans (fresh, canned, frozen), lettuce, milk,
                    oranges, peaches, potatoes, spinach, sweet corn (canned and  frozen),  sweet peas (canned and frozen),  sweet
                    potatoes, tomatoes,  and wheat.

      Reassess Pesticide Tolerances

      In 2006       Ensure  that through ongoing data reviews, pesticide active  ingredients, and products that contain  them are
                    reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure
                    scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of the Native Americans

      In 2005       Ensure  that through ongoing data reviews, pesticide active  ingredients, and products that contain  them are
                    reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure
                    scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of the Native Americans

      In 2004       Ensured that through on-going data reviews, pesticide active ingredients and the products that contain them are
                    reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health and the environment, taking into consideration exposure
                    scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of Native Americans.

      In 2003       Assured that  pesticides  active ingredients registered  prior to  1984 and the products that  contain them were

                                                      Appendix - 99

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                  FY 2006 Annual Plan
      In 2002

      In 2001
     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

reviewed to assure adequate protection for human health & the environment. Also considered the unique exposure
scenarios such as subsistence lifestyles of Native Americans in regulatory decisions.

Reregi strati on efforts delayed to focus on reviewing and testing pesticides against anthrax.

EPA reassessed 40% of tolerances requiring reassessment under FQPA and issued a cumulative 72% of total
REDs required, achieving both targets.
Performance Measures

Tolerance Reassessment

Reregistration Eligibility Decisions (REDs)

Product Reregistration

Tolerance reassessments for top 20 foods eaten by
children

Number of inert ingredients tolerances reassessed
Reduce decision time for REDs
FY2001
Actuals
40%


43.5%



FY 2002
Actuals
66.9
72.7%
307
65.6



FY 2003
Actuals
68
75
306
65.6



FY 2004
Actuals
73%
77.6%
127
68.9%

28

FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
87.7%
88.2%
400
93%

100
7%
FY 2006
Request
100%
92.7%
400
100%

100
10%

Tolerances
(Cum)
Decisions
(Cum)
Actions
Tolerances
(Cum)
tolerances
Reduction
      Baseline:     The baseline value for tolerance reassessments is the 9,721 tolerances that must be reassessed by 2006 using
                   FQPA health and safety standards. The baseline for REDS is the 612 REDs that must be completed by 2008.  The
                   baseline for inerts tolerances is 870 that must be reassessed by 2006. The baseline for the top 20 foods eaten by
                   children is 893 tolerances that must be reassessed by 2006. Reregistration  decision time baseline 38-40 months.

      Testing of Chemicals in Commerce for Endocrine Disrupters

      In 2006
      In 2005
Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program will continue its progress toward completing the validation of endocrine
test methods.

Standardization and validation of screening assays
                                                     Appendix - 100

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
      In 2004
     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

EPA did not meet its goal for standardization and validation of screening assays as described in FY 2004 and will
begin tracking a more meaningful set of measures in FY 2006.
Performance Measures

Screening Assays Completed

Detailed Review Papers Completed.
 Prevalidation Studies Completed.

Validation Studies Completed.

Peer Reviews.
Assays Ready for Use.
FY2001
Actuals









FY2002 FY2003 FY 2004 FY 2005 FY 2006
Actuals Actuals Actuals Pres. Bud. Request
0 11

18
58

80

10
11


Screening
assay
Papers
Pre-val
Studies
Valid.
Studies
Peer Reviews
Assays
      Baseline:      Baseline - The Food Quality Protection Act of 1996 (FQPA) requires EPA to use validated assays to screen
                    chemicals  for their potential to affect the endocrine system.    The development  and validation of assays is
                    currently the principal effort in implementing the Endocrine Disrupter Screening Program (EDSP). The validation
                    process consists of several discrete steps:

                    Detailed Review Paper is the first stage of the overall validation process.  It is a review of the scientific literature
                    relevant to an assay and discusses  the  scientific  principles on which the assay is based, reviews candidate
                    protocols and makes recommendations as to which is most suitable as a starting point for assay refinement and
                    validation.

                    Prevalidation consists of studies to optimize and standardize the protocol and verify the ability of the protocol to
                    accurately measure the endpoints of concern.

                    Validation by Multiple Labs determines the transferability of the protocol to other  laboratories and determines
                    inter-laboratory variability.

                    Peer review is review by an independent group of experts of the scientific work establishing the validity of the
                    protocol.

                                                      Appendix - 101

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                       ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


                   Assays Ready for Use are methods whose validation have been successfully completed and peer reviewed, and
                   therefore are judged by the Agency to be suitable  for use  in the EDSP either as  primary or alternative tests
                   establishing the validity of the protocol.

      Process and Disseminate TRI Information - OEI

      In 2006      The increased use of the Toxic Release Inventory Made Easy (TRI-ME) will result in a total burden reduction of
                   5% for FY 2005 from FY 2004 levels.

      In 2005      The increased use of the Toxic Release Inventory Made Easy (TRI-ME) will result in a total burden reduction of
                   5% for FY 2004 from FY 2003 levels.

      In 2004      Comparing FY 2004 to FY 2003, there was a 73 percent increase in the number of reports on chemical releases
                   and other waste management data submitted to EPA via the internet and EPA's Central Data Exchange (CDX).
                   However, even with this sizable increase, only 38 percent of all chemical forms were submitted using CDX, short
                   of the FY 2004 goal of 50 percent.

      In 2003      8,000 facilities reported expanded information on releases and waste management of lead and lead compounds in
                   TRI in Reporting Year 2001 and increased usage of TRI-ME which resulted in total burden reduction of 5% for
                   Reporting Year 2002.

      In 2002      EPA reduced reporting burden, improved data quality, lowered program costs, and speeded data publication by
                   increasing the amount of TRI electronic reporting from 70% to 92%.

      In 2001      120,000 chemical submissions and revisions processed;  published annual summary of TRIS database in April
                   2001; and TRI Public Data Release published in April 2001.

Performance Measures                          FY2001   FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Total electronic reporting of all chemical                          92                                               Percent
submissions processed. (Includes diskette
submissions created by ATRS, TRI-ME, and other
reporting software programs, as well as web-based
submissions.)


                                                    Appendix - 102

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
TRI Public Data Release
Chemical submissions and revisions processed.
TRIS database complete and report issued
Facilities reporting releases and waste management
of lead and lead compounds.
Percentage of TRI chemical forms submitted over
the Internet using TRI-ME and the Central Data
Exchange.
Percentage increase of TRI chemical forms
submitted over the Internet using TRI-ME and the
Central Data Exchange.
                          FY2001    FY2002
                          Actuals     Actuals
                          Published
                           120,000
                          Published
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
                                                  8561

                                                   25
             38%
                                                                        10
                                    10
                                Published
                                Forms
                                Published
                                Facilities

                                Percent


                                Percent
      Baseline:      In FY 2001, TRI electronic reporting was 70%.

      Reduce Wildlife Incidents and Mortalities

      In 2006
      In 2005

      In 2004

Performance Measures
Reduce from 1995  levels the  number of incidents involving mortalities to nontargeted terrestial  and aquatic
wildlife caused by pesticides

Reduce from 1995  levels the  number of incidents involving mortalities to nontargeted terrestial  and aquatic
wildlife caused by pesticides
The amount of data for wildlife incidents and mortalities was insufficient for analysis.
Number of incidents and mortalities to terrestrial and
aquatic wildlife caused by the 15 pesticides
responsible for the greatest mortality to such wildlife
                          FY2001    FY2002   FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                          Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.   Request
                                                             0%
                         11
                        14%
                      reduction
      Baseline:      80 reported  bird incidents  (involving 1150  estimated bird casualties); 65 reported fish incidents  (involving
                    632,000 estimated fish casualties) as reported in 1995.
                                                      Appendix - 103

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      Managing PBT Chemicals Internationally

      In 2006       Collect mercury use and emission inventory data for key sectors in China and India.
Performance Measures

Emission inventory for power sectors in China and
India.
                          FY2001   FY2002    FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                          Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
                                                                               20
                                                     power plants
      Baseline:      Global mercury use and emissions estimates indicate that China and India are among the world's largest emitters
                    and users of mercury. While a 2002 United Nations report indicates that over 50% of anthropogenic atmospheric
                    mercury emissions are from Asia, accurate measures do not exist for quantifying emissions and uses for specific
                    source sectors.  Targeting EPA emissions reduction efforts requires accurate information on sources.

      Exposure to Industrial / Commercial Chemicals

      In 2006       Reduce exposure to and health effects from priority industrial/commercial chemicals

      In 2005       Reduce exposure to and health effects from priority industrial / commercial chemicals

      In 2004       Data available in 2006.
      In 2001
4,885 transformers and 9,494 capacitors were safely disposed of in 2001.
Performance Measures
                          FY2001
                          Actuals
                            4,885
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
Annual number of Large Transformers Safely
Disposed
Annual number of Large Capacitors Safely Disposed    9,494
Number of children aged 1-5 years with elevated
blood lead levels (>10 ug / dl)
Annual reduction in the number of children aged 1 -
5 years with elevated blood lead levels (>10 ug /dl)
FY 2004
Actuals
 Data lag.
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
   5000       5,000
                                                           Data lag      9000
                                                           Data lag    225,000
                                             9,000
                                           Transformers

                                           Capacitors
                                           children
                                                                                 45,000    children
                                                     Appendix - 104

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

   Baseline:      1999/2000 baseline released in January 2003: Approximately 400,000 cases of childhood lead poisoning cases
                 according to NHANES data.  In 2004 a larger data set was included as we will be expanding to include more EPA
                 Regional efforts that will include all federally administered and State administered programs.  The FY2003 data
                 for a new baseline will not be available until 2005. The baseline for PCB transformers is estimated at 2.2 million
                 units and for capacitors is estimated at 1.85  million units as of 1988 as noted in the 1989 PCB Notification and
                 Manifesting Rule. From 1991-2001 there was a declining trend in PCB disposal due to  failing equipment and
                 environmental liability: the total number of PCB large  capacitors safely disposed of is  436,485 and the total
                 number of PCB transformers safely disposed of is 172,672 as of 2002.

   Risks from Industrial / Commercial Chemicals

   In 2006       Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals.

   In 2005       Identify, restrict, and reduce risks associated with industrial/commercial chemicals.

   In 2004       98 High Production Volume chemicals with complete Screening Information Data Sets (SUDS) were submitted to
                 the OECD SIDS Initial Assessment Meeting.

   In 2004       EPA reviewed all 1,377 Pre-manufacturing Notices reviewed during FY 2004, ensuring that those new  chemicals
                 marketed were safe for humans and the environment.
   In 2003       Of the approximately. 1,633  applications for new chemicals and microorganisms submitted by industry ensured
                 those marketed are safe for humans and the environment.   Increased proportion of commercial  chemicals that
                 have undergone PMN review to signify they are properly  managed and may be potential green  alternatives to
                 existing chemicals.

   In 2002       EPA reviewed all 1,943 Pre-manufacturing Notices received during FY 2002.  At the end of 2002, 21.5  percent of
                 all chemicals in commerce had been assessed for risks.  A large fraction  of these chemicals also may be "green"
                 alternatives to existing chemicals in commerce.

   In 2001       Data was obtained from test plans submitted by industry for 724 chemicals already in commerce.

   In 2001       EPA reviewed  1,770 Premanufacturing Notices.  By the end of 2001, 21 percent of all chemicals in commerce
                 had been assessed for risks.

                                                  Appendix - 105

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Number of TSCA Pre-Manufacture Notice Reviews
Through chemical testing program, obtain test data
for high production volume chemicals on master
testing list.

Notice of Commencements
Make screening level health and environmental
effects data publicly available for sponsored HPV
chemicals
Reduction in the current year production-adjusted
Risk Screening Environmental Indicators risk-based
score of releases and transfers of toxic chemicals.
High Production Volume chemicals with complete
Screening Information Data Sets (SIDS) submitted
to OECD SIDS Initial Assessment Meeting
Percentage of chemicals identified as highest priority
by the Acute Exposure Guideline Levels (AEGLs)
Program with short-term exposure limits established.
Number of chemicals or organisms introduced into
commerce that pose unreasonable risks to workers,
consumers, or the environment.
Percentage of HPV chemicals identified as priority
concerns through assessment of Screening
Infromation Data Sets (SIDS) and other information
with risks eliminated or effectively managed.
Cumulative number of chemicals for which VCCEP
data needs documents are issued by EPA in response
to Industry sponsored Tier 1 risk assessments.
FY2001
Actuals
   1770
   724
   21.0
FY 2002    FY 2003
Actuals     Actuals
   1943        1,633
FY 2004
Actuals
   1 377
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
              843
                        1,309
                                  Data lag      12%
                                    98
                                              52%
                      Notices
                      Chemicals


                      NOCs (Cum)
                      cum.
                      chemicals

                      Index



                      chemicals
                                              60%     Total
                                                       Chemicals

                                                0      Chemicals
                                                          100
                                                       % of HPV
                                                       Chems.
                                                                  Cumul.
                                                                  Chems.
                                                       Appendix - 106

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Annual percent reduction in relative risk index for                                                            3     % Reduction
chronic human health associated with environmental
releases of industrial chemicals in commerce as
measured by the RSEI Model.

      Baseline:     The baseline for TSCA PMNs in FY2004 is zero. (EPA receives about 1,700 PMNs per year for chemicals about
                   to enter commerce. From 1979-2002, EPA reviewed about 40,000 PMNs.  Of the 78,000 chemicals potentially in
                   commerce, 16,618 have gone through the risk-screening process of Notice of Commencement.)  The baseline for
                   FfPV measure is zero chemicals in 1998.  The baseline for the RSEI measure is the index calculated for 2001.
                   Baseline is 2002; calculation methodology by addition of AEGL values (10 minute, 1 hour, 4 hour and 24 hour
                   exposure periods) and  numbers of chemicals  addressed.   There is  a list maintained by  the AEGL FACA
                   committee of highest priority chemicals: 99 chemicals are  on  List 1 which was  generated at the program's
                   inception in 1996  and 137 chemicals are highest priority on List 2 which was generated in 2001. Therefore the
                   total of highest priority  chemical currently stands at 236 chemicals, however chemicals can be added or deleted
                   from the list to fit  stakeholder needs which is why percentage targets have been provided.  2001 levels will serve
                   as the baseline reference point for the percent reduction in relative risk index for chronic human health associated
                   with environmental releases of industrial chemicals in commerce as measured by Risk Screening Environmental
                   Indicators  Model analyzing results to date. Measurement Development Plans exist for HPV, VCCEP, and New
                   Chemicals.

      Chemical Facility Risk Reduction

      In 2006      Protect human health,  communities, and ecosystems from  chemical risks and  releases through facility  risk
                   reduction efforts and building community infrastructures.

      In 2005      Protect human health,  communities, and ecosystems from  chemical risks and  releases through facility  risk
                   reduction efforts and building community infrastructures.

      In 2004      Over 2,200 risk management plan audits were completed between FY 2000 and FY 2004.

      In 2003      EPA audited 300 risk management plans.

                                                    Appendix - 107

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                 FY 2006 Annual Plan
      In 2002
     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

Data not available.
      In 2001       5 states implemented accident prevention programs and 438 risk management plan audits were completed.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Number of risk management plan audits completed.      438       Not       300        730       400       400     audits
                                                       Available
Number of states implementing chemical accident        5          1                                                states
prevention programs.


      Baseline:     1,059 Risk Management Plan audits were completed between FY 2000 and FY 2003.

      OBJECTIVE: COMMUNITIES

      Sustain, clean up, and restore communities and the ecological  systems that support them.

      World Trade Organization - Regulatory System

      In 2006       Assist key trade partner countries in assessing environmental effects of trade liberalization

      In 2005       Assist trade partner countries in completing environmental reviews
Performance Measures

Number of environmental reviews initiated by
FTAA countries following the enactment of the
2002 Trade Promotion Act (TPA).

Latin American countries initiating environmental
assessments of trade liberalization
                         FY2001    FY2002   FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                         Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
                                                                       3          3
countries
                                                                                        countries
      Baseline:     As  of the end of FY 2003, two environmental reviews (Chile and  Singapore) have been initiated since the
                   enactment of the 2002 Trade Promotion Act.
                                                    Appendix - 108

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      Mexico Border Outreach

      In 2006      Develop air quality assessments and programs to improve air quality standards in border communities.

Performance Measures                           FY2001   FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Border communities monitoring for a pollutant that                                                            1      community
has not previously been monitored in that
community

      Baseline:     In 2004, there are no border communities monitoring for pollutants that have not previously been monitored in
                   their community.  There are 17 monitoring stations along the US-Mexico Border (source:  US-Mexico Border
                   XXI Program: Progress Report 1996-2000).  Monitoring for:  carbon monoxide, ozone,  nitrogen dioxide,  sulfur
                   dioxide, particulate matter 2.5 micrometers or less in diameter  U.S. only, particulate matter 10 micrometers or
                   less in diameter, total suspended particulate matter Mexico only, lead.

      Revitalize Properties

      In 2006      Assess,  clean up and promote the reuse of Brownfields properties, and leverage jobs and cleanup/redevelopment
                   funding.

      In 2005      Leverage jobs by assessing, promoting the cleanup and reuse of Brownfields properties.

      In 2004      Data will be available in mid-year 2005 to verify assessment of 1,000 properties, awarding of 25 cleanup grants,
                   cleanup of 60 properties, leveraging of 5,000 jobs, training of 200 job training participants, placement of 65% of
                   trainees, and leveraging of $1.0 billion in cleanup and redevelopment funds.

      In 2003      $1.49B  in cleanup and redevelopment funds were leveraged through brownfiled revitalization efforts.

      In 2003      By the  end of FY 2003, the Brownfields program  leveraged 5,023 jobs, achieving a 62% placement rate for
                   Brownfields Job Training Program participants,  and leveraged of $1.49 billion in cleanup and redevelopment
                   funding.
      In 2002      $0.7 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged.

                                                     Appendix -  109

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                        FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2002      2,091 jobs were generated from Brownfields activities.

      In 2001      $0.9 billion of cleanup and redevelopment was leveraged.

      In 2001      3,030 jobs were generated from Brownfields activities.
Performance Measures

Number of Brownfields properties assessed.
Number of Brownfields cleanup grants awarded.
Number of properties cleaned up using Brownfields
funding.
Number of acres of Brownfields property available
for reuse.
Number of jobs leveraged from Brownfields
activities.
Percentage of Brownfields job training trainees
placed.
FY2001
Actuals
   730
  3,030
FY 2002    FY 2003
Actuals     Actuals
   983       1,052
  2091
 5,023

 62%
FY 2004
Actuals
Data lag
75
Data lag
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
1,000
25
60
FY 2006
Request
1,000
25
60


assessments
grants
properties
                                 Data lag    no target   no target  acres
Data lag     5,000      5,000    jobs
                                 Data lag
                                  65%
                       65%     trainees
                               placed
Amount of cleanup and redevelopment funds
leveraged at Brownfields sites.
  $0.9B
  $0.7B
S1.49B
            $1.0B
$1.0B    funds
      Baseline:     By the end of FY 2003, the Brownfields program assessed 1,052 properties, leveraged 5,023 jobs, achieved a
                   62% placement rate for Brownfields job training program participants, and leveraged $1.49B in cleanup and
                   redevelopment funding.

      OBJECTIVE: ECOSYSTEMS

      Protect, sustain, and restore the health of natural habitats and ecosystems.
                                                     Appendix - 110

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      Protecting and Enhancing Estuaries

      In 2006      Working with NEP partners, protect or restore an additional 25,000 acres of habitat within the study areas for the
                   28 estuaries that are part of the National Estuary Program (NEP).

      In 2005      Working with NEP partners, protect or restore an additional 25,000 acres of habitat within the study areas for the
                   28 estuaries that are part of the National Estuary Program (NEP).

      In 2004      Restored and  protected 107,000  acres  of  estuary habitat  through  the  implementation  of Comprehensive
                   Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).

      In 2003      Restored and  protected 118,171  acres  of  estuary habitat  through  the  implementation  of Comprehensive
                   Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).

      In 2002      Restored and protected over 137,000 acres  of estuary habitat through the  implementation of Comprehensive
                   Conservation and Management Plans (CCMPs).

      In 2001      Restored and protected 70,000 acres of estuaries through the implementation of Comprehensive Conservation and
                   Management Plans (CCMPs).

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Acres of habitat restored and protected nationwide      70,000     137,710     118,171     107,000     25,000     25,000    Acres
as part of the National Estuary Program.
(incremental)

      Baseline:     As of January 2000, there were over 600,000 acres of habitat preserved, restored, and/or created.

      Gulf of Mexico

      In 2006      Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic species in order to improve the health of the Gulf of Mexico.

      In 2005      Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic species in order to improve the health of the Gulf of Mexico.

                                                    Appendix - 111

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan


                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


      In 2004       Assisted the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in 71.2 impaired coastal  river and estuary
                    segments.

      In 2003       Assisted the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration actions in  95 impaired coastal  river and estuary
                    segments.

      In 2002       Assisted  the Gulf  States in  implementing restoration actions by supporting the identification of place-based
                    projects in 137 State priority coastal river and estuary segments.

      In 2001       Assisted the Gulf States in implementing watershed restoration action strategies (WRAS) or their equivalent in 37
                    priority coastal river and estuary segments.

Performance Measures                           FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                              Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Impaired Gulf coastal river and estuary segments        37         137        95        71.20                          Segments
implementing watershed restoration actions
(incremental).
Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems                                                            2.4     Scale
so that overall aquatic system health of coastal
waters of the Gulf of Mexico is improved
Reduce releases of nutrients throughout the                                                       14,128      14,128   KM2
Mississippi River Basin to reduce the size of the
hypoxic zone in the Gulf of Mexico, as measured by
the five year running average


      Baseline:     There are 95 coastal watersheds at the 8-digit hydrologic unit code (HUC) scale on the Gulf coast.  The Gulf of
                    Mexico Program has  identified 12 priority  coastal areas  for assistance.   These 12 areas include 30 of the 95
                    coastal watersheds.  Within  the 30 priority watersheds, the Gulf States have identified  354 segments that are
                    impaired and not meeting full designated uses under the States' water quality standards.  71 or  20% is the target
                    proposed to reinforce Gulf State efforts to implement 5-yea basin rotation schedules.  The target of 71 is divided
                    by 5  to achieve the goal for assistance provided in at least 14 impaired segments each year for the next 5  years.
                    The  1996-2000 running average size = 14,128 km2.  In 2002, the Gulf of Mexico rating of fair/poor was  1.9

                                                      Appendix - 112

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    where the rating is based on a 5-point system in which 1 is poor and 5 is good and is expressed as an aerially
                    weighted mean of regional scores using the National Coastal Condition Report indicators.
      Great Lakes Implementation Actions

      In 2006
      In 2005


      In 2004


      In 2003

      In 2002



Performance Measures
Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall ecosystem health of the Great Lakes is
improved.

Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall ecosystem health of the Great Lakes is
improved by at least 1 point

The reduction in the phosphorus concentration in Lake Erie was not met; the problem continues to be studied in
conjunction with the Canadian government.

Phosphorus concentrations were exceeded.

By removing or containing contaminated sediments, 100,000-200,000 pounds of persistent toxics which could
adversely affect human health will no longer be biologically available through the food chain.  This contributes to
decreasing fish contaminants and advances the goal of removing fish advisories
Long-term concentration trends of toxics (PCBs) in
Great Lakes top predator fish.
Long-term concentration trends of toxic chemicals in
the air.
Total phosphorus concentrations (long-term) in the
Lake Erie Central Basin.
Average concentrations of PCBs in whole lake trout
and walleye samples will decline.
Average concentrations of toxic chemicals in the air
in the Great Lakes basin will decline
                          FY2001   FY2002   FY 2003    FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                          Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
                                     Declining   Data Lag   Available
                                                            2005

                                     Declining   Data Lag   Available
                                                            2005.
                                      Mixed
18.40     21.2Ug/l


10
5%
5%
Annual
decrease
Annual
decrease
Ug/1
5% Annual
Decrease
7% Annual
Decrease
                                                     Appendix - 113

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan


                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.   Request
Restore and delist Areas of Concern (AOCs) within                                                  3         3      AOC
the Great Lakes basin


      Baseline:      In 2003, Great Lakes rating of 20 on a 40 point scale where the rating uses select Great Lakes State of the Lakes
                    Ecosystem indicators based on a 1 to 5 rating system for each indicator, where 1 is poor and 5 is good. The trend
                    (starting with  1972 data) for toxics in Great Lakes top predator fish is expected to be less than 2 parts per million
                    (the FDA action level) but far above the Great Lakes Initiative target or levels at which fish advisories can be
                    removed. The trend (starting with 1992 data) for PCB concentrations in the air is expected to range from 50 to
                    250 picograms per cubic meter.  In 2002, no Areas of Concern had been delisted.  The 2.1 million  yards of
                    remediated sediments are the cumulative number of yards from 1997  to 2001.

      Wetland and River Corridor Projects

      In 2006       Working with partners, achieve no net loss of wetlands.

      In 2005       Working with partners, achieve no net loss of wetlands.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.   Request
Working with partners, achieve no net loss of                                                    No Net     200,000   Acres
wetland acres (cumulative)                                                                     Loss

Annually, in partnership with the Corps of Engineers                                              No Net     No Net   Acres
and States, achieve no net loss of wetlands in the                                                    Loss       Loss
Clean Water Act Section 404 regulatory program

      Baseline:      Annual net loss of an estimated 58,500 acres. In partnership with the Corps of Engineers, a baseline and initial
                    reporting will  begin in FY 2004  on net loss of wetlands in the CWA Section 404 regulatory programs.

      Chesapeake Bay Habitat

      In 2006       Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall aquatic system health of the Chesapeake Bay
                    is improved enough so that there are 100,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation, (cumulative)

                                                     Appendix - 114

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


      In 2006      Reduce nitrogen loads by  80 million pounds per year; phosphorus loads by 9.0 million pounds per year, and
                   sediment loads by 1.16 million tons per year from entering the Chesapeake Bay, from 1985 levels

      In 2005      Prevent water pollution and protect aquatic systems so that overall aquatic system health of the Chesapeake Bay
                   is improved enough so that there are 91,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation,  (cumulative)

      In 2005      Reduce nitrogen loads by  74 million pounds per year; phosphorus loads by 8.7 million pounds per year, and
                   sediment loads by 1.06 million tons per year from entering the Chesapeake Bay, from 1985 levels.

      In 2004      Due to record  wet weather in 2003,  massive amounts  of nutrients  and sediments  were washed into  the
                   Chesapeake Bay, which resulted in a 30% decline in submerged aquatic vegetation in a single year.

      In 2003      Improved habitat in the Chesapeake Bay.

      In 2002      Meeting the annual performance goal to  improve habitat in the Bay requires adherence to commitments made by
                   the Chesapeake 2000 agreement partners and monumental effort/resources from all levels of government (local,
                   state, and a range of Federal agencies) and from private organizations/citizens.

      In 2001      Improved habitat in the Chesapeake Bay by reducing 48.1 million pounds  of nitrogen,  6.84 million pounds of
                   phospherous and restored over 69,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation.

Performance Measures                           FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Reduction, from 1985 levels, of nitrogen (M/lbs),                                                74/8.7/1.0  80/9.0/1.1   Lbs/Lbs/Tons
phosphorus (M/lbs), and sediment loads (tons)                                                      6         6
entering Chesapeake Bay. (cumulative)
Acres of submerged aquatic vegetation (SAV)         69,126      85,252      89,659     64,709     91,000     100,000   Acres
present in the Chesapeake Bay. (cumulative)

      Baseline:     In 1984, there were 37,000 acres of submerged aquatic vegetation in the Chesapeake Bay.  In 2002, baseline for
                   nitrogen loads was 51 million pounds per year; phosphorus loads was 8.0 million pounds per year; and sediment
                   loads was 0.8 million tons per year.

                                                     Appendix - 115

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

      OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH

      Through 2008, provide a sound scientific foundation for EPA's goal of protecting, sustaining, and restoring the health of people,
      communities, and ecosystems by conducting leading-edge research and developing a better understanding and characterization
      of environmental outcomes under Goal 4.

      Research

      Human Health Risk Assessment Research

      In 2006      By 2006, deliver at least 20 dose-response assessments, provisional values, or pathogen risk assessments so that
                   by 2010, at least 100 assessments have been made available through the Integrated Risk Information System
                   (IRIS) database and  other communications  to EPA program offices, regions, states and Tribes providing the
                   necessary information to predict risk and make risk management decisions that protect public health.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003   FY 2004   FY 2005    FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.   Request
Completed dose-response assessments, provisional                                                            20     Assessments
values, or pathogen risk assessments

      Background:  This FY2006 APG produces dose-response assessments  and health  risk assessment information  to  support
                   regulatory actions and risk management decisions by clients including EPA, other Federal partners, states, tribes,
                   and local governments.  These assessments integrate relevant peer-reviewed scientific literature and  assessment
                   methods to characterize the known or potential effects  of specific contaminants on human health. Many of these
                   dose-response assessments will be posted on EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS) when  completed.
                   IRIS is widely used throughout EPA and the broader risk management community  as the premiere source of
                   hazard and dose-response information for health risk assessment.  The assessments conducted in this APG will
                   serve to identify and characterize environmentally-related human health problems and support evaluation of the
                   effectiveness of risk management actions aimed  at improving public health and safeguarding the environment. In
                   particular,  these  assessments will be  used to  inform the decision-making process and  provide scientific
                   information to decision makers who must  make regulatory, enforcement, and remedial action decisions for
                   chemical contaminant list microbes and chemicals in drinking water; residual risk assessments for air pollutants;
                   site-specific clean-up decisions at Superfund sites; pesticide registration;  and control of multi-media toxicants.

                                                     Appendix - 116

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                   EPA  also uses risk  assessment information as part of the Agency's risk communication efforts to convey
                   information  on environmental  hazards to the public.  As  a result, risk assessment information  provided by
                   products under this APG, is an integral component of environmental decision-making and information transfer
                   processes under the statutes implemented by the Agency.

      Research on Endocrine Disrupting Chemicals

      In 2006      By 2006, develop and transfer standardized protocols for screening chemicals for their potential effects on the
                   endocrine system,  so that EPA's  Office of Prevention, Pesticides, and Toxic  Substances has the necessary
                   protocols to validate for use in the Agency's Endocrine Disrupters Screening Program, mandated  by the Food
                   Quality Protection Act, as determined by independent expert review.

Performance Measures                           FY2001   FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Report on a protocol to screen environmental                                                                  1      Report
chemicals for their ability to interact with the male
hormone receptor

      Background:  The Endocrine Disrupters program provides EPA with the  scientific information necessary for the Agency to
                   reduce or prevent potential  unreasonable risks to human health and wildlife from exposures to chemicals that
                   adversely affect the endocrine  system, called endocrine disrupting chemicals (EDCs).  In 1998, the Endocrine
                   Disrupters Screening and Testing  Advisory Committee, a FACA convened by EPA to provide advice on the
                   development and implementation  of  a screening program,  identified a few assays  to use as starting points.
                   However, as they affirmed, no assays  were considered to be  "validated" at the time. EPA's endocrine disrupters
                   research  program refined these assays and developed new ones when the starting point assays were found to be
                   unreliable or inadequate.  Between FY 2000 and FY 2006,  EPA will have completed 22 milestones associated
                   with this APG, including reducing scientific uncertainty regarding the mechanisms by which chemicals interfere
                   with the  endocrine system, developing reports on a variety of screening assays in different animal  species (e.g.,
                   fish, frogs, rats), and transferring protocols  that have been  standardized in our laboratories and accompanying
                   background documentation to OPPTS. OPPTS will have the  protocols validated by an external peer  review panel
                   and will implement a screening program using them.  The data that will be developed from the application of the
                   validated protocols will enable the Agency to conduct risk assessments from which decisions can be made that
                   will reduce or prevent unreasonable risks to humans and wildlife from exposure to  endocrine disrupters.

                                                    Appendix - 117

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                    Beginning in FY 2005, regular evaluations by independent and external panels will provide reviews of EPA
                    research programs' relevance, quality, and successful performance to date, and will determine whether EPA has
                    been successful in meeting its annual and long-term commitments for research.

       Homeland Security Research

       In 2006       Provide methods, guidance documents, technologies and tools to first responders and decision-makers to enhance
                    safety and to mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemical or biological materials
                    into the environment.

       In 2005       By FY 2005,  provide  tools,  case studies, and technical  guidance so that,  by FY 2006,  first responders and
                    decision-makers will have the methods, guidance documents, and technologies to  enhance safety and to mitigate
                    adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous chemical or biological materials into the environment.

       In 2004       Provided a database of EPA experts on topics of importance to assessing the health and ecological impacts of
                    actions taken against homeland security that is available to key EPA staff and managers who might be called
                    upon to rapidly assess the impacts of a significant terrorist event.

       In 2004       Provided to building owners, facility managers, and others, methods, guidance documents, and technologies to
                    enhance safety in large buildings and to mitigate adverse effects of the purposeful introduction of hazardous
                    chemical or biological materials into indoor air.

       In 2004       Verified two point-of-use drinking water technologies that treat intentionally introduced contaminants in drinking
                    water supplies for application by commercial and residential users, water supply utilities, and public officials.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004      FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals    Actuals    Actuals     Actuals        Pres.      Request
                                                                                           Bud.
Verify two treatment technologies for application in                                       2                          verifications
buildings by commercial and residential users,                                        verifications
utilities, and public officials to treat contaminants in
drinking water supplies.
Prepare ETV evaluations on at least 5 new                                               10                          verifications

                                                      Appendix - 118

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                             FY 2006 Annual Plan
                          ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
technologies for detection, containment, or
decontamination of chemical/biological
contaminants in buildings to help workers select safe
alternatives.
Through SBIR awards, support as least three new
technologies/methods to decontaminate HVAC
systems in smaller commercial buildings or
decontaminate valuable or irreplaceable  materials.
Prepare technical guidance for building owners and
facility managers on methods/strategies to minimize
damage to buildings from intentional introduction of
biological/chemical contaminants.
A restricted access database of EPA experts with
knowledge, expertise, and  experience for use by
EPA to rapidly assess health and ecological impacts
focused on safe buildings and water security.

Risk assessment toolbox to predict and reduce the
consequences of chemical/biological attacks in U.S.
cities.
Technical guidance for water system owners and
operators on methods/strategies for minimizing
damage from intentional introduction of
biological/chemical contaminants

Water system-related case  studies that provide a
spectrum of contingency planning situations and
responses, including one specifically focused on the
National Capital area
Comprehensive guidance document for building
owners and managers on restoration of buildings
after terrorist contamination with biological or
FY2001    FY2002    FY 2003    FY 2004      FY 2005   FY 2006
Actuals    Actuals     Actuals     Actuals       Pres.      Request
                                                Bud.
                                   verification
                                    4 techs/
                                    method
                                    guidance
                                   1 database
                                                09/30/05
                                                09/30/05
techs/methods
guidance
database
                                                                    toolbox
tech. guidance
case studies
                                                              1      Guidance
                                                         Appendix - 119

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
chemical hazards
Guidance document for emergency and remedial
response personnel and water utility operators for
the restoration of water systems after terrorist
contamination with biological or chemical hazards
Comprehensive guidance package including data,
methodologies, and other risk assessment tools that
will assist emergency responders in establishing
remediation goals at incident sites
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
FY2004
Actuals
FY2005
Pres.
Bud.
FY2006
Request
                                                                Guidance
                                                                Guidance
       Background:  EPA's homeland security research provides appropriate, effective,  and rapid  risk assessment guidelines and
                    technologies to help decision-makers prepare for, detect, contain, and decontaminate building and water treatment
                    systems against which chemical and/or biological attacks have been directed. The Agency intends to expand the
                    state  of the knowledge of potential threats, as well as its response  capabilities, by assembling and evaluating
                    private  sector tools and  capabilities so that preferred response  approaches can be identified, promoted, and
                    evaluated for future use by first responders, decision-makers, and the public. This APG will provide guidance
                    documents for the restoration of buildings and water systems and the establishment of remediation goals. These
                    products will enable first responders to better deal with threats to the public and the environment posed by the
                    intentional release of toxic or infectious materials.
                                                      Appendix - 120

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES


Compliance and Environmental Stewardship

Improve environmental performance through compliance with environmental  requirements,  preventing pollution, and  promoting
environmental  stewardship.  Protect human  health and the  environment  by encouraging innovation and providing incentives for
governments, businesses, and the public that promote environmental stewardship.

      OBJECTIVE: ENHANCE SCIENCE AND RESEARCH

      Through 2008, strengthen the scientific evidence and research supporting environmental policies and decisions on compliance,
      pollution prevention, and environmental stewardship.

      Research

      New Technologies

      In 2006      Provide  appropriate  and  credible  performance information  about new,  commercial-ready environmental
                   technology that influences users to purchase effective environmental technology in the U.S. and abroad.

      In 2005      By FY 2005, complete thirty verifications  and four testing protocols  for a program cumulative  total of 280
                   verifications and 88 testing protocols for new environmental technologies so that, by 2009,  appropriate and
                   credible  performance information about  new, commercial-ready  environmental technology is available that
                   influences users to purchase effective environmental technology in the US and abroad.

      In 2004      Verified 35 air, water, greenhouse gas, and monitoring technologies so that States, technology purchasers, and the
                   public will have highly credible data and performance  analyses on which to make technology selection  decisions.

      In 2003      Developed  10  testing protocols  and completed 40 technology  verifications  for a cumulative Environmental
                   Technology Verification (ETV) program total of 230 to aid industry, states, and consumers in choosing effective
                   technologies to protect the public and environment from high risk pollutants.

      In 2002      EPA  formalized generic testing protocols for technology performance  verification, and provided  additional
                   performance verifications of pollution  prevention, control and  monitoring technologies in all environmental
                   media.

                                                    Appendix - 121

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2001       EPA developed, evaluated, and delivered technologies and approaches that eliminate, minimize, or control high
                    risk pollutants  from multiple sectors.  Delivery of the evaluative  report on  the  Environmental Technology
                    Verification (ETV) pilot program is delayed until FY 2002.
Performance Measures

Deliver a Report to Congress on the status and
effectiveness of the Environmental Technology
Verification (ETV) Program during its first five
years.
Complete 20 stakeholder approved and peer-
reviewed test protocols in all environmental
technology categories under ETV, and provide them
to testing organizations world-wide.
Verify and provide information to States, technology
purchasers, and the public on 40 air, water, pollution
prevention and monitoring technologies for an ETV
programmatic total of 230 verifications.
Complete an additional 10 stakeholder approved and
peer-reviewed test protocols in all environmental
technology categories under ETV, and provide them
to international testing organizations.
Through the ETV program, verify the performance
of 35 commercial-ready environmental technologies.
Verifications completed
Testing protocols completed
Percent of respondents to survey of vendors of ETV -
verified technologies stating that ETV information
positively influenced sales and/or vendor innovation.
FY2001
Actuals
    0
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
FY2006
Request
              20
                         40
                         10
                                    35
                                verification
                                                15
                                                2
                                                       report
                                                       protocols
                                                       verifications
                                                       protocols
                                                       verifications

                                                       verifications
                                                       protocols
                                               60%     Respondents
      Background:  Actual environmental risk reduction can be directly related to performance and effectiveness of environmental
                    technologies purchased and used. Private sector technology developers produce almost all the new technologies
                                                       Appendix - 122

-------
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                 purchased in the U.S. and around the world.  Purchasers and permitters of environmental technologies need an
                 independent, objective, high quality source of performance information  in  order  to  make  more  informed
                 decisions; and vendors with innovative, improved, faster, and cheaper environmental technologies need a reliable
                 source  of independent evaluation  to  be able to  penetrate the environmental technology market.   EPA's
                 Environmental  Technology Verification (ETV) program develops  testing  protocols  for,  and  verifies  the
                 effectiveness of, new environmental technologies.  EPA has designed surveys of vendors,  purchasers,  and
                 permitters to determine ETV's impact on 1) vendor sales and technology innovation, 2) purchase decisions, and 3)
                 permitting/regulatory-related decisions.   The surveys will also attempt to gather information that can be used to
                 assess vendor satisfaction with the verification process, the value placed on verification by vendors and others,
                 and that  will  quantify any  added efficiencies or benefits (either cost or  time) that verification provides to
                 innovative technologies entering the environmental marketplace.  The information collected during the surveys
                 will allow the  ETV  program to  further  confirm its  valuable role in encouraging  the use  of  improved
                 environmental technologies,  as  well as provide  information that  can be used  to  refine or redirect future
                 verification efforts. These surveys are complemented by an ongoing Web site survey designed to  assess customer
                 satisfaction with ETV's web site, as well as ongoing efforts to develop additional case studies highlighting various
                 potential impacts, or outcomes, associated with the use of verified technologies.

    OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE COMPLIANCE

    By 2008, maximize compliance to protect human health and the environment through  compliance assistance, compliance
    incentives, and enforcement by achieving a 5 percent increase in the pounds of pollution  reduced, treated, or  eliminated,  and
    achieving a  5  percent  increase  in the number of regulated  entities making  improvements in environmental management
    practices. (Baseline to be determined for 2005.)

    Non-Compliance Reduction

    In 2006       Through  monitoring and enforcement  actions,  EPA will increase  complying actions,  pollutant reduction or
                 treatment, and improve environmental management practices (EMP).

    In 2005       Through  monitoring and enforcement  actions,  EPA will increase  complying actions,  pollutant reduction or
                 treatment, and improve environmental management practices (EMP).

    In 2004       EPA focused  its enforcement actions  in areas with the greatest potential to protect human  health and  the

                                                   Appendix - 123

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      In 2003


      In 2002

      In 2001


Performance Measures
environment by identifying significant environmental, public health, and compliance problems. The enforcement
actions taken  required defendants to reduce,  treat, or eliminate illegal  emissions  and discharges, establish
improved EMPs that will help to detect and prevent potential future non-compliance. The level of inspections and
investigations maintained an effective deterrent to violations of federal environmental laws.

EPA  directed  enforcement actions  to  maximize  compliance and  address  environmental  and human health
problems.

Based upon one measure, this APG was not met.

EPA  directed  enforcement actions  to  maximize  compliance and  address  environmental  and human health
problems.
Millions of pounds of pollutants required to be
reduced through enforcement actions settled this
fiscal year.(core optional)
Number of EPA inspections conducted (core
required)
Pounds of pollution estimated to be reduced, treated,
or eliminated as a result of concluded enforcement
actions.
Percentage of concluded enforcement cases
requiring that pollutants be reduced, treated, or
eliminated and protection of populations or
ecosystems.

Percentage of concluded enforcement cases
requiring implementation of improved
environmental management practices.
Number of inspections, civil investigations and
criminal investigations conducted.
                          FY2001
                          Actuals
                             660
                            17,812
FY 2002
Actuals
   261
  17668
FY 2003
Actuals
   600
  18,880
FY 2004
Actuals
   1,000
  21,000
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.   Request
                                                                       300
                                                                        30
                                                                        60
                                                                      18,500
                                              300
                                              30
                                              60
                     M pounds
                     inspections

                     million
                     pounds


                     Percentage
                                           percentage
                                             18,500   insp&inv.
                                                      Appendix - 124

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

Dollars invested in improved env. performance or
improved BMP as a result of concluded enforcement
actions (i.e., injunctive relief and SEPs)
Percentage of regulated entities taking complying
actions as a result of on-site compliance inspections
and evaluations..
Percent of concluded enforcement actions that
require an action that results in environmental
benefits and/or changes in facility management or
information practices.

Number of Criminal Investigations

Number of Civil Investigations
                          FY2001
                          Actuals
FY 2002    FY 2003
Actuals     Actuals
        FY 2004
        Actuals
        FY 2005
        Pres. Bud.
         4 billion
                                                                         10
FY 2006
Request
3.8 billion
                                              29
                             79
                             482
                             368
   77




   484

   541
 63




471

344
 83




425

455
                                                                                           Dollars
                                        percentage
           Percent
           Investigation
           s
           Investigation
           s
      Baseline:      Protecting the public and the environment from risks posed by violations of environmental requirements is basic
                    to  EPA's mission.  To  develop  a more  complete picture of the results  of the enforcement and compliance
                    program, EPA has initiated a number of performance measures designed to capture the results of monitoring and
                    concluded enforcement  cases.  These results  address complying actions, pollutant reduction, and  improved
                    environmental management practices. Baselines to be detemined in 2005.

      Compliance Incentives

      In 2006
      In 2005
Through self-disclosure policies, EPA will increase the percentage of audits or other actions reducing pollutants
or improving EMP.

Through self-disclosure policies, EPA will increase the percentage of facilities reducing pollutants or improving
EMP.
      In 2004       EPA offered an incentive program of reduced or eliminated penalties for facilities that conduct voluntary self-
                    audits, and report and correct violations. These incentives are often used in targeted initiatives directed at specific
                                                      Appendix - 125

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                           FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                    industrial sectors  and are occasionally developed in collaboration with the industry or industry associations.
                    Since  2001, the  incentives programs have  helped return thousands  of facilities to  compliance,  furthering
                    environmental  stewardship through the provision of information, incentives and innovative approaches to reduce
                    or eliminate pollution.

       In 2003       Increased opportunities  through new targeted sector initiatives for industries to voluntarily self-disclose and
                    correct violations on a corporate-wide basis.

       In 2002       The number of facilities that participated in  voluntary self-audit programs,  disclosed and corrected violations
                    greatly exceeded the target.

       In 2001       EPA increased opportunities through targeted sector initiatives  for industries to use one of the self-disclosure
                    policies.
Performance Measures

Percentage of audits or other actions that result in
the reduction, treatment, or elimination of pollutants
and the protection of populations or ecosystems.
Percentage of audits or other actions that result in
improvements in environmental management
practices.
Pounds of pollutants reduced, treated, or eliminated,
as a result of audits or other actions.
Dollars invested in improved environmental
performance or improved environmental
management practices as a result of audits or other
actions.
Facilities voluntarily self-disclose and correct
violations with reduced or no penalty  as a result of
EPA self-disclosure policies.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
   1754
   1467
   848
   969
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
    5
                                                10
                                               0.25
                                              million
FY 2006
Request
    5
                                                60
                                               0.25
                                              million
                                                                   percentage
                                            Percentage
                                            Pounds
                                             2 million   2 million   dollars
                      Facilities
                                                        Appendix - 126

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                   FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      Baseline:      EPA developed the Audit Policy to encourage corporate audits and subsequent correction of self-discovered
                    violations.  The Small Business Policy and the Small Community Policy also promote voluntary self-disclosure
                    and correction of violations. These performance measures show the results of these incentive policies such as
                    pollutant reductions and improved environmental management practices.  Baselines to be determined in 2005.
      Regulated Communities
      In 2006
      In 2005
      In 2004
Through  compliance  assistance,  EPA  will  increase  the
Environmental Management Practices, and reduce pollutants.

Through  compliance  assistance,  EPA  will  increase  the
Environmental Management Practices, and reduce pollutants.
                     understanding  of  regulated  entities,  improve
                     understanding  of  regulated  entities,  improve
      In 2003
EPA continues to increase the regulated community's understanding of environmental regulations and improve
facility environmental management practices by providing direct and practical assistance through the Compliance
Clearinghouse, Compliance Assistance  Centers, and direct assistance  at the facility level or through state and
local workshops.

Increased the regulated community's compliance with environmental requirements through their expanded use of
compliance assistance.   The  Agency continued to support small  business compliance  assistance centers and
developed compliance assistance tools such as sector notebooks and compliance guides.
Performance Measures

Number of facilities, states, technical assistance
providers or other entities reached through targeted
compliance assistance (core optional)
Percentage of regulated entities seeking assistance
from EPA-sponsored CA centers and clearinghouse
reporting that they improved BMP as a result of their
use of the centers or the clearinghouse.
Percentage of regulated entities receiving direct
compliance assistance from EPA reporting that they
improved BMP as a result of EPA assistance.
                          FY2001
                          Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
 721,000
FY 2004
Actuals
 731,000
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
                                                                        60
                                                                        50
FY 2006
Request
                                              65
                                              30
                                                                                          Entities
                                           percentage
                                           Percentage
                                                      Appendix - 127

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

% of regulated entities seeking assistance from EPA-
sponsored CA centers and clearinghouse reporting
that they reduced, treated, or eliminated pollution as
a result of that resource.

% of regulated entities seeking assistance from EPA-
sponsored CA centers and clearinghouse reporting
that they increased their understanding of env.
rqmts. as a result of their use of the resources.
% of regulated entities receiving direct CA from
EPA reporting that they increased their
understanding of env. rqmts. as a result of EPA
assistance.
% of regulated entities receiving direct assistance
from EPA reporting that they reduced, treated, or
eliminated pollution, as a result of EPA assistance.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
   25
                                               75
                                               65
                                               25
FY 2006
Request
   40
                                               75
                                               80
                                               10
                                                                 Percentage
                                           Percentage
                                           percentage
                                           percentage
      Baseline:      EPA provides compliance assistance to the regulated community and partners.  EPA supports initiatives targeted
                    towards compliance in specific  industrial  and  commercial  sectors with  certain  regulatory requirements.
                    Compliance assistance ranges from on-line Compliance Assistance Centers to direct on-site assistance.  Baseline
                    to be determined in 2005.

      OBJECTIVE: IMPROVE ENVIRONMENTAL PERFORMANCE THROUGH POLLUTION PREVENTION AND
      INNOVATION

      By 2008, improve environmental protection and enhance natural resource conservation on the part of government, business, and
      the public through the adoption  of pollution prevention and sustainable practices that include the design  of products and
      manufacturing  processes  that generate less pollution, the reduction of  regulatory  barriers, and the adoption  of results-based,
      innovative, and multimedia approaches.
                                                      Appendix - 128

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                         FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
      Reducing PBTs in Hazardous Waste Streams

      In 2006 Reduce pollution in business operations.
Performance Measures

Number of pounds reduced (in millions) in
generation of priority list chemicals from 2001
baseline of 88 million pounds
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002    FY2003   FY 2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
                                          1.2
                                          million
                                                                pounds
      Baseline:     In FY 2001, the baseline of priority chemicals in waste streams was established at
                   2008 goal is a reduction of 8.8 million pounds (10%).

      Innovation Activities
                                                     million pounds. The FY
      In 2006      Performance Track members collectively will achieve an annual reduction of: 600 million gallons in water use;
                   2.5 million MMBTUs in energy use; 15,000 tons of solid waste; 20,000 tons materials reduced; 6,000 tons of air
                   releases; and 10,000 tons in water discharges, compared with 2001 results.

      In 2005      Performance Track members collectively will achieve an annual reduction of: 600 million gallons in water use;
                   2.5 million MMBTUs in  energy use; 15,000 tons of solid waste; 6,000 tons of air releases;  and 10,000 tons in
                   water discharges, compared with 2001 results.
Performance Measures

Specific annual reductions in 5 media/resource
areas: water use, energy use, solid waste, air
releases, and water discharges.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004
Actuals
FY 2005
Pres. Bud.
    5
FY 2006
Request
    6
                                                                media
                                                                reductions
      Baseline:     For Performance Track, the baseline year is 2001.  Performance will be measured against the 2001 baseline
                   annual reduction of 475 M gallons of water use, 0.24 million MMBTUs of energy use, 150,000 tons of solid
                   waste, 1,113 tons of air releases, 6,870 tons of water discharges, and an increase of 2,154 tons of materials.
                                                     Appendix - 129

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
       Reduction of Industrial / Commercial Chemicals

       In 2006       Prevent, reduce and recycle hazardous industrial/commercial chemicals and improve environmental stewardship
                    practices.

       In 2005       Prevent, reduce and recycle hazardous industrial/commercial chemicals and improve environmental stewardship
                    practices.

       In 2004       FY 2004 data will be avail, in FY 2006 to verify whether the quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants
                    released, disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2004, (normalized for changes in industrial
                    production) was reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2%, from 2002.

       In 2003       FY 2003 data will be avail, in 2005 to verify the quantity of Toxic Release Inventory (TRI) pollutants released,
                    disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2003, (normalized for changes in industrial production)
                    will be reduced by 200 million pounds, or 2%, from 2002.

       In 2002       The quantity of TRI pollutants released, disposed of, treated or combusted for energy recovery in 2002
                    (normalized for changes in industrial production) increased by 366 million pounds of TRI pollutants, or 2% from
                    2001.

       In 2001       No conclusions can be drawn regarding changes in TRI Non-recycled wastes from calendar year 2000 to calendar
                    year 2001 without data.
Performance Measures

Reduction of TRI non-recycled waste (normalized)

Alternative feed stocks, processes, or safer products
identified through Green Chemistry Challenge
Award
Quantity of hazardous chemicals/solvents eliminated
through the Green Chemistry Challenge Awards
Program
FY2001
Actuals
-464 M
Lbs
FY2002
Actuals
366 M
Lbs
FY2003
Actuals
Data Lag

FY2004
Actuals


        FY 2005   FY 2006
        Pres. Bud.  Request
429
460
Ibs

Prod/proc
(cum)


Ibs
                                                     Appendix - 130

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

For eco-friendly detergents, track the number of
laundry detergent formulations developed.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
FY2004
Actuals
   38
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
FY2006
Request
                                                                 formulations
Percent reduction in Toxics Release Inventory (TRI)
reported toxic chemical releases at Federal Facilities.
                                              32%
                                              40%
                                           Releases
                                           (Cum)
Percent reduction in both Toxics Release Inventory
(TRI) chemical releases to the environment from the
business sector per unit of production ("Clean
Index")
Percent reduction in TRI chemicals in production-
related wastes generated by the business sector per
unit of production ("Green Index").
Reduction in overall pounds of pollution.

Millions of dollars saved through reductions in
pollution.

Annual cumulative quantity of water conserved.
                                              20%       28%     Releases
                                                                 (Cum)
                                              10%       14%     Waste (Cum)
                                            34 Billion   42 billion   Pounds
                                                                 (Cum)
                                              134        $170    Dollars
                                             Million     million    (Cum)
                                            1.5 billion   1.5 billion  Gallons
Billions of BTUs of energy conserved.
                                              143
                                             Billion
                                              175
                                             billion
                                           BTUs (Cum)
       Baseline:     The baseline for the TRI non-recycled wastes measure is the amount of non-recycled wastes in 2001 reported
                    FY2003.  The baseline for eco-friendly detergents is 0 formulations in 1997.  The baseline for the alternative feed
                    stocks / processes measure is zero in 2000.   The baseline for the quantity of hazardous chemicals / solvents
                    measures  is zero pounds in the year 2000. The baseline for the hospitals measure is zero in FY2001. The baseline
                    reference  point for reductions of pollution and  conservation  of BTUs and water will be zero  for 2003.  The
                    baseline for money saved will be 2003.  The baseline for reduction in CO2 will be zero for 1996.  The baseline
                    for the Clean and Green Index would be 2001  levels. The baseline for  chemical releases is 2001 level.  The
                                                       Appendix - 131

-------
  U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                        ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                   baseline for chemical production related wastes is 2001 level. Note:  Several output measures were changed to
                   internal-only  reporting status  in 2005.   Annual  Performance  measures under  development  for  EPA's
                   Environmentally Preferable Purchasing program for the FY2006 Annual Performance Plan.

      OBJECTIVE: BUILD TRIBAL CAPACITY

      Through  2008, assist all federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their environment,  help  in building their
      capacity  to implement environmental programs where needed to  improve tribal health and environments, and implement
      programs in Indian country where needed to address environmental issues.

      Tribal Environmental Baseline/Environmental Priority

      In 2006      Assist federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their  environment, help in building their capacity
                   to implement  environmental programs where needed  to improve tribal health and environments, and implement
                   programs in Indian country where needed to address environmental issues.

      In 2005      Assist federally recognized tribes in assessing the condition of their  environment, help in building their capacity
                   to implement  environmental programs where needed  to improve tribal health and environments, and implement
                   programs in Indian country where needed to address environmental issues.

      In 2004      86% of Tribes have an environmental presence  (e.g. one or more persons to assist in building Tribal capacity to
                   develop and implement environmental programs)

      In 2003      In 2003, AIEO evaluated non-Federal sources of environmental data  pertaining to conditions in Indian Country to
                   enrich the Tribal Baseline Assessment Project.

      In 2002      A cumulative  total of 331 environmental assessments have been completed.

      In 2001      Baseline environmental assessments were collected for 207 Tribes.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002   FY 2003   FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Increase tribes' ability to develop environmental                                                  90         89      % Tribes
program capacity of federally recognized tribes that

                                                    Appendix  - 132

-------
   U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                           FY 2006 Annual Plan
                         ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures

have access to an environmental presence.
Develop or integrate EPA and interagency data
systems to facilitate the use of EPA Tribal Enterprise
Architecture information in setting environmental
priorities and informing policy decisions.
Eliminate data gaps for environmental conditions for
major water, land, and air programs as determined
through the availability of information in the EPA
Tribal Enterprise Architecture.
Increase implementation  of environmental programs
in Indian country by program delegations, approvals,
or primacies issued to tribes and direct
implementation activities by EPA.

Increase the number of EPA-approved quality
assurance plans for tribal environmental monitoring
and assessment activities. (Baseline 243)
Increase the percent of tribes w/ multimedia
programs reflecting traditional use of natural
resources.
Environmental assessments for Tribes, (cumulative)
Non-federal sources of environmental data
pertaining to conditions in Indian Country.
FY2001
Actuals
FY 2002
Actuals
FY 2003
Actuals
FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request

               5          10      Systems
                                                           17      % Data Gap
                                               159
                                               271
                                               169     Programs
                                               280
                                                           30
   207
   331
                      20
                                            Plans
                                            Agreements

                                            Tribes, etc.
                                            Data sources
      Baseline:     There  are 572  tribal  entities  eligible for GAP  program  funding.
                    environmental assessments of their lands will be conducted.
                                        These entities are the ones  for  which
                                                       Appendix - 133

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                      FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                 ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                          ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office for Administration and Resources Management
      Energy Consumption Reduction

      In 2006      By 2006, EPA will achieve a 20% energy consumption reduction from  1990 in its 21 laboratories. A 20% energy
                   consumption reduction from 1990 represents progress towards the 2010  requirement of a 25% energy consumption
                   reduction from the 1990 base. The reductions include Green Power purchases.

      In 2005      By 2005, EPA will achieve a 20% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in its 21 laboratories which is in line to
                   meet the 2005 requirement of a 20% reduction from the 1990 base.  This includes Green Power purchases.

      In 2004      (Actual data available in 2005.) By 2004, EPA will achieve a 16% energy consumption reduction from 1990  in its 21
                   laboratories which is in line to meet the 2005 requirement of a 20% reduction from the 1990 base.  This includes
                   Green Power purchases.

      In 2003      The Agency achieved 15.3% energy consumption reduction from 1990 in  its 21 laboratories.
  Performance Measures

  Cumulative percentage reduction in energy
  consumption (from 1990).
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
   15.3
FY2004
Actuals
  Data
 avail. In
  2005
FY 2005   FY 2006
Pres. Bud.  Request
   20        20     Percent
      Baseline:     In FY 2000, energy consumption of British Thermal Units (BTUs) per square foot is 320,000 BTUs per square foot.
                                                    Appendix - 134

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                  ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                           ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office of Environmental Information

       Information Exchange Network

       In 2006       Improve the quality, comparability, and availability of environmental data for sound environmental decision-making
                    through the Central Data Exchange (CDX).

       In 2005       Improve the quality, comparability, and availability of environmental data for sound environmental decision-making
                    through the Central Data Exchange (CDX).

       In 2004       Significant progress has been made in developing the Exchange Network over the past three years. The numbers of
                    Exchange Network nodes and data flows have increased making it possible to exchange and integrate large volumes
                    of environmental data to  enhance environmental decision-making. A key component to the Network is EPA's Central
                    Data Exchange (CDX) and its ability to facilitate data exchange and information sharing.  As a result, EPA has
                    experienced a tremendous growth in users of CDX and the Network.

       In 2003       Continued to improve data access to ensure that decision makers have access to the environmental  data that EPA
                    collects and manages to make sound environmental  decisions while minimizing the reporting burden on data
                    providers.

       In 2002       The Central Data Exchange (CDX), a key component of the environmental information exchange network, became
                    fully operational and 45 states are using it to send data to EPA; thereby improving data consistency with participating
                    states.
Performance Measures

States using the Central Data Exchange (CDX) to
send data to EPA.
CDX will fully support electronic data exchange
requirements for major EPA environmental systems,
enabling faster receipt, processing, and quality
checking of data.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
   45
FY2003
Actuals
   49
FY2004
Actuals
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
                                             12
FY2006
Request
                                             18
                               States

                               Systems
                                                      Appendix - 135

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                              FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                              ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Performance Measures

States will be able to exchange data with CDX
through state nodes in real time, using new web-
based data standards that allow for automated data-
quality checking.
States, tribes, laboratories, and others will  choose to
use CDX to report environmental data electronically
to EPA, taking advantage of automated data quality
checks and on-line customer support.
Customer help desk calls are resolved in a timely
manner.
In preparation for increasing the exchange of
information through CDX, implement four data
standards in 13 major systems and develop four
additional standards in 2003.
Number of private sector and local government
entities, such as water authorities, will use CDX to
exchange environmental data with EPA.
CDX offers online data exchange for all major
national systems by the end of FY 2004.
Number of states using CDX as the means by which
they routinely exchange environmental data with
two or more EPA media programs or Regions.
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals
FY2004
Actuals
FY 2005    FY 2006
Pres. Bud.  Request
   40         50     States
                                              20,000     47,000    Users
                                                96
                                    7,050


                                     13

                                     49
                                                96      Percent

                                                        Data
                                                        Standards


                                                        Entities


                                                        Systems

                                                        States
       Baseline:      The Central Data Exchange program began in FY 2001.

       Data Quality

       In 2006       EPA will improve the quality and scope of information available to the public for environmental decision-making.
                                                          Appendix - 136

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                       FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                     ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
       In 2005

       In 2004


       In 2003


       In 2002


Performance Measures
                         ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS

EPA will improve the quality and scope of information available to the public for environmental decision-making.

EPA developed a management report on options for enhancing access to the next Report on the Environment by
making it easily available electronically.

The public had access to a wide range of Federal, state, and local information about local environmental conditions
and features in an area of their choice.

100% of the publicly available facility data from EPA's national systems accessible on the EPA Website is part of the
Integrated Error Correction Process; thereby reducing data error.
Publicly available facility data from EPA's national
systems, accessible on the EPA Website, will be part
of the Integrated Error Correction Process.
Establish an improved suite of environmental
indicators for use by EPA's programs and partners in
the Agency's strategic planning and performance
measurement process.
Re spenders to the baseline questionnaire on
customer satisfaction on the EPA Website report
overall satisfaction with their visit to EPA.GOV.
Window-to-My Environment is nationally deployed
and provides citizens across the country with
Federal, state, and local environmental information
specific to an area of their choice.
Establish the baseline for the suite of indicators that
are used by EPA's programs and partners  in the
Agency's strategic planning and performance
measurement process.
                          FY2001
                          Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
   100
FY2003
Actuals
FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
                                                                          60
                                                Nationally
                                                                                             Percent
                                                                                             Report
                                                       Percent
                                                       Deployed
                                                                                             Report
                                                          Appendix - 137

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                                          FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                    ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                                             ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS

       Baseline:     An effort to develop a State of the Environment report based on environmental indicators was initiated in FY 2002.

       Information Security

       In 2006      OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.

                    OMB reports that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.
       In 2005

       In 2004



       In 2003

       In 2002


Performance Measures
                    EPA has made significant progress over the last 4 years in improving its information security program.  For example,
                    EPA succeeded for a second year in achieving 100% intrusion detection, and the Agency's compliance with OMB's
                    security program criteria increased from 75% in FY 2003 to 91% in FY 2004.

                    OMB reported that all EPA information systems meet/exceed established standards for security.

                    Completed risk assessments on the Agency's critical infrastructure systems (12), critical financial systems (13), and
                    mission critical environmental systems (5).
                                              FY2001
                                              Actuals
Critical infrastructure systems risk assessment
findings will be formally documented and
transmitted to systems owners and managers in a
formal Risk Assessment document.

Critical financial systems risk assessment findings
will be formally documented and transmitted to
systems owners and managers in a formal Risk
Assessment document.
Mission critical environmental systems risk
assessment findings will be formally documented
and transmitted to systems owners and managers in
a formal Risk Assessment document.
FY2002
Actuals
    12
                                                            13
FY2003    FY2004    FY 2005   FY 2006
Actuals     Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
                                                                                                               Systems
                                                      Systems
                                                                                                               Systems
                                                        Appendix - 138

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                             FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                    ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
Performance Measures
Percent compliance with criteria used by OMB to
assess Agency security programs reported annually
to OMB under Federal Information Security
Management Act/Govt. Information Security
Reform Act.
Percent of intrusion detection monitoring sensors
installed and  operational.
                                              ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
FY2001
Actuals
FY2002
Actuals
FY2003
Actuals

   75
FY2004
Actuals

   91
                         75
                         100
FY2005
Pres. Bud.

   75
FY2006
Request

   90
                                                                  Percent
                                            Percent
       Baseline:      In FY 2002, the Agency started planning an effort to expand and strengthen its information security infrastructure.
                                                         Appendix - 139

-------
    U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                                  ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                                           ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS


Office of the Chief Financial Officer

       Strengthen EPA's Management

       In 2006       Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included
                    in the President's Management Agenda

       In 2005       Strengthen EPA's management services in support of the Agency's mission while addressing the challenges included
                    in the President's Management Agenda

       In 2004       EPA met pre-established Agency or Government-wide performance goals.

       In 2003       EPA made progress to strengthen its management services and support the President's Management Agenda in the
                    areas of workforce planning and financial management.

       In 2002       EPA prepared and submitted its FY 2001 financial statements and received a clean audit opinion.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002    FY 2003    FY 2004    FY 2005    FY 2006
                                            Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals     Pres. Bud.  Request
Agency audited Financial Statements are timely, and             Goal Met       1111      Finan
receive an unqualified opinion.                                                                                  statement

The number of financial and resource performance                                     14         14         14     Metrics
metrics where  the Agency has met pre-established
Agency or Government-wide performance goals.


       Baseline:      The Agency's audited FY 2004 Financial  Statements will be submitted on time to OMB and receive an unqualified
                    opinion.
                                                      Appendix - 140

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency
                                                                                    FY 2006 Annual Plan
                                   ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES
                                            ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS
Office of Inspector General
       Fraud Detection and Deterrence
       In 2006



       In 2005



       In 2004

       In 2003


       In 2002



Performance Measures
In 2006, the  OIG will improve Agency business and program  operations by identifying 240 recommendations,
potential savings and recoveries equal to 150 percent of the annual investment in the OIG, 108 actions for better
business operations, and 80 criminal, civil, or administrative actions reducing risk or loss of integrity.

In 2005, the  OIG will improve Agency business and operations by identifying 240 recommendations, potential
savings and recoveries equal to 150 percent of the annual investment in the OIG,  102 actions for better business
operations, and 80 criminal, civil, or administrative actions reducing risk or loss of integrity.

The OIG exceeded its annual targets except it only achieved a 48% potential  dollar return on its budget.

In the Annual Performance Report, our results for this APG were combined with the results for the APG on Audit
and Advisory Services.

OIG is promoting partnering relationships  across  governmental entities  for collaborative goal  setting planning
performance measurement evaluation and resource sharing for greater economies of scale. OIG in collaboration
w/PCIE produced an environmental compendium a web enabled catalogue of federal
Number of improved business practices and systems.
Number of criminal, civil, and administrative
actions.
Number of business recommendations, risks, and
best practices identified.
Return on the annual dollar investment in the OIG.
FY2001
Actuals




FY2002
Actuals



120
FY2003
Actuals



856
FY2004
Actuals
133
108
390

48
FY2005
Pres. Bud.
102
80
240

150
FY2006
Request
108
80
240

150

Improvements
Actions
Recommendac
tions
Percent
                                                       Appendix - 141

-------
     U.S. Environmental Protection Agency	FY 2006 Annual Plan

                                   ANNUAL PERFORMANCE GOALS AND MEASURES

                                            ENABLING SUPPORT PROGRAMS

       Baseline:     In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of 150 business recommendations, 70 improved business practices, and
                    50 criminal, civil, and administrative actions for improving Agency management; and a 100% potential dollar return
                    on the investment in the OIG from savings and recoveries.

       Audit and Advisory Services

       In 2006       In 2006, the OIG will contribute  to  improved  environmental quality  and  human  health by  identifying 105
                    environmental recommendations,  risks,  best practices,  or  opportunities  for  improvement; contributing to the
                    reduction  or elimination  of 28  environmental  or  infrastructure  security  risks;  and  50 actions  influencing
                    environmental improvements or program changes.

       In 2005       In 2005, the OIG  will  contribute to improved environmental quality  and human  health by identifying 95
                    environmental recommendations,  risks,  best practices,  or  opportunities  for  improvement; contributing to the
                    reduction  or elimination  of 23  environmental  or  infrastructure  security  risks;  and  45 actions  influencing
                    environmental improvements or program changes.

       In 2004       The OIG exceeded the targets for this goal by including measures of results in promoting economy and efficiency and
                    preventing  and  detecting fraud, waste, and abuse in  EPA programs and operation in addition to measures of
                    environmental recommendations and improvement.

       In 2003       Improved environmental quality and human health by identifying 312 environmental recommendations,  risks, and
                    best  practices; contributing to the reduction  of 92  environmental  risks,  and 185 actions influencing positive
                    environmental or health impacts.

Performance Measures                          FY2001    FY 2002     FY 2003   FY 2004   FY 2005   FY 2006
                                             Actuals     Actuals     Actuals    Actuals    Pres. Bud.  Request
Number of environmental risks reduced.                                     92         45         23        28      Risks
Number of environmental actions.                                         185        49         45        50      Improvements
Number of environmental recommendations, risks,                          312        116        95        105     Recommenda-
and best practices identified.                                                                                      tions

       Baseline:     In FY 2002, the OIG established a baseline of: 75 recommendations, best practices and risks identified contributing
                    to improved Agency environmental goals; 15 environmental actions; and the  reduction of 15  environmental risks.

                                                       Appendix - 142

-------